Question 1

Which of the following is a method that is commonly used in qualitative research?

a) Self-completion questionnaires
b) Surveys

c) Ethnography
d) Structured observation
Question 2

What is meant by the term "grounded theory"?

a) Theories should be tested by rigorous scientific experiments

b) As a social researcher, it is important to keep your feet on the ground
c) Theories should be grounded in political values and biases

d) Theoretical ideas and concepts should emerge from the data

Question 3

A sensitizing concept is one that:

a) Provides general guidance for more flexible research

b) Imposes a predetermined theoretical model on the social world
c) Helps the researcher to investigate sensitive issues
d) Allows the researcher to measure very small changes in a variable
Question 4

Which of the following is not a component of Guba & Lincoln's criterion, "trustworthiness"?
a) Transferability

b) Measurability
c) Dependability
d) Credibility
Question 5

Respondent validation is the process by which:

a) The validity of an interview schedule can be measured

b) Researchers ask their participants to comment on an account of the findings

c) The problem of low response rates to a survey can be overcome
d) Participants collaborate with the researcher to design the research
Question 6

Why do qualitative researchers like to give detailed descriptions of social settings?

a) To provide a contextual understanding of social behaviour

b) Because once they have left the field, it is difficult to remember what happened
c) So that they can compare their observations as a test of reliability
d) Because they do not believe in going beyond the level of description
Question 7

The flexibility and limited structure of qualitative research designs is an advantage because:
a) The researcher does not impose any predetermined formats on the social world
b) It allows for unexpected results to emerge from the data
c) The researcher can adapt their theories and methods as the project unfolds

d) All of the above

Question 8

Which of the following is not a criticism of qualitative research?

a) The studies are difficult to replicate
b) There is a lack of transparency

c) The approach is too rigid and inflexible

d) The accounts are too subjective and impressionistic
Question 9

Which of the following is not a contrast between quantitative and qualitative research?
a) Distance vs. proximity of researcher to participants
b) Generalization vs. contextual understanding
c) Hard, reliable data vs. rich, deep data
d) Interpretivist vs. feminist
Question 10

Why has qualitative research been seen to have an affinity with feminism?

a) It allows women's voices to be heard, rather than objectifying and exploiting them
b) It has always been carried out by female sociologists
c) It allows the researcher to control variables and suppress women's voices
d) It claims to be value free and non-political
Question 1

Probability sampling is rarely used in qualitative research because:

a) Qualitative researchers are not trained in statistics

b) It is very old-fashioned
c) It is often not feasible
d) Research questions are more important than sampling
Question 2

The two levels of sampling used by Savage et al. (2005) for the Manchester study were:

a) Random and purposive

b) Convenience and snowball
c) Statistical and non-statistical
d) Contexts and participants
Question 3

Which of the following is not a type of purposive sampling?

a) Probability sampling
b) Deviant case sampling
c) Theoretical sampling
d) Snowball sampling
Question 4

What is involved in "purposive sampling" for grounded theory?

a) Using a random numbers table to select a representative sample of people

b) Strategically selecting respondents who are likely to provide relevant data
c) Deciding on a sampling strategy early on and pursuing it relentlessly
d) Sampling units of time rather than individual persons
Question 5

What is meant by the term "theoretical saturation"?

a) Deciding on a theory and then testing it repeatedly

b) The point at which a concept is so well developed that no further data collection is necessary
c) The problem of having used too many theories in one's data analysis
d) A state of frustration caused by having used every possible statistical test without finding any significant
results
Question 6

Generic purposive sampling can be characterized as being:

a) Fixed and a priori

b) Fixed and ad-hoc
c) Contingent and post-hoc
d) Contingent and ad infinitum
Question 7

The minimum sample size for qualitative interviewing is:

a) 30
b) 31
c) 60
d) It's hard to say
Question 8

Why is an ethnographic study unlikely to use a probability sample?

a) Because the aim of understanding is more important than that of generalization

b) Because the researcher cannot control who is willing to talk to them
c) Because it is difficult to identify a sampling frame
d) All of the above
Question 9

Apart from people, what else can purposive sampling be used for?

a) Documents
b) Timing of events
c) Context
d) All of the above
Question 10

What can be generalized from a purposive sample?

a) That the findings are true for broadly similar cases

b) That the findings are true for the entire population
c) That the opposite is true for people who are the opposite of those in the sample
d) That purposive sampling is better than probability sampling
  Which of the following is a component of ethnographic research?

a) Being immersed in a social group or setting

b) Participant observation, interviews, and/or documentary analysis
c) A written account of an ethnographic study
d) All of the above
Question 2

What is one of the main disadvantages of using the covert role in ethnography?

a) It can be hard to gain access to the social group

b) It is difficult to take notes without arousing suspicion
c) The problem of reactivity: people may change their behaviour if they know they are being observed
d) It is usually too time consuming and expensive to be a realistic option
Question 3

Which of the following will not help you to negotiate access to a closed/non-public setting?

a) Gaining the support of a "sponsor" within the organization
b) Obtaining clearance from a "gatekeeper" or senior member of the group
c) Joining in with the group's activities without introducing yourself
d) Offering something in return, e.g. a report of the findings
Question 4

What is a key informant?

a) A group member who helps the ethnographer gain access to relevant people/events
b) A senior level member of the organisation who refuses to allow researchers into it
c) A participant who appears to be helpful but then blows the researcher's cover
d) Someone who cuts keys to help the ethnographer gain access to a building
Question 5

What is the name of the role adopted by an ethnographer who joins in with the group's activities but admits
to being a researcher?

a) Complete participant
b) Participant-as-observer
c) Observer-as-participant
d) Complete observer
Question 6

What is meant by the term "going native"?

a) Doing ethnography as a participant observer

b) Accepting a job in an organization previously studied by the ethnographer
c) Trying to learn to speak a foreign language as well as a native speaker
d) Over identifying with the group and losing research perspective
Question 7

Is it okay to break the law in order to maintain a "cover"?

a) Yes, provided it is not very serious
b) No, never under any circumstances
c) Yes, because otherwise data on criminal activity would never come to light
d) Yes, provided it doesn't cause physical harm to someone
Question 8

What is the difference between "scratch notes" and "full field notes"?

a)Scratch  notes are just key words and phrases, rather than lengthy descriptions
b) Full field notes are quicker and easier to write than scratch notes
c) Scratch notes are written at the end of the day rather than during key events
d) Full field notes do not involve the researcher scratching their head while thinking
Question 9

Why does Stacey argue against the idea of a feminist ethnography?

a) Because it creates a non-exploitative relationship between the researcher and the researched
b) Because she fundamentally disagrees with all feminist principles
c) Because she thinks that the fieldwork relationship is inherently unequal
d) Because she does not think that ethnography is a useful research method
Question 10

What are the two main types of data that can be used in visual ethnography?

a) Positivist and interpretivist

b) Qualitative and quantitative
c) Nominal and ordinal
d) Extant and research-driven
Question 1

Which of the following makes qualitative interviewing distinct from structured interviewing?

a) The procedure is less standardized

b) "Rambling" off the topic is not a problem
c) The researcher seeks rich, detailed answers
d) All of the above
Question 2

Which of the following is not a type of qualitative interview?

a) Unstructured interview
b) Oral history interview
c) Structured interview
d) Focus group interview
Question 3

Why is it helpful to prepare an interview guide before conducting semi-structured interviews?

a) So that the data from different interviewees will be comparable and relevant to your research
questions
b) So that you can calculate the statistical significance of the results
c) In order to allow participants complete control over the topics they discuss
d) To make the sample more representative
Question 4

Which of the following is not one of Kvale's ten criteria of the good interviewer?
a) Passive
b) Knowledgeable
c) Sensitive
d) Interpreting
Question 5

What is a "probing question"?

a) One that inquires about a sensitive or deeply personal issue

b) One that encourages the interviewee to say more about a topic
c) One that asks indirectly about people's opinions
d) One that moves the conversation on to another topic
Question 6

What can you do to reduce the time consuming nature of transcribing interviews?

a) Use a transcribing machine

b) Employ someone to transcribe for you
c) Transcribe only selected parts of the interviews
d) All of the above
Question 7

Which of the following is not a type of life story?

a) Naturalistic life stories
b) Researched life stories
c) True life stories
d) Reflexive and recursive life stories
Question 8

How does Oakley suggest that qualitative interviewing should be used as an explicitly feminist research
method?

a) By creating a more equal relationship between interviewer and interviewee

b) By invading the privacy of women and treating them as objects
c) By imposing academic interpretations upon women's accounts of the world
d) None of the above
Question 9

Which of the following is an advantage of qualitative interviewing relative to participant observation?

a) It allows you to find out about issues that are resistant to observation
b) It is more biased and value-laden
c) It is more likely to create reactive effects
d) None of the above
Question 10

Which of the following is a disadvantage of qualitative interviewing relative to participant observation?

a) It has a more specific focus
b) It is more ethically dubious, in terms of obtaining informed consent
c) It may not provide access to deviant or hidden activities
d) It does not allow participants to reconstruct their life events
Question 1

What is the main difference between a focus group and a group interview?

a) Group interviews involve fewer participants

b) Focus groups are used to study the way people discuss a specific topic
c) There is no moderator present in a focus group
d) Focus groups save more time and money
Question 2

How have focus groups been used in media and cultural studies?

a) To plan champagne receptions

b) To investigate birth and conception
c) To explore audience reception
d) To measure TV reception
Question 3

Why is it particularly difficult to get an accurate record and transcript of a focus group session?

a) Because the researcher often forgets to take notes

b) Because focus groups are transcribed several years after they are conducted
c) Because you cannot use a tape recorder in a focus group
d) Because there are so many different voices to follow
Question 4

When might it be useful to conduct a relatively large number of focus groups?

a) When participants' views are likely to be affected by socio-demographic factors

b) When you want to capture as much diversity in perspectives as possible
c) When there are lots of willing volunteers who meet the relevant criteria
d) All of the above
Question 5

What is the role of the moderator in a focus group?

a) To stimulate discussion and keep the conversation on track

b) To ask leading questions and dominate the discussion
c) To sit away from the group and observe their behaviour
d) To evaluate the group's performance on a particular task
Question 6

What are "natural groups" in the context of focus group research?

a) Groups of strangers selected from a particular location

b) Random samples of participants from the general population
c) Groups of participants who already know each other
d) Groups of non-human animals studied in their natural environment
Question 7

What should the moderator say in their introductory remarks?

a) Thank you to the participants for coming
b) Who they are and what the research is about
c) How the focus group will proceed
d) All of the above
Question 8

What are the two main forms of group interaction that Kitzinger identifies in focus group sessions?

a) Altruistic and aggressive

b) Complementary and argumentative
c) Conventional and alternative
d) Passive and assertive
Question 9

Why have feminists argued that focus groups successfully avoid "decontextualizing" their participants?

a) Because they study the individual as part of a social context

b) Because they tend to be carried out by female researchers
c) Because moderating a focus group demands great technical knowledge
d) Because the data tends to be analysed using post-structuralist theories
Question 10

Which of the following is not a limitation of the focus group method?

a) The researcher has little control over how the discussion proceeds
b) It reveals the way social meanings are jointly constructed
c) It produces a large volume of data that can be difficult to analyse
d) People in groups tend to agree and express socially desirable views
 
Question 1

Conversation Analysis (CA) and Discourse Analysis (DA) differ from other qualitative research methods in
that they treat language as:

a) A method rather than a theory

b) A resource rather than a topic
c) A theory rather than a method
d) A topic rather than a resource
Question 2

In CA, the term "indexicality" means that:

a) The meaning of an utterance depends on the context in which it is used

b) Speech acts can be listed and indexed after transcription
c) Words are constitutive of the social world in which they are located
d) People tend to wave their index finger in the air while speaking
Question 3

Which of the following is not one of the basic assumptions of CA?

a) Talk is structured
b) Talk is forged contextually
c) j
d) Analysis is grounded in data
Question 4

In a CA transcript, what does the symbol "(.)" stand for?

a) Intake of breath
b) Prolonged sound
c) Emphasis on the next word

d) Slight pause
Question 5

What is meant by the term "adjacency pair" in CA?

a) An interviewer and interviewee sitting next to each other

b) Two linked phases of conversation

c) Two similar questions asked in rapid succession
d) A mechanism used to repair an embarrassing mistake
Question 6

What have conversation analysts found that people generally do to "repair" the damage caused by a
"dispreferred response"?

a) Provide justifications for their action

b) Correct themselves and give the preferred response
c) Brazen it out and pretend they don't care
d) Run away in a panic
Question 7

What do discourse analysts study?

a) Forms of communication other than talk
b) The way discourses "frame" our understanding of the social world
c) The rhetorical styles used in written and oral communication

d) All of the above

Question 8

What is meant by the term "ethnographic particulars"?

a) Specific people who are involved as key informants in an ethnography

b) A participant observation schedule that is used in qualitative research

c) Factors outside the immediate context of an interaction

d) The "here-and-now" context of situated talk
Question 9

Potter & Wetherell use the term "interpretative repertoires" to refer to:

a) The process of making non-factual data appear to be factual

b) The general resources people use to perform discursive acts

c) The frames of reference audiences use to hear messages
d) The stock of academic knowledge people draw upon in sociology
Question 10

The anti-realist inclination of many DA researchers is controversial because it leads them to assert that:

a) There is no pre-existing material reality that constrains individual action

b) Social structures determine the way individuals use language
c) The technique is incompatible with feminist principles
 d) Quantitative research is inherently superior to qualitative research
Question 1

What are Scott's four criteria for assessing the quality of documents?

a) Credibility, reliability, accuracy, meaning

b) Comprehensiveness, accuracy, value, rigour

c) Authenticity, credibility, representativeness, meaning

d) Objectivity, subjectivity, authenticity, value
Question 2

Why is it necessary to consider the authenticity of personal documents? Select all that apply.

a) Because they have been seen by other people

b) Because they might have been "ghost written" or heavily edited by other authors

c) Because they might not reflect the true feelings of the writer
d) Because documents can never be trusted
Question 3

Why might a collection of personal letters from the nineteenth century be low in representativeness?

a) Because it would be difficult to read old-fashioned styles of handwriting

b) Because it can be hard for a modern day researcher to understand such materials
c) Because they might have been forged by an unscrupulous dealer

d) Because at that time literacy was mainly limited to middle class males
Question 4

Why might social researchers be interested in analysing photographs as a form of visual data?

a) To find out more about fashion, artifacts and everyday life in a particular social setting
b) To study the way photographs present idealized depictions of family life
c) To help them to see what has not been photographed and why

d) All of the above

Question 5

Which of the following is not an example of an official document?

a) A report of a public inquiry into a disaster

b) A PhD student's collection of interview transcripts

c) Documentation from a pharmaceutical company about a new drug
 d) A leaked memo from one member of parliament to another
Question 6

Which of the following can be studied as a documentary source from the mass media?

a) The minutes of a parish council meeting

b) Personal letters between a mother and her daughter

c) Newspaper articles about a particular issue or event

d) The staff newsletter produced by a private company
Question 7

Why can it be difficult to establish the authenticity of virtual data?

a) Because we do not know who wrote the material on a web site
b) Because virtual data are not as good as actual data
c) Because it may require specialist "inside knowledge" to understand the text
d) Because it is usually presented in the form of visual images
Question 8

Why is it important to study the way audiences "read" cultural documents?

a) To demonstrate how audiences passively accept whatever they are told

b) Because their interpretation of it may differ from that intended by the author
c) Because sociologists are running out of new things to research
d) Because there is a lot of funding available for focus group studies
Question 9

How does qualitative content analysis differ from quantitative content analysis?

a) It is always preceded by ethnographic research

b) It involves counting the number of times certain words appear in a text

c) It is less rigid, as researchers are constantly revising their concepts

d) It is less likely to be used by feminist researchers
Question 10

What is semiotics?

a) The study of semi-detached houses

b) A half-baked attempt at social research
c) The method of semi-structured interviewing
 d) The science of signs
Question 1

In analytic induction, what happens if the researcher finds a deviant case?

a) They ignore it and carry on

b) They must either redefine or reformulate the hypothesis

c) They conduct a parametric statistical test
d) They give up and decide to be quantitative researchers instead
Question 2

Which of the following is not a tool of grounded theory?

a) Theoretical sampling
b) Coding

c) External validity
d) Constant comparison
Question 3

What do Strauss & Corbin mean by "open coding"?

a) Breaking data down and examining it to identify themes and concepts

b) Coding without the intention of building a theory
c) Drawing open brackets alongside key words and phrases
d) Telling everybody about the way you have coded the data
Question 4

What is a "substantive theory" in Strauss & Corbin's view?

a) One that operates at the highest level of abstraction

b) One that is highly controversial and provokes a critical response

c) One that relates to an empirical instance or substantive topic area

d) One that is amenable to statistical analysis
Question 5

What are memos?

a) Notes that researchers write to themselves

b) Reminders of what is meant by key terms or phrases
c) Building blocks for theorizing
 d) All of the above
Question 6

Why should you start coding your data as soon as possible?

a) To sharpen your focus and help with theoretical sampling

b) Because researchers always run out of time at the end of a project
c) Because it is the easiest task to do
d) To make sure that your initial theoretical ideas are imposed on the data
Question 7

Why are Coffey & Atkinson critical of the way coding fragments qualitative data?
a) Because this is incompatible with the principles of feminist research
b) Because it results in a loss of context and narrative flow
c) Because they think it should fragment quantitative data instead
d) Because they invented the life history interview and want to promote it
Question 8

What do advocates of narrative analysis prefer to study?

a) The extent to which analytic induction can be value-free

b) The iterative process of grounded
c) The ethical implications of conducting a secondary analysis of qualitative data

d) The ways in which people use stories to make sense of events in their lives
Question 9

What is narrative analysis?

a) A literary approach to documents

b) An approach that is sensitive to questions that concern how people choose to
sequence and represent people and events
c) A form of thematic analysis
d) A method of improving the quality of interview material
Question 10

What is one of the main ethical problems associated with conducting a secondary analysis of qualitative
data?

a) The participants may not have given informed consent to the reuse of their
data
 b) It involves deceiving respondents about the nature of the research
c) The secondary analyst must adopt a covert role and is at risk of "going native"
d) Respondents are likely to experience physical harm as a result of the process
Question 1

What does the acronym "CAQDAS" stand for?

a) Computer-Assisted Qualitative Data Analysis Software

b) Complicated Analytical Questions Deserving Answers Soon
c) Constant Aggravation Queried Directly And Swiftly
d) Content Analysis Quantification: Durkheim And Statistics
Question 2

How is CAQDAS different from quantitative data analysis software?

a) It only works on Apple Mac computers

b) It requires detailed knowledge of statistics

c) There is no industry leader

d) The programs do the analysis for you
Question 3

Which of the following is not a criticism of the use of CAQDAS in social research?
a) It reinforces the idea that code-and-retrieve is the only way to conduct qualitative analysis
b) It results in the fragmentation of data and a loss of narrative flow
c) It may not be suitable for focus group data

d) It is not very fast or efficient at retrieving sections of data

Question 4

Which of the following is not an advantage of using CAQDAS in social research?

a) It makes the process of qualitative data analysis more transparent
b) It is faster and efficient than analyzing by hand

c) It involves learning skills that are specific to each program

d) It helps you to map out the relations between ideas and themes in the data
Question 5

Which file format is best for importing your project documents into NVivo?

a) Only .nvi
 b) Any format, including .exe
c) Only .html or .htm

d) .doc or .docx
Question 6

In which window can you read through, edit and code your documents?

a) Document Viewer
b) Node Explorer
c) Project Pad
d) Welcome Screen
Question 7

What are the two types of node used in NVivo?

a) Creative and non-creative

b) Blocked nodes and running nodes
c) Formatted and unformatted

d) Hierarchical and non-hierarchical

Question 8

You code your data in NVivo by:

a) Applying nodes to segments of text

b) Using a pre-set coding frame
c) Entering the data case by case as "variables"
d) Changing the spelling of certain words to disguise their real meaning
Question 9

Which of the following is a kind of search that can be carried out in NVivo?

a) Single node search

b) Intersection search
c) Specific text search

d) All of the above

Question 10

Which is the correct sequence for creating a memo in NVivo?

a) Sources, Memos, Create, Memo
 b) Nodes, New type, Memo to self
c) Sources, Documents, Browse, Import Memo
d) It is not possible to create memos in NVivo
Question 1

The natural sciences have often been characterized as being positivist in epistemological orientation. Which
of the following has been proposed as an alternative account?

a) Marxism
b) Subjectivism
c) Interpretivism

d) Realism
Question 2

How is it argued that qualitative research can have "empiricist overtones"?

a) Semi-structured interview schedules are used to quantify behaviour

b) There is an emphasis on direct observation of people and social

settings
c) Qualitative researchers prefer to conduct statistical analyses of their data
d) It typically involves testing a clearly defined hypothesis
Question 3

Why might we say that quantitative researchers also try to study social meanings?

a) Because the method they use most is the in-depth interview

b) Because their written reports usually refer to an interpretivist epistemology

c) Because surveys and questionnaires are used to examine attitudes and

opinions
d) Because they observe human behaviour in a laboratory
Question 4

Why does Bryman argue that research methods can be seen as relatively "free-floating" or autonomous?

a) Because researchers often change their minds about which method to use
b) Because most qualitative researchers are Hippies who believe in free love
c) Because there is no longer any meaningful distinction between quantitative and qualitative research
d) Because there is no inevitable connection between a researcher's choice of method and their
epistemological/ ontological beliefs
Question 5

Which of the following is not one of the contrasts that has been made to distinguish between quantitative
and qualitative research?
a) Behaviour versus meaning
b) Numbers versus words
c) Traditional versus modern
d) Artificial versus natural
Question 6

What does the term "quasi-quantification" refer to?

a) The use of words like "many", "some" or "often" in qualitative research

b) A poor attempt at statistical analysis
c) The use of a survey instrument that has not been tested for inter-coder reliability
d) The way scientists talk about their data in numerical terms to enhance the credibility of their findings
Question 7

Why is it argued that qualitative research may not really be "naturalistic"?

a) Because participant observation has to be overt and so causes reactivity effects

b) Because methods such as interviews and focus groups constitute artificial social settings
c) Because quantitative methods such as structured observation tend to take place in more naturalistic
environments
d) Because it is concerned with the social world rather than the natural world
Question 8

What is "ethnostatistics"?

a) The study of the way statistics are constructed, interpreted and represented
b) The study of the way ethnic minorities are represented in official statistics
c) A new computer program designed to help lay people understand statistics
d) An interpretivist approach made famous by the work of Garfinkel (1967) 

Question 9

In what way does the thematic analysis of interview data suggest quantification?

a) It demands the use of computer programs like SPSS

b) It is based on numbers rather than text
c) It involves establishing the frequency of particular words, phrases or themes
 d) It is usually followed by a stage of rigorous statistical testing
Question 10

How does quantification help the qualitative researcher avoid being accused of anecdotalism?

a) By allowing them to focus on extreme examples in the data and ignore the rest
b) By providing a structure to an otherwise unstructured dataset
c) By making it more likely that official statistics will be included in their report
d) By providing some idea of the prevalence of an unusual or striking response
Question 1

What is the name of one of the arguments that suggests that research methods are inextricably linked to
epistemological commitments?

a) Triangulation argument
b) Postmodern argument
c) Embedded methods argument
d) Positivist argument
Question 2

Which version of the debate about multi-strategy research suggests that quantitative and qualitative research
is compatible?

a) Technical version
b) Methodological version
c) Epistemological version
d) Feminist version
Question 3

What is triangulation?

a) Using three quantitative or three qualitative methods in a project

b) Cross-checking the results found by different research strategies
c) Allowing theoretical concepts to emerge from the data
d) Drawing a triangular diagram to represent the relations between three concepts
Question 4

How might qualitative research facilitate quantitative research?

a) By providing hypotheses that can later be tested

b) By helping with the design of survey questions
 c) By informing the schedule of a structured interview
d) All of the above
Question 5

How might quantitative research facilitate qualitative research?

a) By identifying specific groups of people to be interviewed

b) By showing the frequency of different responses to a survey item
c) By imposing a rigorous positivist framework on it
d) By combining laboratory experiments with structured observation
Question 6

Whereas quantitative research tends to bring out a static picture of social life, qualitative research depicts it
as…
a) Symmetrical
b) Statistical
c) Processual
d) Proverbial
Question 7

How might qualitative research help with the analysis of quantitative data?

a) By identifying a sample of respondents for a follow-up study

b) By providing hard, statistical data about them
c) By making the research more value-laden and subjective
d) By helping to explain the relationship between two variables
Question 8

How can multi-strategy research help us to study different aspects of a phenomenon?

a) By reducing the standard deviation of scores around the mean

b) By allowing the researcher to interview first women, and then men
c) By revealing both the macro and the micro level
d) By making it unnecessary to have more than one stage in the research process
Question 9

When might unplanned multi-stage research be described as a "salvage operation"?

a) When the researcher abandons their original strategy and starts all over again
b) When the second research strategy is used to explain unexpected or puzzling results
 c) When there is a paradigm shift from quantitative to qualitative research
d) When it is ethically unsound to use only one research strategy
Question 10

Which of the following is not a feature of multi-strategy research?

a) It is inherently superior to mono-strategy research
b) It must be competently designed and conducted
c) It must be appropriate to the research questions
d) The skills of all researchers must be well integrated
Question 1

What is rhetoric?

a) The type of rapport that is usually established in in-depth interviews

b) An ancient form of poetry
c) A technique used to assess the external reliability of a data source
d) The attempt to persuade or convince an audience, often through writing
Question 2

The introductory section of a research report should aim to:

a) Identify the specific focus of the study

b) Provide a rationale for the dissertation, or article
c) Grab the reader's attention
d) All of the above
Question 3

What is the purpose of the conclusion in a research report?

a) It explains how concepts were operationally defined and measured

b) It contains a useful review of the relevant literature
c) It outlines the methodological procedures that were employed
d) It summarizes the key findings in relation to the research questions
Question 4

Why does Bryman praise the theory section in the Kelley and De Graaf (1997) article?

a) Because he made a personal contribution to that section

b) Because the research questions are spelled out very specifically
c) Because it covers all theories known at that time
 d) Because the language is very poetic
Question 5

Which qualitative research method was used by Jones et al (2010)?

a) Structured interviewing
b) Focus groups
c) Semi-structured interviewing
d) CAQDAS
Question 6

Which of the following is not normally included in a written account of qualitative research?

a) An introduction, locating the research in its theoretical context
b) An explanation of the design of the study
c) A discussion of the main findings in relation to the research questions
d) A decision to accept or reject the hypothesis
Question 7

Which sequence do Creswell and Plano Clark (2011) recommend for an article writing up mixed-methods
research?
a) Introduction; Methods; Results; Discussion.
b) Introduction; Literature Review; Data; Conclusions.
c) Introduction; Background; Methods; Findings; Discussion; Conclusion.
d) Introduction; Theory; Data; Measurement; Methods and models; Results; Conclusion.
Question 8

The mixed methods used by Poortinga et al (2004) were:

a) Structured and unstructured interviews

b) A questionnaire survey and focus groups
c) Traditional ethnography and structured observation
d) CATI and CAPI
Question 9

In mixed-methods research, quantitative and qualitative findings should be:

a) Integrated
b) Contained in separate sections
c) Listed in order of importance
d) Shown fully in appendices
Question 10

Before submitting your dissertation, you should ensure that:

a) Your writing is free of sexist, racist and disablist language

b) Other people have read your final draft
c) You have proofread it thoroughly
d) All of the above

Doing Research in the Real World

PART A: PRINCIPLES AND PLANNING FOR RESEARCH

1. Which of the following should not be a criterion for a good research project?

a. Demonstrates the abilities of the researcher

b. Is dependent on the completion of other projects
c. Demonstrates the integration of different fields of knowledge
d. Develops the skills of the researcher

Answer: 

b. Is dependent on the completion of other projects

2. Which form of reasoning is the process of drawing a specific conclusion from a set of premises?

a. Objective reasoning
b. Positivistic reasoning
c. Inductive reasoning
d. Deductive reasoning

Answer: 

d: Deductive reasoning

3. Research that seeks to examine the findings of a study by using the same design but a different sample is
which of the following?

a. An exploratory study
b. A replication study
c. An empirical study
d. Hypothesis testing

Answer: 

b: A replication study

4. A researcher designs an experiment to test how variables interact to influence job-seeking behaviours.
The main purpose of the study was:
 a. Description
b. Prediction
c. Exploration
d. Explanation

Answer: 

d: Explanation

5. Cyber bullying at work is a growing threat to employee job satisfaction. Researchers want to find out why
people do this and how they feel about it. The primary purpose of the study is:

a. Description
b. Prediction
c. Exploration
d. Explanation

Answer: 

c: Exploration

6. A theory: 

a. Is an accumulated body of knowledge

b. Includes inconsequential ideas
c. Is independent of research methodology
d. Should be viewed uncritically

7. Which research method is a bottom-up approach to research?

a. Deductive method
b. Explanatory method
c. Inductive method
d. Exploratory method

8. How much confidence should you place in a single research study?

a. You should trust research findings after different researchers have

replicated the findings
b. You should completely trust a single research study
c. Neither a nor b
d. Both a and b 

9. A qualitative research problem statement:

a. Specifies the research methods to be utilized

b. Specifies a research hypothesis
c. Expresses a relationship between variables
d. Conveys a sense of emerging design
10. Which of the following is a good research question?
 a. To produce a report on student job searching behaviours
b. To identify the relationship between self-efficacy and student job searching behaviours
c. Students with higher levels of self-efficacy will demonstrate more active job searching behaviours
d. Do students with high levels of self-efficacy demonstrate more active job
searching behaviours?
11. A review of the literature prior to formulating research questions allows the researcher to :

a. Provide an up-to-date understanding of the subject, its significance, and structure

b. Guide the development of research questions
c. Present the kinds of research methodologies used in previous studies
d. All of the above
12. Sometimes a comprehensive review of the literature prior to data collection is not recommended by:

a. Ethnomethodology
b. Grounded theory
c. Symbolic interactionism
d. Feminist theory

13. The feasibility of a research study should be considered in light of: 

a. Cost and time required to conduct the study

b. Access to gatekeepers and respondents
c. Potential ethical concerns
d. All of the above
14. Research that uses qualitative methods for one phase and quantitative methods for the next phase is
known as:

a. Action research
b. Mixed-method research
c. Quantitative research
d. Pragmatic research

15. Research hypotheses are:

a. Formulated prior to a review of the literature

b. Statements of predicted relationships between variables
c. B but not A
d. Both A and B

16. Which research approach is based on the epistemological viewpoint of pragmatism? 

a. Quantitative research
b. Qualitative research
c. Mixed-methods research
d. All of the above

17. Adopting ethical principles in research means: 

 a. Avoiding harm to participants
b. The researcher is anonymous
c. Deception is only used when necessary
d. Selected informants give their consent

18. A radical perspective on ethics suggests that: 

a. Researchers can do anything they want

b. The use of checklists of ethical actions is essential
c. The powers of Institutional Review Boards should be strengthened
d. Ethics should be based on self-reflexivity
19. Ethical problems can arise when researching the Internet because:

a. Everyone has access to digital media

b. Respondents may fake their identities
c. Researchers may fake their identities
d. Internet research has to be covert

20. The Kappa statistic: 

a. Is a measure of inter-judge validity

b. Compares the level of agreement between two judges against what might
have been predicted by chance
c. Ranges from 0 to +1
d. Is acceptable above a score of 0.5 

PART B: RESEARCH METHODOLOGY 

1. Which research paradigm is most concerned about generalizing its findings? 

a. Quantitative research
b. Qualitative research
c. Mixed-methods research
d. All of the above

2. A variable that is presumed to cause a change in another variable is called:

a. An intervening variable
b. A dependent variable
c. An independent variable
d. A numerical variable

3. A study of teaching professionals posits that their performance-related pay increases their motivation
which in turn leads to an increase in their job satisfaction. What kind of variable is ‘motivation”’ in this
study? 

a. Extraneous 
b. Confounding
c. Intervening
d. Manipulated
4. Which correlation is the strongest? 

a. –1.00
b. +80
c. –60
d. +05

5. When interpreting a correlation coefficient expressing the relationship between two variables, it is
important not to:

a. Assume causality
b. Measure the values for X and Y independently
c. Choose X and Y values that are normally distributed
d. Check the direction of the relationship

6. Which of the following can be described as a nominal variable? 

a. Annual income
b. Age
c. Annual sales
d. Geographical location of a firm
7. A positive correlation occurs when:

a. Two variables remain constant

b. Two variables move in the same direction
c. One variable goes up and the other goes down
d. Two variables move in opposite directions

8. The key defining characteristic of experimental research is that:

a. The independent variable is manipulated

b. Hypotheses are proved
c. A positive correlation exists
d. Samples are large

9. Qualitative research is used in all the following circumstances, EXCEPT:

a. It is based on a collection of non-numerical data such as words and pictures

b. It often uses small samples
c. It uses the inductive method
d. It is typically used when a great deal is already known about the topic of
interest
10. In an experiment, the group that does not receive the intervention is called:

a. The experimental group

b. The participant group
c. The control group
d. The treatment group
11. Which generally cannot be guaranteed in conducting qualitative studies in the field? 

a. Keeping participants from physical and emotional harm

b. Gaining informed consent
c. Assuring anonymity rather than just confidentiality
d. Maintaining consent forms

12. Which of the following is not ethical practice in research with humans? 

a. Maintaining participants’ anonymity

b. Gaining informed consent
c. Informing participants that they are free to withdraw at any time
d. Requiring participants to continue until the study has been completed
13. What do we call data that are used for a new study but which were collected by an earlier researcher for
a different set of research questions?

a. Secondary data
b. Field notes
c. Qualitative data
d. Primary data

14. When each member of a population has an equal chance of being selected, this is called:

a. A snowball sample
b. A stratified sample
c. A random probability sample
d. A non-random sample

15. Which of the following techniques yields a simple random sample of hospitals?

a. Randomly selecting a district and then sampling all hospitals within the district
b. Numbering all the elements of a hospital sampling frame and then using a
random number generator to pick hospitals from the table
c. Listing hospitals by sector and choosing a proportion from within each sector at random
d. Choosing volunteer hospitals to participate

16. Which of the following statements are true?

a. The larger the sample size, the larger the confidence interval
b. The smaller the sample size, the greater the sampling error
c. The more categories being measured, the smaller the sample size
d. A confidence level of 95 percent is always sufficient

17. Which of the following will produce the least sampling error?

a. A large sample based on convenience sampling 

b. A small sample based on random sampling
c. A large snowball sample
d. A large sample based on random sampling
18. When people are readily available, volunteer, or are easily recruited to the sample, this is called:

a. Snowball sampling
b. Convenience sampling
c. Stratified sampling
d. Random sampling

19. In qualitative research, sampling that involves selecting diverse cases is referred to as:

a. Typical-case sampling
b. Critical-case sampling
c. Intensity sampling
d. Maximum variation sampling
20. A test accurately indicates an employee’s scores on a future criterion (e.g., conscientiousness).  What
kind of validity is this?

a. Predictive
b. Face
c. Content
d. Concurrent

 PART C: DATA COLLECTION METHODS 

1. When designing a questionnaire it is important to do each of the following EXCEPT

a. Pilot the questionnaire

b. Avoid jargon
c. Avoid double questions
d. Use leading questions
2. One advantage of using a questionnaire is that:

a. Probe questions can be asked

b. Respondents can be put at ease
c. Interview bias can be avoided
d. Response rates are always high

3. Which of the following is true of observations?

a. It takes less time than interviews

b. It is often not possible to determine exactly why people behave as they do
c. Covert observation raises fewer ethical concerns than overt
d. All of the above

4. A researcher secretly becomes an active member of a group in order to observe their behaviour. This
researcher is acting as:

a. An overt participant observer

b. A covert non-participant observer
c. A covert participant observer
 d. None of the above

5. All of the following are advantages of structured observation, EXCEPT:

a. Results can be replicated at a different time

b. The coding schedule might impose a framework on what is being
observed
c. Data can be collected that participants may not realize is important
d. Data do not have to rely on the recall of participants

6. When conducting an interview, asking questions such as: "What else? or ‘Could you expand on that?’ are
all forms of:

a. Structured responses
b. Category questions
c. Protocols
d. Probes
7. Secondary data can include which of the following? 

a. Government statistics
b. Personal diaries
c. Organizational records
d. All of the above
8. An ordinal scale is:

a. The simplest form of measurement

b. A scale with an absolute zero point
c. A rank-order scale of measurement
d. A scale with equal intervals between ranks

9. Which term measures the extent to which scores from a test can be used to infer or predict performance in
some activity? 

a. Face validity
b. Content reliability
c. Criterion-related validity
d. Construct validity

10. The ‘reliability’of a measure refers to the researcher asking:

a. Does it give consistent results?

b. Does it measure what it is supposed to measure?
c. Can the results be generalized?
d. Does it have face reliability?

11. Interviewing is the favoured approach EXCEPT when:

a. There is a need for highly personalized data

 b. It is important to ask supplementary questions
c. High numbers of respondents are needed
d. Respondents have difficulty with written language

Answer: 

c: High numbers of respondents are needed

12. Validity in interviews is strengthened by the following EXCEPT:

a. Building rapport with interviewees

b. Multiple questions cover the same theme
c. Constructing interview schedules that contain themes drawn from the literature
d. Prompting respondents to expand on initial responses

Answer: 

b: Multiple questions cover the same theme

13. Interview questions should:

a. Lead the respondent

b. Probe sensitive issues
c. Be delivered in a neutral tone
d. Test the respondents’ powers of memory

Answer: 

c: Be delivered in a neutral tone

14. Active listening skills means:

a. Asking as many questions as possible

b. Avoiding silences
c. Keeping to time
d. Attentive listening

Answer: 

d: Attentive listening

15. All the following are strengths of focus groups EXCEPT:

a. They allow access to a wide range of participants

b. Discussion allows for the validation of ideas and views
c. They can generate a collective perspective
d. They help maintain confidentiality

Answer: 

d: They help maintain confidentiality

16. Which of the following is not always true about focus groups?

a. The ideal size is normally between 6 and 12 participants

b. Moderators should introduce themselves to the group
c. Participants should come from diverse backgrounds
d. The moderator poses preplanned questions

Answer: 

c: Participants should come from diverse backgrounds

17. A disadvantage of using secondary data is that:

a. The data may have been collected with reference to research questions that are not those of
the researcher
b. The researcher may bring more detachment in viewing the data than original researchers could
muster
c. Data have often been collected by teams of experienced researchers
d. Secondary data sets are often available and accessible

18. All of the following are sources of secondary data EXCEPT:

a. Official statistics
b. A television documentary
c. The researcher’s research diary
d. A company’s annual report

19. Which of the following is not true about visual methods?

a. They are not reliant on respondent recall

b. The have low resource requirements
c. They do not rely on words to capture what is happening
d. They can capture what is happening in real time

20. Avoiding naïve empiricism in the interpretation of visual data means:

a. Understanding the context in which they were produced

b. Ensuring that visual images such as photographs are accurately taken
c. Only using visual images with other data gathering sources
d. Planning the capture of visual data carefully

 PART D: ANALYSIS AND REPORT WRITING 

1. Which of the following is incorrect when naming a variable in SPSS?

a. Must begin with a letter and not a number

b. Must end in a full stop
c. Cannot exceed 64 characters
d. Cannot include symbols such as ?, & and %

2. Which of the following is not an SPSS Type variable?

a. Word
 b. Numeric
c. String
d. Date

Answer: 

a: Word

3. A graph that uses vertical bars to represent data is called:

a. A bar chart
b. A pie chart
c. A line graph
d. A vertical graph

4. The purpose of descriptive statistics is to:

a. Summarize the characteristics of a data set

b. Draw conclusions from the data
c. None of the above
d. All of the above

5. The measure of the extent to which responses vary from the mean is called:

a. The mode
b. The normal distribution
c. The standard deviation
d. The variance

6. To compare the performance of a group at time T1 and then at T2, we would use:

a. A chi-squared test
b. One-way analysis of variance
c. Analysis of variance
d. A paired t-test

7. A Type 1 error occurs in a situation where:

a. The null hypothesis is accepted when it is in fact true

b. The null hypothesis is rejected when it is in fact false
c. The null hypothesis is rejected when it is in fact true
d. The null hypothesis is accepted when it is in fact false

8. The significance level

a. Is set after a statistical test is conducted

b. Is always set at 0.05
c. Results in a p-value
d. Measures the probability of rejecting a true null hypothesis

9. To predict the value of the dependent variable for a new case based on the knowledge of one or more
independent variables, we would use
 a. Regression analysis
b. Correlation analysis
c. Kolmogorov-Smirnov test
d. One-way analysis of variance

10. In conducting secondary data analysis, researchers should ask themselves all of the following EXCEPT:

a. Who produced the document?

b. Is the material genuine?
c. How can respondents be re-interviewed?
d. Why was the document produced?

11. Which of the following are not true of reflexivity?

a. It recognizes that the researcher is not a neutral observer

b. It has mainly been applied to the analysis of qualitative data
c. It is part of a post-positivist tradition
d. A danger of adopting a reflexive stance is the researcher can become the focus of the study

12. Validity in qualitative research can be strengthened by all of the following EXCEPT:

a. Member checking for accuracy and interpretation

b. Transcribing interviews to improve accuracy of data
c. Exploring rival explanations
d. Analysing negative cases

13. Qualitative data analysis programs are useful for each of the following EXCEPT: 

a. Manipulation of large amounts of data

b. Exploring of the data against new dimensions
c. Querying of data
d. Generating codes

14. Which part of a research report contains details of how the research was planned and conducted?

a. Results
b. Design 
c. Introduction
d. Background

15. Which of the following is a form of research typically conducted by managers and other professionals to
address issues in their organizations and/or professional practice?

a. Action research
b. Basic research
c. Professional research
d. Predictive research

16. Plagiarism can be avoided by:

a. Copying the work of others accurately

b. Paraphrasing the author’s text in your own words
c. Cut and pasting from the Internet
d. Quoting directly without revealing the source
17. In preparing for a presentation, you should do all of the following EXCEPT:

a. Practice the presentation

b. Ignore your nerves
c. Get to know more about your audience
d. Take an advanced look, if possible, at the facilities

18. You can create interest in your presentation by:

a. Using bullet points

b. Reading from notes
c. Maximizing the use of animation effects
d. Using metaphors

19. In preparing for a viva or similar oral examination, it is best if you have:

a. Avoided citing the examiner in your thesis

b. Made exaggerated claims on the basis of your data
c. Published and referenced your own article(s)
d. Tried to memorize your work

20. Grounded theory coding:

a. Makes use of a priori concepts from the literature

b. Uses open coding, selective coding, then axial coding
c. Adopts a deductive stance
d. Stops when theoretical saturation has been reached

Chapter 12 Multiple Choice Questions

(The answers are provided after the last question.)

1. Which of the following is characteristic of qualitative research?

a. Generalization to the population
b. Random sampling
c. Unique case orientation
d. Standardized tests and measures

2. Phenomenology has its disciplinary origins in:

a. Philosophy
b. Anthropology
c. Sociology
d. Many disciplines

3. The primary data analysis approach in ethnography is:

a. Open, axial, and selective coding
b. Holistic description and search for cultural themes
c. Cross-case analysis
d. Identifying essences of a phenomenon

4. The term used to describe suspending preconceptions and learned feelings about a
phenomenon is called:
a. Axial coding
b. Design flexibility
c. Bracketing
d. Ethnography

5. A researcher studies how students who flunk out of high school experienced high
School. She found that it was common for such students to report that they felt like they had little control
of their destiny. Her report that this lack of control was an invariant part of the students’ experiences
suggests that lack of control is of the “flunking out” experience.
a. A narrative
b. A grounded theory
c. An essence
d. A probabilistic cause

6. The specific cultural conventions or statements that people who share a culture hold to be true or false
are called .
a. Shared attitudes
b. Shared beliefs
c. Shared values
d. Norms

7. The written and unwritten rules that specify appropriate group behavior are called .
a. Shared attitudes
b. Shared beliefs
c. Shared values
d. Norms

8. Which of the following is not an advantage of studying multiple cases?

a. Multiple cases can be compared for similarities and differences
b. Multiple cases can more effectively test a theory than a single case
c. Generalizations about population are usually better when based on multiple cases.
d. Cost is lower and depth of analysis is easier when you study multiple cases in a
single research study

9. are the standards of a culture about what is good or bad or desirable or undesirable.
a. Shared attitudes
b. Shared beliefs
c. Shared values
d. Norms

10. is the study of human consciousness and individuals’ experience of some

phenomenon.
a. Phenomenology
b. Ethnography
c. Grounded theory
d. Case study research

11. Which of the following is a characteristic of qualitative research?

a. Design flexibility
b. Inductive analysis
c. Context sensitivity
d. All of the above

12. is a general methodology for developing theory that is based on data

systematically gathered and analyzed.
a. Theory confirmation
b. Grounded theory
c. Theory deduction
d. All of the above

13. The final stage in grounded theory data analysis is called .

a. Axial coding
b. Theoretical saturation
c. Constant comparative method
d. Selective coding

14. Which major characteristic of qualitative research refers to studying real world situations as they
unfold naturally?
a. Holistic perspective
b. Naturalistic inquiry
c. Dynamic systems
d. Inductive analysis

15. In which qualitative research approach is the primary goal to gain access to individuals’ inner worlds
of experience?
a. Phenomenology
b. Ethnography
c. Grounded theory
d. Case study

16. The type of qualitative research that describes the culture of a group of people is called .
a. Phenomenology
b. Grounded theory
c. Ethnography
d. Case study

17. The grounded theorist is finished analyzing data when theoretical saturation occurs.
a. True
b. False

18. In which of the following case study designs does the researcher focus her primary interest on
understanding something more general than the particular case?
a. Intrinsic case study
b. Instrumental case study
c. Collective case study
d. It could be b or c

19. Which of the following phrases best describes "ethnocentrism"?

a. Special words or terms used by the people in a group
b. An external, social scientific view of reality
c. The study of the cultural past of a group of people
d. Judging people from a different culture according to the standards of your own culture

20. Which of the following is usually not a characteristic of qualitative research?

a. Design flexibility
b. Dynamic systems
c. Naturalistic inquiry
d. Deductive design

21. Which of the following involves the studying of multiple cases in one research study?
a. Intrinsic case study
b. Single case study
c. Instrumental case study
d. Collective case study
22. Which of the following does not apply to qualitative research?
a. Data are often words and pictures
b. Uses the inductive scientific method
c. Ends with a statistical report
d. Involves direct and personal contact with participants

23. The difference between ethnographic research and other types of qualitative research is that
ethnographers specifically use the concept of “culture” to help understand the results.
a. True
b. False

24. What term refers to the insider's perspective?

A. Ethnocentrism
B. Emic perspective
C. Etic perspective
D. Holism

25. In data analysis of the grounded theory approach, the step which focuses on the main idea,
developing the story line, and finalizing the theory is called .
a. Open coding
b. Axial coding
c. Selective coding
d. Theoretical saturation

26. Which of the following is not one of the 4 major approaches to qualitative research.
a. Ethnography
b. Phenomenology
c. Case study
d. Grounded theory
e. No experimental

27. In "phenomenology," a well written report will be highly descriptive of the participants’
experiences and will often elicit in the reader a feeling that they feel as though they are
experiencing the phenomenon themselves. This experience is called .
a. A phenomenal experience
b. A vicarious experience
c. A significant experience
d. A dream

28. You want to study a Native American group in New Mexico for a six month
period to learn all you can about them so you can write a book about that particular
tribe. You want the book to be accurate and authentic as well as informative and
inspiring. What type of research will you likely be conducting when you get to New
Mexico?
a. Ethnography
 b. Phenomenology
c. Grounded theory
d. Collective case study

29. The emic perspective refers to an external, social scientific view of reality.
a. True
b. False

30. Is used to describe cultural scenes or the cultural characteristics of a group of people.
a. Phenomenology
b. Ethnography
c. Grounded theory
d. Instrumental case study

31. Terms such as “geeks,” “book worms,” “preps,” are known as terms.
a. Emic
b. Etic

32. When a researcher identifies so completely with the group being studied that he or she can no longer
remain objective you have what is called .
a. Culture shock
b. Going native
c. Regression
d. Cultural relativism

1. The very first thing while doing ethnographic research is to identify_______.

a) Research question b) research project

c) Consulting different sources d) existing literature

2. You need to assess your time and resources for all these except_____.

a) Equipment will you need b) types of resources you have

c) Identify your subjects d) to get funds for the study

3. Define very carefully the _____from whom you will collect/generate data.

a) setting b) subjects c) questions d) researchers

 4. You need to meet with the gatekeepers or those who will allow or give access to you to the setting

where_____.

a) your subjects work b) prepare a setting

c) analyze the data d) interpret the findings

5. It can be _____ if you are unknown to a setting that you would like to access.

a) supportive b) convenient c) suitable d) difficult

6. Hypothesis generation is a process that is based on your _____about the issue under investigation.

a) Research method b) the sample

c) Data analysis d) preliminary thoughts

7. Hypothesis generation is later your _____ abut that topic.

a) research findings b) conclusions

c) In-depth study d) problem formulation

8. While hypothesis generation you as researcher _____of the issue.

a) Observe the participants b) enlist various possible causes

c) Conduct a survey d) interview the subjects

9. It is important to _____ on those possible causes of the issue.

a) debate b) discuss c) analyze d) interview

10. After through deliberation you come up with _____that these are the possible one.

a) One or more causes b) finalization of theory

 c) Data collection tools d) research methodology

11. A researcher generates hypothesis based on finally decided _____ of the issue for the study.

a) techniques b) tools c) subjects d) causes

12. Since hypothesis is a ______about the cause of the issue; therefore you as researcher then test it

through data collection and its analysis.

A) Possible guess b) final opinion

c) Fundamental belief d) driving force

13. Your _____ decide whether your hypothesis is correct or not.

a) Subjects b) tools c) methodology d) findings

14. There are _______main modes of data collection in ethnography.

a) two b) three c) four d) five

15. Main modes of data collection in ethnography are observation, interviewing and____.

a) archival research b) survey c) questionnaire d) panel interview

16. Participant _______is unique in that it combines the researcher’s participation in the lives of the

people under study while also maintaining a professional distance.

a) group discussion b) archival research c) observation d) interview

17. Participant observation is unique in that it combines the researcher’s ______in the lives of the people

under study while also maintaining a professional distance.

a) participation b) opinion
 c) Judgment d) attitude

18. Observation is the act of _______and interrelationships of people in the field setting.

a) participating in activities b) perceiving the activities

c) interviewing the respondents d) guiding the subjects

19. Interviewing is the process of directing______to collect information.

a) arrangement b) planning

c) conversation d) approaches

20. A disciplined process of inquiry conducted by and for those taking the action is called:

a) historical research b) ethnographic research

c) action research d) phenomenological research

21. The primary reason for engaging in action research is to assist the _____ in improving and/or refining
his or her actions.

a) respondent b) actor
c) historian d) observer
22. This is the analysis of existing materials stored for research, service or other purposes officially and

unofficially.

23. a) Group discussion b) Archival research c) observation d) Questionnaire

24. Here the person who conducts the research and applies the findings of the research is____.
a) outsourced b) different
c) unofficial d) same
25. Ethnographers can collect ______to describe what people believe and how they behave in

everyday situations.

26. a) great quantities of material b) article reviews

c) Multiple report findings d) questionnaires

27. Data analysis and interpretation can be challenging in_____.

a) historical research b) ethnographic research

c) Action research d) phenomenological research

28. A very cautious role of researcher is required in action research because generally it is the teacher who

conducts research upon their____.

a) Students b) organization c) colleagues d) acquaintance

29. The process of understanding is inductive in which you begin by learning from the data rather than

starting with ______ about your subject matter.

a) Group discussion b) generating hypothesis

c) Preconceived notions d) interpreting findings

30. It is the process of summarizing and reporting written data, the main contents of data and their

messages.

a) Data Collection b) Content Analysis

c) Themes/Sub-themes d) Coding and decoding

31. Compare and contrast the _____of different participants.

a) responses b) organization c) colleagues d) acquaintance

32. Since the materials collected are in the form of written words, those words must first be grouped into
_____ or descriptive labels.

a) manageable size b) meaningful categories

c) narrative manner d) broad themes

33. First level coding is done to________a manageable size.
a) To reduce the data b) analyze the data
 c) Collect the data d) interpret the data

34. Before one begins the coding process, it may be helpful to ______ basic domains that can categorize
a broad range of phenomena.

a) compare b) interpret c) explain d) formulate

35. Examples of domains are, setting, types of activities________.

a) Events, relationships and social structure b) setting, subjects and cultures

c) Beliefs, values and relationships d) sample, values and

36. Cases, situations, events or settings that do not “fit” with the rest of the findings may be

identified.

a) Generalizing constructs b) Sorting for patterns

c) Identifying Outliers d) Memoing with reflective remarks

37. The patterns or _____are related to theories in order to make sense of the rich and complex

data collected.

a) Generalizing constructs b) Sorting for patterns

c) Identifying Outliers d) Memoing with reflective remarks
38. Memos are ______that one has about the data.

a) insights or ideas b) interpretations c) explanations d) sources

39. Pure phenomenological research seeks essentially to________ rather than explain.

a) evaluate b) summarize c) describe d) synthesize

40. How socially & historically conditioned individuals interpret their world within a given context

a) Existential phenomenological research

b) Realistic phenomenological research

 c) Transcendental or Psychological Phenomenology

d) Hermeneutical phenomenological research

41. The first step is _____, through a variety of methods.

a) hypothesis generation b) data collection

c) literature review d) data analysis

42. _______in field research is the confidence placed in your ability to collect and analyze data

accurately, representing the lives or culture under study.

a) Reliability b) Validity c) Testing d) Sampling

43. Ecological validity is the degree to which the _____ and described by the researcher reflects

the world of those under study.

a) data analyzed b) data interpreted

c) data collected d) data reported

44. Natural history is a full description and disclosure of the researcher’s_______, and procedures

for others to evaluate.

a) actions, assumptions b) limitations, description

c) sampling, findings d) opinion and beliefs

45. Check for _____by taking the field results back to those under study to judge for adequacy and

accuracy from their perspectives.

a) respondents’ reactions b) descriptive detail

 c) member validation d) people’s biases

46. Competent insider performance which is the ability of the researcher as a_____ of the group or

culture under study to interact effectively as a member.

A) Full time member b) nonmember c) active member d) passive member

47. Reliability in field research addresses the question of whether you are able to collect data that

are internally and externally_____ and credible.

a) Consistent b) ability

c) Accurate d) authentic

48. Data are internally consistent when the researcher _____that are consistent over time and in

different social contexts.

a) observe participants b) records behaviors

C) interview people b) conduct survey

49. External consistency can be achieved by ______with other sources.

a) Verifying or cross-checking data b) generating hypothesis

c) Selecting a setting d) data collection

50. Ethnographic researchers also depend on______.

a) researcher’s awareness b) participants actions

c) experiencing different events d) what others tell them

Main data collection techniques in historical research may include...............

a) surveys b) observation c) interviews d) questionnaire

Secondary sources may include all these sources except.............................

a) biography b) feelings c) periodicals d) encyclopedia

A_______ is a piece of writing that combines information from two or more sources.

a) concept b) theory c) synthesis d) diagnosis

Primary source include a person's account of own ........................

a) actions and feelings b) biography, articles c) reviews, textbooks d) histories, encyclopedia

"Third-hand" information; they usually synthesize a collection of secondary sources.

a) primary- sources b) new- sources c) secondary- sources d) tertiary- sources

Historical research is also done to satisfy the human...............

a) basic needs b) wants c) curiosity d) secondary needs

Human beings are endlessly curious and ____ helps us know about facts which have their roots in early
ages.” 

a) descriptive research b) phenomenology research c) historical research d) action research

Historical research studies the meaning of past events in an attempt to interpret the facts and explain the
cause of events, and their effect in the.....................events

a) significant b) present c) past d) cultural

A type of qualitative research is historical research, which involves examining .................. events to draw

conclusions.

a) unusual b) future c) past d) major

Types of case studies include........................ case study

a) analytical b) applied c) descriptive d) action

Case studies are analysis of persons, groups, events, decisions or other systems that are studied ______by
one or more methods.

a) holistically b) individually c) independently d) forcefully

A case study research relies on......................................

a) multiple sources of evidence b) respondent’s interpretation c) artificial life d) observer’s

description

A case study research which is done purely due to genuine interest is…...

a) descriptive b) exploratory c) instrumental d) intrinsic

A case study is a descriptive and exploratory analysis of all these except..................

a) person b) event c) group d) phenomena

The field of education often uses action research, an ____method of collecting information

a) dissociated b) interactive c) dependent d) independent

Case studies are based on ......................investigation.

a) superficial b) in-depth c) temporary d) shallow

A case study is a research methodology and .....................inquiry.

a) artificial b) empirical c) vague d) abstract

A case study is a research strategy that investigates a phenomenon within its ..............life context.

a) artificial b) critical c) ideal d) real

A case study is a research methodology that has commonly used in ......................... sciences.

a) administrative b) computer c) education d) social

The qualitative research focuses more on ........................... questions.

a) how b) how often c) where d) what

It is _____ that your first attempt to develop a good research question will be without hurdles

a) found b) common c) unlikely d) expected

Qualitative research questions often ask about all of these except .........................

a) stories b) meaning c) theories d) understanding

Qualitative research is a _______ process, one in which the researcher adapts her approach based on what
participants say and do

a) temporary b) aggressive c) reflexive d) everlasting

As the researcher gains information from participants, it is normal for ______.

a) focus of the inquiry to shift b) ending of the research

c) starting analysis of the data d) beginning of a new research

Qualitative research questions are often more................

a) specific written b) vaguely worded c) non modifiable d) ambiguous

Qualitative research questions seek to......................

a) explore or describe phenomena b) provide a neat nomothetic explanation

c) initiating analysis of the data d) describe findings of the data analysis

Qualitative research questions have one final feature that distinguishes them from quantitative research
questions which is they are:

a) unalterable b) fixed c) modifiable d) specific

Qualitative research is a distinct field of research with its own research......................

. affect the inferences you can draw from your study.

a) Actions and behaviors b) Assumptions and limitations

c) Survey techniques d) Research methodologies

A statement that is presumed to be often only temporarily or for a specific purpose.

a) Topic b) Question c) Limitation d) Assumption

The quantitative approach of ......... in nature.

a) abstract b) objective c) subjective d) biased

The qualitative approach is .............. in nature.

a) abstract b) objective c) subjective d) biased

The data generated in qualitative research is in all these shapes except.............

a) words b) sentences c) texts d) numerics

Data collected in quantitative approach is in the form of.............

a) words b) digits c) texts d) sentences

The quantitative approach is linked with............

a) interpretivism b) parallelism c) materialism d) positivism

The qualitative approach is linked with..............

a) interpretivism b) parallelism c) materialism d) positivism

The two kinds of approaches........... are based upon two competing paradigms (positivism and
interpretivism).

a) mixed methods b) quantitative c) qualitative d) subjective

Qualitative research demonstrates the circumstances as experienced by the ...........

a) respondents b) explorer c) researcher d) investigator

In qualitative research the results are more easily influenced by the_______’s personal biases.

a) reflector b) explorer c) researcher d) respondent

Qualitative research usually analyses the peoples' point of views through .................. methods.

a) cognitive b) authoritative c) argumentative d) descriptive

Qualitative research usually analyses the................. through narrative or descriptive methods,

Qualitative research stresses the ............... nature of the research process and its output.
 a) unusable b) value-laden c) value-less d) useless

In ................ research the situational constraint form the investigation.

a) qualitative approach b) correlation research c) experimental research d) survey research

There is interdependence between the ............ and what is investigated in qualitative research.

a) participant b) observer c) investigator d) respondent

Qualitative research emphasizes the .................. constructed nature of truth

a) ethically b) cognitively c) psychologically d) socially

Short Question
1. Explain the process of Ethnographic Research.
2. Describe the Importance of Action Research.
3. Explain data collection modes and drawing conclusions (through analysis of data) in Ethnographic
Research.
4. Explain the uses, practices and strengths of Grounded Theory.
5. Enlist the steps of how to do Grounded Theory.
6. Write down a note on needs assessments and objectives of Action Research.
7. Describe characteristics of Action Research.
8. Write a note on disadvantages of Grounded Theory.
9. Describe elements of Phenomenological Research.
10. Write a note on Phenomenological Methodology.
11. Explain development of Grounded Theory in brief.
12. Describe types of Phenomenological Research in detail.
13. Write a note on arranging qualitative data (coding and decoding) in qualitative data analysis.
14. What is the role of Ethnographic Research in education? Explain in detail.
15. Write down advantages of grounded theory.
16. Describe the key features under consideration during identification of subjects in Ethnographic
Research.
17. Explain validity of Ethnographic Research.
18. Explain reliability of Ethnographic Research.
19. Enlist steps of planning process in Action Research.
20. What is the role of researcher in action research

MCQ-Contemporary Marketing Research

Chapter 12
Multiple Choice Questions (The answers are provided after the last question.)
1. Which of the following is characteristic of qualitative research?
a. Generalization to the population
b. Random sampling
c. Unique case orientation
d. Standardized tests and measures
2. Phenomenology has its disciplinary origins in:
a. Philosophy
b. Anthropology
c. Sociology
d. Many disciplines
3. The primary data analysis approach in ethnography is:
a. Open, axial, and selective coding
b. Holistic description and search for cultural themes
c. Cross-case analysis
d. Identifying essences of a phenomenon
4. The term used to describe suspending preconceptions and learned feelings about a phenomenon is
called:
a. Axial coding
b. Design flexibility
c. Bracketing
d. Ethnography
5. A researcher studies how students who flunk out of high school experienced high school. She found
that it was common for such students to report that they felt like they had little control of their destiny.
Her report that this lack of control was an invariant part of the students’ experiences suggests that lack
of control is _______ of the “flunking out” experience.
a. A narrative
b. A grounded theory
c. An essence
d. A probabilistic cause
6. The specific cultural conventions or statements that people who share a culture hold to be true or
false are called ______.
a. Shared attitudes
b. Shared beliefs
c. Shared values
d. Norms
7. The written and unwritten rules that specify appropriate group behavior are called _____.
a. Shared attitudes
b. Shared beliefs
c. Shared values
d. Norms
8. Which of the following is not an advantage of studying multiple cases?
a. Multiple cases can be compared for similarities and differences
b. Multiple cases can more effectively test a theory than a single case
c. Generalizations about population are usually better when based on multiple cases.
d. Cost is lower and depth of analysis is easier when you study multiple cases in a single research
study
9. _____ are the standards of a culture about what is good or bad or desirable or undesirable.
a. Shared attitudes
b. Shared beliefs
c. Shared values
d. Norms
10. _________ is the study of human consciousness and individuals’ experience of some phenomenon.
a. Phenomenology
b. Ethnography
c. Grounded theory
d. Case study research
11. Which of the following is a characteristic of qualitative research?
a. Design flexibility
b. Inductive analysis
c. Context sensitivity
d. All of the above
12. ________ is a general methodology for developing theory that is based on data systematically
gathered and analyzed.
a. Theory confirmation
b. Grounded theory
c. Theory deduction
d. All of the above
13. The final stage in grounded theory data analysis is called ___________.
a. Axial coding
b. Theoretical saturation
c. Constant comparative method
d. Selective coding
14. Which major characteristic of qualitative research refers to studying real world situations as they
unfold naturally?
a. Holistic perspective
b. Naturalistic inquiry
c. Dynamic systems
d. Inductive analysis
15. In which qualitative research approach is the primary goal to gain access to individuals’ inner
worlds of experience?
a. Phenomenology
b. Ethnography
c. Grounded theory
d. Case study
16. The type of qualitative research that describes the culture of a group of people is called ____.
a. Phenomenology
b. Grounded theory
c. Ethnography
d. Case study
17. The grounded theorist is finished analyzing data when theoretical saturation occurs.
a. True
b. False
18. In which of the following case study designs does the researcher focus her primary interest on
understanding something more general than the particular case?
a. Intrinsic case study
b. Instrumental case study
c. Collective case study
d. It could be b or c
19. Which of the following phrases best describes "ethnocentrism"?
a. Special words or terms used by the people in a group
b. An external, social scientific view of reality
c. The study of the cultural past of a group of people
d. Judging people from a different culture according to the standards of your own culture
20. Which of the following is usually not a characteristic of qualitative research?
a. Design flexibility
b. Dynamic systems
c. Naturalistic inquiry
d. Deductive design
21. Which of the following involves the studying of multiple cases in one research study?
a. Intrinsic case study
b. Single case study
c. Instrumental case study
d. Collective case study
22. Which of the following does not apply to qualitative research?
a. Data are often words and pictures
b. Uses the inductive scientific method
c. Ends with a statistical report
d. Involves direct and personal contact with participants
23. The difference between ethnographic research and other types of qualitative research is that
ethnographers specifically use the concept of “culture” to help understand the results.
a. True
b. False
24. What term refers to the insider's perspective?
A. Ethnocentrism
B. Emic perspective
C. Etic perspective
D. Holism
25. In data analysis of the grounded theory approach, the step which focuses on the main idea,
developing the story line, and finalizing the theory is called ________.
a. Open coding
b. Axial coding
c. Selective coding
d. Theoretical saturation
26. Which of the following is not one of the 4 major approaches to qualitative research.
a. Ethnography b. Phenomenology c. Case study d. Grounded theory e. Non experimental
27. In "phenomenology," a well written report will be highly descriptive of the participants’
experiences and will often elicit in the reader a feeling that they feel as though they are experiencing
the phenomenon themselves. This experience is called _____.
a. A phenomenal experience
b. A vicarious experience
c. A significant experience
d. A dream
28. You want to study a Native American group in New Mexico for a six month period to learn all you
can about them so you can write a book about that particular tribe. You want the book to be accurate
and authentic as well as informative and inspiring. What type of research will you likely be conducting
when you get to New Mexico?
a. Ethnography
b. Phenomenology
c. Grounded theory
d. Collective case study
29. The emic perspective refers to an external, social scientific view of reality.
a. True
b. False
30. _________ is used to describe cultural scenes or the cultural characteristics of a group of people.
a. Phenomenology
b. Ethnography
c. Grounded theory
d. Instrumental case study
31. Terms such as “geeks,” “book worms,” “preps,” are known as _____ terms.
a. Emic
b. Etic
32. When a researcher identifies so completely with the group being studied that he or she can no
longer remain objective you have what is called _________.
a. Culture shock
b. Going native
c. Regression
d. Cultural relativism

1.  According to your text, how many points should a rating scale have?
a. Five
b. Four
c. Ten
d. Somewhere from 4 to 11 points

2. What is the problem(s) with this set of response categories to the question “What is your current
age?”
1-5
5-10
10-20
20-30
30-40
a. The categories are not mutually exclusive
b. The categories are not exhaustive
c. Both a and b are problems
d. There is no problem with the above set of response categories

3. You should mix methods in a way that provides complementary strengths and non overlapping
weaknesses. This is known as the fundamental principle of mixed research.
a. True
b. False

4. According to the text, questionnaires can address events and characteristics taking place when?
a. In the past (retrospective questions)
b. In the present (current time questions)
c. In the future (prospective questions)
d. All of the above

5. Which of the following are principles of questionnaire construction?

a. Consider using multiple methods when measuring abstract constructs
b. Use multiple items to measure abstract constructs
c. Avoid double-barreled questions
d. All of the above
e. Only  b and c

6. Which of these is not a method of data collection.

a. Questionnaires
b. Interviews
c. Experiments
d. Observations
7. Secondary/existing data may include which of the following?
a. Official documents
b. Personal documents
c. Archived research data
d. All of the above

8. An item that directs participants to different follow-up questions depending on their response is called
a ____________.
a. Response set
b. Probe
c. Semantic differential
d. Contingency question

9. Which of the following terms best describes data that were originally collected at an earlier time by a
different person for a different purpose?
a. Primary data
b. Secondary data
c. Experimental data
d. Field notes

10. Researchers use both open-ended and closed-ended questions to collect data. Which of the
following statements is true?
a. Open-ended questions directly provide quantitative data based on the researcher’s predetermined
response categories
b. Closed-ended questions provide quantitative data in the participant’s own words
c. Open-ended questions provide qualitative data in the participant’s own words
d. Closed-ended questions directly provide qualitative data in the participants’ own words

11. Open-ended questions provide primarily ______ data.

a.  Confirmatory data
b.  Qualitative data
c.  Predictive data
d.  None of the above

12. Which of the following is true concerning observation?

a. It takes less time than self-report approaches
b. It costs less money than self-report approaches
c. It is often not possible to determine exactly why the people behave as they do
d. All of the above

13. Qualitative observation is usually done for exploratory purposes; it is also called ___________
observation.
a. Structured
b. Naturalistic
c. Complete
d. Probed

14. As discussed in chapter 6, when constructing a questionnaire it is important to do each of the

following except  ______.
a. Use "leading" or "loaded" questions
b. Use natural language
c. Understand your research participants
d. Pilot your test questionnaire

15. Another name for a Likert Scale is a(n):

a. Interview protocol
b. Event sampling
c. Summated rating scale
d. Ranking
 
16. Which of the following is not one of the six major methods of data collection that are used by
educational researchers?
a.  Observation
b.  Interviews
c.  Questionnaires
d.  Checklists

17. The type of interview in which the specific topics are decided in advance but the sequence and
wording can be modified during the interview is called:
a. The interview guide approach
b. The informal conversational interview
c. A closed quantitative interview
d. The standardized open-ended interview

18. Which one of the following in not a major method of data collection:
a. Questionnaires
b. Interviews
c. Secondary data
d. Focus groups
e. All of the above are methods of data collection

19. A question during an interview such as “Why do you feel that way?” is known as a:
a. Probe
b. Filter question
c. Response
d. Pilot

20. A census taker often collects data through which of the following?
a. Standardized tests
b. Interviews
c. Secondary data
d. Observations

21. The researcher has secretly placed him or herself (as a member) in the group that is being studied.
This researcher may be which of the following?
a. A complete participant
b. An observer-as-participant
c. A participant-as-observer
d. None of the above

22. Which of the following is not a major method of data collection?

a. Questionnaires
b. Focus groups
c. Correlational method
d. Secondary data

23. Which type of interview allows the questions to emerge from the immediate context or course of
things?
a. Interview guide approach
b. Informal conversational interview
c. Closed quantitative interview
d. Standardized open-ended interview

24. When conducting an interview, asking "Anything else?, What do you mean?, Why do you feel that
way?," etc, are all forms of:
a. Contingency questions
b. Probes
c. Protocols
d. Response categories

25. When constructing a questionnaire, there are 15 principles to which you should adhere. Which of
the following is not one of those principles?
a. Do not use "leading" or "loaded" questions
b. Avoid double-barreled questions
c. Avoid double negatives
d. Avoid using multiple items to measure a single construct

PART A: PRINCIPLES AND PLANNING FOR RESEARCH

1. Which of the following should not be a criterion for a good research project?

a. Demonstrates the abilities of the researcher

b. Is dependent on the completion of other projects
c. Demonstrates the integration of different fields of knowledge
d. Develops the skills of the researcher

Answer: 

b. Is dependent on the completion of other projects

2. Which form of reasoning is the process of drawing a specific conclusion from a set of premises?

a. Objective reasoning
b. Positivistic reasoning
c. Inductive reasoning
d. Deductive reasoning

Answer: 

d: Deductive reasoning
3. Research that seeks to examine the findings of a study by using the same design but a different sample
is which of the following?

a. An exploratory study
b. A replication study
c. An empirical study
d. Hypothesis testing

Answer: 

b: A replication study

4. A researcher designs an experiment to test how variables interact to influence job-seeking behaviours.
The main purpose of the study was:

a. Description
b. Prediction
c. Exploration
d. Explanation

5. Cyber bullying at work is a growing threat to employee job satisfaction. Researchers want to find out
why people do this and how they feel about it. The primary purpose of the study is:

a. Description
b. Prediction
c. Exploration
d. Explanation

Answer: 

c: Exploration

6. A theory: 

a. Is an accumulated body of knowledge

b. Includes inconsequential ideas
c. Is independent of research methodology
d. Should be viewed uncritically

7. Which research method is a bottom-up approach to research?

a. Deductive method
b. Explanatory method
c. Inductive method
d. Exploratory method
Answer: 

c: Inductive method

8. How much confidence should you place in a single research study?

a. You should trust research findings after different researchers have replicated the findings
b. You should completely trust a single research study
c. Neither a nor b
d. Both a and b 

Answer: 

a: You should trust research findings after different researchers have replicated the findings

9. A qualitative research problem statement:

a. Specifies the research methods to be utilized

b. Specifies a research hypothesis
c. Expresses a relationship between variables
d. Conveys a sense of emerging design

Answer: 

d: Conveys a sense of emerging design

10. Which of the following is a good research question?

a. To produce a report on student job searching behaviours

b. To identify the relationship between self-efficacy and student job searching behaviours
c. Students with higher levels of self-efficacy will demonstrate more active job searching
behaviours
d. Do students with high levels of self-efficacy demonstrate more active job searching behaviours?

Answer: 

d: Do students with high levels of self-efficacy demonstrate more active job searching behaviours?

11. A review of the literature prior to formulating research questions allows the researcher to :

a. Provide an up-to-date understanding of the subject, its significance, and structure

b. Guide the development of research questions
c. Present the kinds of research methodologies used in previous studies
d. All of the above

Answer: 
d: All of the above

12. Sometimes a comprehensive review of the literature prior to data collection is not recommended by:

a. Ethnomethodology
b. Grounded theory
c. Symbolic interactionism
d. Feminist theory

Answer: 

b: Grounded theory

13. The feasibility of a research study should be considered in light of: 

a. Cost and time required to conduct the study

b. Access to gatekeepers and respondents
c. Potential ethical concerns
d. All of the above

Answer: 

d: All of the above

14. Research that uses qualitative methods for one phase and quantitative methods for the next phase is
known as:

a. Action research
b. Mixed-method research
c. Quantitative research
d. Pragmatic research

Answer: 

b: Mixed-method research

15. Research hypotheses are:

a. Formulated prior to a review of the literature

b. Statements of predicted relationships between variables
c. B but not A
d. Both A and B

Answer: 

c: B but not A

16. Which research approach is based on the epistemological viewpoint of pragmatism? 

a. Quantitative research
b. Qualitative research
c. Mixed-methods research
d. All of the above

Answer: 

c: Mixed-methods research

17. Adopting ethical principles in research means: 

a. Avoiding harm to participants

b. The researcher is anonymous
c. Deception is only used when necessary
d. Selected informants give their consent

Answer: 

a: Avoiding harm to participants

18. A radical perspective on ethics suggests that: 

a. Researchers can do anything they want

b. The use of checklists of ethical actions is essential
c. The powers of Institutional Review Boards should be strengthened
d. Ethics should be based on self-reflexivity

Answer: 

d: Ethics should be based on self-reflexivity

19. Ethical problems can arise when researching the Internet because:

a. Everyone has access to digital media

b. Respondents may fake their identities
c. Researchers may fake their identities
d. Internet research has to be covert

Answer: 

b: Respondents may fake their identities

20. The Kappa statistic: 

 a. Is a measure of inter-judge validity
b. Compares the level of agreement between two judges against what might have been predicted by
chance
c. Ranges from 0 to +1
d. Is acceptable above a score of 0.5

Answer: 

b: Compares the level of agreement between two judges against what might have been predicted by
chance

PART B: RESEARCH METHODOLOGY

1. Which research paradigm is most concerned about generalizing its findings? 

a. Quantitative research
b. Qualitative research
c. Mixed-methods research
d. All of the above

Answer: 

a: Quantitative research

2. A variable that is presumed to cause a change in another variable is called:

a. An intervening variable
b. A dependent variable
c. An independent variable
d. A numerical variable

Answer: 

c: An independent variable

3. A study of teaching professionals posits that their performance-related pay increases their motivation
which in turn leads to an increase in their job satisfaction. What kind of variable is ‘motivation”’ in this
study? 

a. Extraneous 
b. Confounding
c. Intervening
d. Manipulated

Answer: 
c: Intervening

4. Which correlation is the strongest? 

a. –1.00
b. +80
c. –60
d. +05

Answer: 

a: –1.00

5. When interpreting a correlation coefficient expressing the relationship between two variables, it is
important not to:

a. Assume causality
b. Measure the values for X and Y independently
c. Choose X and Y values that are normally distributed
d. Check the direction of the relationship

Answer: 

a: Assume causality

6. Which of the following can be described as a nominal variable? 

a. Annual income
b. Age
c. Annual sales
d. Geographical location of a firm

Answer: 

d: Geographical location of a firm

7. A positive correlation occurs when:

a. Two variables remain constant

b. Two variables move in the same direction
c. One variable goes up and the other goes down
d. Two variables move in opposite directions

Answer: 

b: Two variables move in the same direction

8. The key defining characteristic of experimental research is that:

a. The independent variable is manipulated

b. Hypotheses are proved
c. A positive correlation exists
d. Samples are large

Answer: 

a: The independent variable is manipulated

9. Qualitative research is used in all the following circumstances, EXCEPT:

a. It is based on a collection of non-numerical data such as words and pictures

b. It often uses small samples
c. It uses the inductive method
d. It is typically used when a great deal is already known about the topic of interest

Answer: 

d: It is typically used when a great deal is already known about the topic of interest

10. In an experiment, the group that does not receive the intervention is called:

a. The experimental group

b. The participant group
c. The control group
d. The treatment group

Answer: 

c: The control group

11. Which generally cannot be guaranteed in conducting qualitative studies in the field? 

a. Keeping participants from physical and emotional harm

b. Gaining informed consent
c. Assuring anonymity rather than just confidentiality
d. Maintaining consent forms

Answer: 

c: Assuring anonymity rather than just confidentiality

12. Which of the following is not ethical practice in research with humans? 
 a. Maintaining participants’ anonymity
b. Gaining informed consent
c. Informing participants that they are free to withdraw at any time
d. Requiring participants to continue until the study has been completed

Answer: 

d: Requiring participants to continue until the study has been completed

13. What do we call data that are used for a new study but which were collected by an earlier researcher
for a different set of research questions?

a. Secondary data
b. Field notes
c. Qualitative data
d. Primary data

Answer: 

a: Secondary data

14. When each member of a population has an equal chance of being selected, this is called:

a. A snowball sample
b. A stratified sample
c. A random probability sample
d. A non-random sample

Answer: 

c: A random probability sample

15. Which of the following techniques yields a simple random sample of hospitals?

a. Randomly selecting a district and then sampling all hospitals within the district
b. Numbering all the elements of a hospital sampling frame and then using a random number
generator to pick hospitals from the table
c. Listing hospitals by sector and choosing a proportion from within each sector at random
d. Choosing volunteer hospitals to participate

Answer: 

b: Numbering all the elements of a hospital sampling frame and then using a random number generator
to pick hospitals from the table

16. Which of the following statements are true?

 a. The larger the sample size, the larger the confidence interval
b. The smaller the sample size, the greater the sampling error
c. The more categories being measured, the smaller the sample size
d. A confidence level of 95 percent is always sufficient

Answer: 

b: The smaller the sample size, the greater the sampling error

17. Which of the following will produce the least sampling error?

a. A large sample based on convenience sampling 

b. A small sample based on random sampling
c. A large snowball sample
d. A large sample based on random sampling

Answer: 

d: A large sample based on random sampling

18. When people are readily available, volunteer, or are easily recruited to the sample, this is called:

a. Snowball sampling
b. Convenience sampling
c. Stratified sampling
d. Random sampling

Answer: 

b: Convenience sampling

19. In qualitative research, sampling that involves selecting diverse cases is referred to as:

a. Typical-case sampling
b. Critical-case sampling
c. Intensity sampling
d. Maximum variation sampling

Answer: 

d: Maximum variation sampling

20. A test accurately indicates an employee’s scores on a future criterion (e.g., conscientiousness).  What
kind of validity is this?

a. Predictive
 b. Face
c. Content
d. Concurrent

Answer: 

a: Predictive

PART C: DATA COLLECTION METHODS 

1. When designing a questionnaire it is important to do each of the following EXCEPT

a. Pilot the questionnaire

b. Avoid jargon
c. Avoid double questions
d. Use leading questions

Answer: 

d: Use leading questions

2. One advantage of using a questionnaire is that:

a. Probe questions can be asked

b. Respondents can be put at ease
c. Interview bias can be avoided
d. Response rates are always high

Answer: 

c: Interview bias can be avoided

3. Which of the following is true of observations?

a. It takes less time than interviews

b. It is often not possible to determine exactly why people behave as they do
c. Covert observation raises fewer ethical concerns than overt
d. All of the above

Answer: 

b: It is often not possible to determine exactly why people behave as they do
4. A researcher secretly becomes an active member of a group in order to observe their behaviour. This
researcher is acting as:

a. An overt participant observer

b. A covert non-participant observer
c. A covert participant observer
d. None of the above

Answer: 

c: A covert participant observer

5. All of the following are advantages of structured observation, EXCEPT:

a. Results can be replicated at a different time

b. The coding schedule might impose a framework on what is being observed
c. Data can be collected that participants may not realize is important
d. Data do not have to rely on the recall of participants

Answer: 

b: The coding schedule might impose a framework on what is being observed

6. When conducting an interview, asking questions such as: "What else? or ‘Could you expand on that?’
are all forms of:

a. Structured responses
b. Category questions
c. Protocols
d. Probes

Answer: 

d: Probes

7. Secondary data can include which of the following? 

a. Government statistics
b. Personal diaries
c. Organizational records
d. All of the above

Answer: 

d: All of the above

8. An ordinal scale is:

a. The simplest form of measurement

b. A scale with an absolute zero point
c. A rank-order scale of measurement
d. A scale with equal intervals between ranks

Answer: 

c: A rank-order scale of measurement

9. Which term measures the extent to which scores from a test can be used to infer or predict
performance in some activity? 

a. Face validity
b. Content reliability
c. Criterion-related validity
d. Construct validity

Answer: 

c: Criterion-related validity

10. The ‘reliability’of a measure refers to the researcher asking:

a. Does it give consistent results?

b. Does it measure what it is supposed to measure?
c. Can the results be generalized?
d. Does it have face reliability?

Answer: 

a: Does it give consistent results?

11. Interviewing is the favoured approach EXCEPT when:

a. There is a need for highly personalized data

b. It is important to ask supplementary questions
c. High numbers of respondents are needed
d. Respondents have difficulty with written language

Answer: 

c: High numbers of respondents are needed

12. Validity in interviews is strengthened by the following EXCEPT:

 a. Building rapport with interviewees
b. Multiple questions cover the same theme
c. Constructing interview schedules that contain themes drawn from the literature
d. Prompting respondents to expand on initial responses

Answer: 

b: Multiple questions cover the same theme

13. Interview questions should:

a. Lead the respondent

b. Probe sensitive issues
c. Be delivered in a neutral tone
d. Test the respondents’ powers of memory

Answer: 

c: Be delivered in a neutral tone

14. Active listening skills means:

a. Asking as many questions as possible

b. Avoiding silences
c. Keeping to time
d. Attentive listening

Answer: 

d: Attentive listening

15. All the following are strengths of focus groups EXCEPT:

a. They allow access to a wide range of participants

b. Discussion allows for the validation of ideas and views
c. They can generate a collective perspective
d. They help maintain confidentiality

Answer: 

d: They help maintain confidentiality

16. Which of the following is not always true about focus groups?

a. The ideal size is normally between 6 and 12 participants

b. Moderators should introduce themselves to the group
 c. Participants should come from diverse backgrounds
d. The moderator poses preplanned questions

Answer: 

c: Participants should come from diverse backgrounds

17. A disadvantage of using secondary data is that:

a. The data may have been collected with reference to research questions that are not those of the
researcher
b. The researcher may bring more detachment in viewing the data than original researchers could
muster
c. Data have often been collected by teams of experienced researchers
d. Secondary data sets are often available and accessible

Answer: 

a: The data may have been collected with reference to research questions that are not those of the
researcher

18. All of the following are sources of secondary data EXCEPT:

a. Official statistics
b. A television documentary
c. The researcher’s research diary
d. A company’s annual report

Answer: 

c: The researcher’s research diary

19. Which of the following is not true about visual methods?

a. They are not reliant on respondent recall

b. The have low resource requirements
c. They do not rely on words to capture what is happening
d. They can capture what is happening in real time

Answer: 

b: The have low resource requirements

20. Avoiding naïve empiricism in the interpretation of visual data means:

a. Understanding the context in which they were produced

 b. Ensuring that visual images such as photographs are accurately taken
c. Only using visual images with other data gathering sources
d. Planning the capture of visual data carefully

Answer: 

a: Understanding the context in which they were produced

PART D: ANALYSIS AND REPORT WRITING 

1. Which of the following is incorrect when naming a variable in SPSS?

a. Must begin with a letter and not a number

b. Must end in a full stop
c. Cannot exceed 64 characters
d. Cannot include symbols such as ?, & and %

Answer: 

b: Must end in a full stop

2. Which of the following is not an SPSS Type variable?

a. Word
b. Numeric
c. String
d. Date

Answer: 

a: Word

3. A graph that uses vertical bars to represent data is called:

a. A bar chart
b. A pie chart
c. A line graph
d. A vertical graph

Answer: 

a: A bar chart

4. The purpose of descriptive statistics is to:

 a. Summarize the characteristics of a data set
b. Draw conclusions from the data
c. None of the above
d. All of the above

Answer: 

a: Summarize the characteristics of a data set

5. The measure of the extent to which responses vary from the mean is called:

a. The mode
b. The normal distribution
c. The standard deviation
d. The variance

Answer: 

c: The standard deviation

6. To compare the performance of a group at time T1 and then at T2, we would use:

a. A chi-squared test
b. One-way analysis of variance
c. Analysis of variance
d. A paired t-test

Answer: 

d: A paired t-test

7. A Type 1 error occurs in a situation where:

a. The null hypothesis is accepted when it is in fact true

b. The null hypothesis is rejected when it is in fact false
c. The null hypothesis is rejected when it is in fact true
d. The null hypothesis is accepted when it is in fact false

Answer: 

c: The null hypothesis is rejected when it is in fact true

8. The significance level

a. Is set after a statistical test is conducted

b. Is always set at 0.05
 c. Results in a p-value
d. Measures the probability of rejecting a true null hypothesis

Answer: 

d: Measures the probability of rejecting a true null hypothesis

9. To predict the value of the dependent variable for a new case based on the knowledge of one or more
independent variables, we would use

a. Regression analysis
b. Correlation analysis
c. Kolmogorov-Smirnov test
d. One-way analysis of variance

Answer: 

a: Regression analysis

10. In conducting secondary data analysis, researchers should ask themselves all of the following
EXCEPT:

a. Who produced the document?

b. Is the material genuine?
c. How can respondents be re-interviewed?
d. Why was the document produced?

Answer: 

c: How can respondents be re-interviewed?

11. Which of the following are not true of reflexivity?

a. It recognizes that the researcher is not a neutral observer

b. It has mainly been applied to the analysis of qualitative data
c. It is part of a post-positivist tradition
d. A danger of adopting a reflexive stance is the researcher can become the focus of the study

Answer: 

c: It is part of a post-positivist tradition

12. Validity in qualitative research can be strengthened by all of the following EXCEPT:

a. Member checking for accuracy and interpretation

b. Transcribing interviews to improve accuracy of data
 c. Exploring rival explanations
d. Analysing negative cases

Answer: 

b: Transcribing interviews to improve accuracy of data

13. Qualitative data analysis programs are useful for each of the following EXCEPT: 

a. Manipulation of large amounts of data

b. Exploring of the data against new dimensions
c. Querying of data
d. Generating codes

Answer: 

d: Generating codes

14. Which part of a research report contains details of how the research was planned and conducted?

a. Results
b. Design 
c. Introduction
d. Background

Answer: 

b: Design 

15. Which of the following is a form of research typically conducted by managers and other
professionals to address issues in their organizations and/or professional practice?

a. Action research
b. Basic research
c. Professional research
d. Predictive research

Answer: 

a: Action research

16. Plagiarism can be avoided by:

a. Copying the work of others accurately

b. Paraphrasing the author’s text in your own words
c. Cut and pasting from the Internet
 d. Quoting directly without revealing the source

Answer: 

b: Paraphrasing the author’s text in your own words

17. In preparing for a presentation, you should do all of the following EXCEPT:

a. Practice the presentation

b. Ignore your nerves
c. Get to know more about your audience
d. Take an advanced look, if possible, at the facilities

Answer: 

b: Ignore your nerves

18. You can create interest in your presentation by:

a. Using bullet points

b. Reading from notes
c. Maximizing the use of animation effects
d. Using metaphors

Answer: 

d: Using metaphors

19. In preparing for a viva or similar oral examination, it is best if you have:

a. Avoided citing the examiner in your thesis

b. Made exaggerated claims on the basis of your data
c. Published and referenced your own article(s)
d. Tried to memorize your work

Answer: 

c: Published and referenced your own article(s)

20. Grounded theory coding:

a. Makes use of a priori concepts from the literature

b. Uses open coding, selective coding, then axial coding
c. Adopts a deductive stance
d. Stops when theoretical saturation has been reached
Answer: 

d: Stops when theoretical saturation has been reached

1) Which form of data below can usually be obtained more quickly and at a lower cost than the
others?

a) Primary
b) Survey research
c) Experimental research
d) Secondary
e) Observational research

2) Secondary data are .

a) Collected mostly via surveys

b) Expensive to obtain
c) Never purchased from outside suppliers
d) Always necessary to support primary data
e) Not always very usable

3) Causal research is used to

a) Describe marketing problems or situations

b) Quantify observations that produce insights unobtainable through other forms of research
c) Find information at the outset in an unstructured way
d) Gather preliminary information that will help define problems
e) Test hypotheses about cause-and-effect relationships

4) Your colleague is confused about using the marketing research process, as he knows that
something is wrong but is not sure of the specific causes to investigate. He seems to be having
problems with , which is often the hardest step to take.

a) Selecting a research agency to help

b) Defining the problem and research objectives
c) Developing the research plan
d) Determining a research approach
e)C and D

5) In the second step of the marketing research process, research objectives should be translated into
specific .

a) Financial amounts
b) Results that justify the means
c) Marketing goals
d) Time allotments
e) Information needs
6) Secondary data consists of information .

a) That already exists somewhere and was collected for another purpose
b) Used by competitors
c) That does not currently exist in an organized form
d) That already exists somewhere and is outdated
e) That the researcher can obtain through surveys and observation

7) Which form of data below can usually be obtained more quickly and at a lower cost than
the others?

a) Survey research
b) Syndicated
c) Secondary
d) Primary
e) Online marketing research

8) Your assistant wants to use secondary data exclusively for the current research project. You
advise him that the use of secondary data has some potential problems. Which of the following is
not one of them?

a)It may not be current.

b)It may not exist.
c)It may not be useable.
d)It may not be relevant
e)It is generally more expensive to obtain than primary data

9) Which method coul d a marketing researcher use to obtain information that people
are unwilling or unable to provide?

a) Focus groups
b) Personal interviews
c) Questionnaires
d) Observational research
e)Internet surveys

10) Survey research, though used to obtain many kinds of information in a variety of
situations, is best suited for gathering information.

a) Attitudinal
b) Personal
c) Preference
d) Exploratory
e) Descriptive
11) Typically, customer information is buried deep in separate databases, plans, and records of
many different company functions and departments. To overcome such problems, which of
the following could you try?

a) Customer satisfaction measurement

b) Synergetic meetings of the minds
c) Customer relationship management
d) More sophisticated software
e) Less marketing intelligence

12) Survey research is least likely to be conducted through which of the following?

a)Observation
b) Person-to-person interactions
c) The telephone
d) The Web
e) The mail

13) Which of the following is not a disadvantage of telephone

interviews. a)Interviewer bias is introduced

b)Under time pressures, some interviewers might cheat.
c)Potential respondents may refuse to participate
d)They are more expensive to conduct than mail questionnaires.
e)Interviewers tend to interpret answers similarly.

14) Which form of marketing research is flexible, allows for explanation of difficult questions,
and lends itself to showing products and advertisements?

a) Personal interviewing
b) Ethnographic research
c) Observational research
d) Online interviewing
e) Phone interviewing

15) Which of the following is a disadvantage of online focus groups?

a) Results take longer to tabulate and analyze.

b) Participants must be in a central location.
c) The cost of online focus groups is greater than that of most other qualitative research methods.
d) The format of focus groups can be varied.
e) The Internet format can restrict respondents' expressiveness.
16) Mr. Ravi regularly conducts online marketing research at work. He has found that it has
several advantages over traditional methods. Which of these is not an advantage?

a)Respondents cannot remain anonymous.

b)It is more cost efficient.
c)It is easy to control who responds to surveys.
d) Report generation turnaround time is much quicker
e)It is easier for respondents to complete.

17) What are the two types of research data?

a) Qualitative and Quantitative.

b) Primary and secondary.
c) Predictive and quantitative.
d) Qualitative and predictive.

18) What is a major drawback of probability sampling?

a) Takes too much time

b) Sampling error cannot be measured
c) Easiest population from which to obtain info is chosen
d) Everyone has an equal chance of selection
e) Reliance on the judgment of the researcher

19) The most common research instrument used is the

a) Questionnaire
b) Moderator
c) Telephone interviewer
d) Live interviewer
e) Mechanical device

20) In marketing research, the phase is generally the most expensive and most subject
to error.

a) Interpreting and reporting the findings

b) Exploratory research
c) Data collection
d) Planning
e) Data validation

21) Despite the data glut that marketing managers receive, they frequently complain
that they lack .
a) Enough information of the right kind
b) Accurate and reliable information
c) Quality information
d) Valid information
e)Timely information

22) The real value of a company's marketing research and information system lies in the

a) Amount of data it generates

b) Marketing information system it follows
c) Efficiency with which it completes studies
d) Variety of contact methods it uses
e) Quality of customer insights it provides

23) What is the first step in the marketing research process?

a) Developing a marketing information system

b) Developing the research plan for collecting information
c) Implementing the research plan
d) Defining the problem and research objectives
e) Interpreting data and deciding on type of research

24) In CRM, findings about customers discovered through techniques often lead to
marketing opportunities.

a) Data warehouse
b) Customer loyalty management
c) Customer relationship strategy
d) Data mining
e) Value network

25) What source of marketing information provides ready access to research information,
stored reports, shared work documents, contact information for employees and other
stakeholders, and more?

a) An extranet
b) Marketing intelligence
c) The Internet
d) An internal database
e) An intranet

26) When managers use small convenience samples such as asking customers what they think
or inviting a small group out to lunch to get reactions, they are using _.

a) Informal surveys
b) Experiments
c) Focus groups
d) Observation
e) Marketing intelligence

27) A common problem in international marketing research is the availability of .

a) Primary data
b) Research specialists
c) Secondary data
d) Consumers willing to answer surveys
e) Intelligence limitations

28) Which type of research would be best suited for identifying which demographic
groups prefer diet soft drinks and why they have this preference?

a) Exploratory research
b) Descriptive research
c) Experimental research
d) Ethnographic research
f) Survey research

29) As a small business consultant, you recommend to your clients that they use no-cost methods
of observation to gather market research. Which of the following are you not likely to
recommend your clients do?

a) Visit and socialize with competitors

b) Observe vehicle and pedestrian traffic.
c) Monitor competitors' advertising from local media
d) Hire additional staff to observe extensively
e) Evaluate their customer mix–how many and what kind of customers.

30) Marketing intelligence is everyday information about developments in the marketing

environment that assists marketers in their preparation of their plans and strategies. This
information is obtained from a number of sources and includes which of the following?

a) Newspaper articles.
b) Sales representative feedback.
c) Competitor intelligence
d) Trade journals.
e) Customer feedback.
f) All of the above.

31) The marketing research process consists of four steps. Which of the following is not one of
these steps?

a) Evaluating the competitor strategies.

b) Developing the research plan for collecting information.
c) Defining the problem and research objectives.

32) What do many researchers encounter when conducting market research in foreign countries?

a) Some countries have poor roads that limit personal contacts.

b) Some cultures may not value marketing research.
c) Some countries have poor mail services
d) Some countries have few telephones, limiting access to respondents
e) All of the above

33) Ravi just completed reading a marketing research report about the top 25 countries that
purchase German products. What might the report say about international research with
these countries?

a) Despite the costs of international research, the costs of not doing it are higher.
b) There is a lack of qualified research personnel.
c) The costs are higher than the benefits.
d) Interpretations of German quality are consistent among different countries.
e) It is on the decrease due to high costs.

34) Behavioural targeting, the practice of , is being used by more and more companies.

a) Mining and analyzing data from data warehouses

b) Tracking customers' activities and rewarding customer loyalty
c) Observing and interacting with consumers in their natural environments
d) Managing customer relationships
e) Tracking consumers' online movements and using this information to target ads to them

35) To consumers, research studies may appear to be little more than vehicles for .

a) Gathering names for resale

b) Building company image
c) Training future salespeople to work with people face-to-face
d) Selling the sponsor's products
e) Criticizing competition

36) Qualitative research is exploratory research used to uncover consumer attitudes, motivations
and behavior. What techniques can be applied to obtain qualitative research?

a) Elicitation interviews.
b) One to one interviews.
c) Focus groups.
d) All of the above
e) None of the above.
37) What are examples of techniques of obtaining qualitative data?

a) Survey research/questionnaires; focus groups; in-depth interviews; observational

techniques; experimentation.
b) Video conferencing; focus groups; in-depth interviews; observational techniques.
c) Survey research/questionnaires; focus groups; in-depth interviews; observational techniques;
call centre feedback.
d) All of the above.
e) None of the above.

38) What are four methods of continuous research?

a) Consumer panels; home audits; omnibus surveys; retail audits.

b) Consumer panels; home audits; personal interviews; omnibus surveys.
c) Home audits; omnibus surveys; personal interviews; in-store video footage of consumer
behaviour.
d) Consumer panels; home audits; personal interviews; in-store video footage of consumer
behaviour.
e) All of the above
f) None of the above

39) “what new product should be developed” is an example of................??

a) Causal
b) Exploratory
c) Descriptive
d) None of the above

40) Sources of marketing information are categorized into two groups - what are they?

a) External sources; internal sources.

b) Causal resources.
c) Macro environmental sources; micro environmental sources
d) All of the above.
e) None of the above.

41) What are the criteria for evaluating secondary data sources?

a) Source of data; who collects the data; method of data collection; construct of research.
b) Source of data; who collects the data; method of data collection; construct of data.
c) Relevance of data; who collects the data; method of data collection; who paid for the research.
d) Relevance of data; who collects the data; method of data collection; evidence of careful
work.
42) What are three popular methods for obtaining primary data?

a) Experimentation; personal interview; Delphi technique.

b) Survey; interviews; experimentation.
c) Interviews and surveys; observation; experimentation.
d) Interviews and surveys; observation; Harrison methodology.

43) Marketing research is the function that links the to the marketer through
information---information used to identify and define marketing opportunities and problems;
to generate, refine and evaluate marketing actions; to monitor marketing performance; and to
improve understanding of the marketing process.

a) Marketer, agent and retailer

b) Demander, buyer and user
c) Specifier, influencer and user
d) Consumer, customer and public

44) The marketing information system (MIS) begins and ends with

a) Marketing managers
b) Marketing intelligence
c) Information technologies
d) Consumers

45) As marketing managers and researchers define the problem and set research objectives, they
should employ the following type(s) of research:

a) Exploratory research alone

b)Exploratory, descriptive and causal research
c) Descriptive research
alone d)Causal research
alone

46) What are secondary data?

a) Information that has been collected for the specific purpose at hand
b)Information that has already been collected and recorded for another purpose and is thus
readily accessible
c)Information based on second-rate
research d)Information based solely on
rumours

47) Small businesses and non-profit organisations on shoestring budgets nevertheless have
access to useful marketing information by

a)Relying exclusively on secondary data

b)Conducting informal surveys
c)Collecting and evaluating secondary data, as well as observing and conducting their own
surveys and experiments
d) Hiring a few highly-skilled researchers

48) International marketers may have difficulty finding useful secondary data in other
countries mainly because .

a)Secondary data are difficult to translate

b)Foreign consumers may be hostile to marketers
c)Some countries lack reliable research services---if they provide such services at all
d) Consumers tend to lie on surveys and in interviews, either deliberately or inadvertently

49) Which of the following represents major public policy and ethics issues in
marketing research?

a) Intrusion on and abuse of consumer privacy

b) Representing database compilation and promotional pitches as 'pure' research
c) Intrusion on consumer privacy and the misuse of research findings
d) False claims and pushy sales representatives

50) What is the first stage of the marketing research process?

a) Implement the research plan

b) Collect and analyse the data
c) Develop the research plan
d) Report the findings
e) Define the research problem

51) Primary data is .

a) Always collected before secondary data

b) Collected for the specific purpose at hand
c) Information that already exists
d) Data collected for other purposes
e) Usually collected through annual reports

52) What are the two major advantages of collected data through telephone interviews?

a)Sample control and speed of data collection

b) Cost and response rate
c)Cost and speed of data collection
d)Flexibility and quantity of data
collected
e)Control of interviewer effects and quantity of data collected

53) Expratory research undergoes following methods except

a) Expert surveys
b) Pilot study
c) Case studies
d) None of the above

54) Census comes under which research?

a) Causal
b) Exploratory
c) Descriptive
d) None of the above

55) Cause and effect research comes under which research type?

a) Causal
b) Exploratory
c) Descriptive
d) None of the above

56) Rigid sequential approach to sampling and data collection comes under which research

a) Causal
b) Exploratory
c) Descriptive
d) None of the above

57)is called pre-assumption of the expected result of the research

a) Hypothesis
b) Expenditure
c)Research problem
d) None of the above

58)is kind of prelude to the end result one hopes to achive and therefore it
requires considerable thoughts

a) Hypothesis
b) Expenditure
c)Research problem
d) None of the above

59) Detail blueprint of research is called as……………….

a) Research proposal
b) Research design
c) a and b
d) a or b

60) In which type of research hypothesis is vague??

a) Causal
b) Exploratory
c) Descriptive
d) None of the above

61) “How should a new product be distributed??” is an example of................?

a) Causal
b) Exploratory
c) Descriptive
d) None of the above

62) “Will increase in the service staff be profitable?” Is an example of…............??

a) Causal
b) Exploratory
c) Descriptive
d) None of the above

63) A powerful tool use in longitudinal research with exactly same people, group or
organization across time periods is called…………..

a) Focus group
b) consumer panel
c) RSA
d) None of the above
64) For primary data to be useful to marketers, it must be relevant, current, unbiased, and
.

a) Complete
b) Accurate
c) Inexpensive
d) Collected before secondary data
e) Experimental

65)is the variation of the panel with data being collected from retail stores on
the product being stocked, shelf placed , sale and promotion , so on

a) Retail shop audit

b) consumer panel
c TRP
d) None of the above.
66) Multiple business locations, recourse , budget limitations is challenges for….

a) Retail shop audit

b) consumer panel
c) TRP
d) None of the above.

67) The advertising is selecting slots for the advertising on the basis of which study?

a) Retail shop audit

b) consumer panel
c) TRP
d) Media Audience tracking study.

68) What is TRP?

a) Television Rating point

b) Television rating part
c) All of the above
d). Television Rating process

69) research is the gathering of primary data by watching people.

a)Survey
b)Informative
c) Observational
d)Experimental
e)Causal

70) Market research is function linking the consumer customer and public to market through

a) The media
b) Information
c) Market research
d) All of the above

71) Marketing research is related to………………

a) Finance process
b) Marketing Process
c) Business Process
d) None of the above
72) Advance plan of research is called as

a) Research process
b) Research design
c) Research proposal
d) None of the above

73) Research design consist of following things except…………….

a) Hypothesis
b) Expenditure
c) Research problem
d) None of the above

74) A formal statement of research question or “purpose of research study” generally

a) Is made prior to literature review

b) Is made after literature review
c) Will help guide the research process
d) Both a and c

75) Source of research problem include

a) Researcher’s experience
b) Practical issue that require solutions
c) Theory and past research
d) All of the above

76) A…...............is written account of the plan for the research project.

a) Research design
b) Research proposal
c) Hypothesis
d) All of the above

77) In qualitative research proposal you would not expect to see a

a) Research questions
b) Research rim
c) Hypothesis
d) Operational definition

78) Following are characteristics of hypothesis except

a) Clarity
b) Simple
c) Consistent
d) None of the above

79) The null hypothesis is

a) which is to be disprove
b) H0
c) None of the above
d) A and B

80) The research which is “unstructured, qualitative, highly flexible “ is called as

a. Causal
b) Exploratory
c) Descriptive
d) None of the above

81)is snapshot of some aspect of the market environment

a) Causal
b) Exploratory
c) Descriptive
d) None of the above

82) Which of the following is advantages of stating of HYPOTHESIS ??

a) It forces researcher to think deeply and specifically about the possible outcome of
study
b) It simplifies the study
c) None of the above
d) All of the above

83) Customer Satisfaction is an example of which of research design?

a) Qualitative
b) Quantitative
c) Causal
d) None of the above

84) Alternative hypothesis is

a) H0
b) Ha
c) Which shows positive relationship between the variables
d) B , C
85) Following are techniques of Qualitative Research ?

a) Depth interview
b) Focus group
c) Projective technique
d) All of the above

86) Data analysis in qualitative research as contrasted with qualitative research is generally

a) Theoretical
b) Deductive
c) Applied
d) Inductive

87) Which of the following is not general feature that characteristics most qualitative research?

a) Inflexible design
b) Holistic process
c) Naturalistic inquiry
d) Personal contact

88) Conclusion from qualitative research are:

a) Less certain than from quantitative

b) Of little practice use
c) Seldom defensible
d) Of descriptive value only

89) The first step in the marketing research process is:

a) Defining the problem

b) Gathering the budget necessary to conduct the research
c) Establishing the need for marketing research
d) Getting approval from top management to do research
e) Finding an appropriate marketing firm to carry out the research project

90) Which of the following is true regarding the steps in the marketing research process?

a) Not all studies use all steps in the marketing research process.
b) There is nothing sacred about the number of steps in the research process as proposed by your
authors.
c) The steps in the marketing research process presented by your authors are universally
accepted and are adopted by the American Marketing Association.
d) A and C are true.
e) A and B are true.
91) In establishing the need for marketing research, which of the following would serve as
a good decision rule for managers?

a) Ensuring that competitors are using marketing research, therefore a company considering
marketing research would not be at a competitive disadvantage
b) Determining the value to be derived from marketing research
c) Determining the cost of conducting marketing research
d) Weighing the value derived from the marketing research with the cost of obtaining the
marketing research information
e) Ensuring that subordinates are in favor of conducting the marketing research

92) Sometimes managers know that marketing research is not needed. In which of the following
cases would marketing research NOT be needed?

a) Competitors have introduced a successful new product and it is too late to respond.
b) Brand managers wish to assess the profitability of different items in the product line and this
information is available from the internal reports system.
c) There have been significant changes in the demographic characteristics of the market since
marketing research was last conducted.
d) A competitor has introduced a new innovative distribution system.
e) An internal analysis indicates that the company is losing distributors at an alarming rate.

93) Under which of the following conditions will marketing research likely have greater value
to management?

a) When the research helps clarify problems or opportunities

b) When the research identifies changes that are occurring in the marketplace among consumers
and/or competitors
c) When the research clearly identifies the best alternatives to pursue
d) When the research helps a company's brand establish a competitive advantage
e) All of the above

94) Which of the following statements is true regarding the marketing research step "defining
the problem"?

a) Defining the problem is the third most important step in the research process.
b) Defining the problem should be undertaken only after the project has been approved by
top management.
c) Defining the problem is the most important step in the marketing research process.
d) Defining the problem should be undertaken only after a sufficient number of firms have
been gathered to conduct the marketing research project.
e) Defining the problem is the eighth step in the marketing research process.
95) Problems stem from which two primary sources?

a)Gaps between what is supposed to happen and what did happen and gaps between what is
supposed to happen and what happened in the past.
b) Gaps between what is supposed to happen and what did happen and gaps between what
did happen and what could have happened
c) Gaps between what is happening now and what happened prior to the present
d) Gaps between what management desires and what stockholders desire
e) Gaps between what present consumers desire and what potential consumers desire

96) Which of the following is true regarding research objectives?

a) Research objectives, when achieved, will provide sufficient earnings to obtain a
reasonablereturn on investment.
b) Researchobjectives, when obtained, will ensure the viability of the marketing
research department.
c) Research objectives, when achieved, provide the information necessary to solve the
problem.
d) Research objectives are seldom achieved but should be stated as goals to be sought.
e) Research objectives should never be put in writing until the fourth step of the marketing
research process.
97) Which of the following is true regarding research design?

a)There are four categories of research design.

b)There are three categories of research design.
c) There are five categories of research design.
d)There are eight categories of research design.
e) Research design may not be categorized.

98) Which of the following would be true regarding exploratory research?

a. Exploratory research is highly structured.
b. Exploratory research is very formal.
c. Exploratory research determines causality.
d. Exploratory research is both unstructured and informal.
e. Exploratory research answers who, what, where, when, and how questions.

99) Interview is an example of which data??

a)Primary
b) Secondary
c)Both a and b
d) None of the above

100) Main drawback of primary data is?

a) Biasness
b) sample design
c) Research problem
d) All of the above

101) Wrong questionnaire is an example of …………..

a. Primary data collection problem
b. Secondary collection problem
c. a and b both
d. None of the above

102)usually is a list of population members to obtained a sample.

a) Sampling Frame
b) Sample
c) Sampling
d) All of the above

103) All sample have same chance of getting selected is called as…………

a) Probability
b) Non-Probability
c) Quota
d) Snowball

104) Convenience sampling is an example of

a) Probabilistic sampling
b) Stratified sampling
c) Nonprobabilistic sampling
d) Cluster sampling

105) Which of the following is an example of nonprobabilistic sampling?

a) Simple random sampling

b) Stratified simple random sampling
c) Cluster sampling
d) Judgment sampling

106) Stratified random sampling is a method of selecting a sample in which

a) The sample is first divided into strata, and then random samples are taken from each stratum
b) Various strata are selected from the sample
c) The population is first divided into strata, and then random samples are drawn from each
stratum
d) None of these alternatives is correct.
107) Despite the data glut that marketing managers receive, they frequently complain that they
lack .

a) Enough information of the right kind

b) Timely information
c) Accurate information
d) Reliable information
e) Valid information

108) Which of the following is true regarding causal research?

a. Causal research is the questions of who, what, where, when, and how.
b. Causal research is informal and unstructured.
c. Causal research isolates causes and effects.
d. Causal research describes marketing phenomena.
e. Causal research is the seventh step in the marketing research process.

109) Which of the following is true regarding primary information?

a. Primary information is information gathered on school children in the primary grades

first through fifth.
b. Primary information refers to information that is collected in the early, or
primary, stages of the marketing research process.
c. Primary information is information that has already been collected for some other
purpose.
d. Primary information is information collected specifically for the problem at hand.
e. Primary information is one of 12 different types of information sources.

110) Which of the following determines how representative a sample is of a population?

a. The size of the sample

b. The sampling company from which the sample is acquired
c. The sample plan
d. The size of the sample relative to the size of the population
e. How varied the population is

111) Which of the following is true regarding the size of the sample?

a) There is no such thing as having a sample that is too large.

b) You should strive to have a sample that is at least 50 percent of the size of the population.
c) A sample size that is too large wastes research dollars; the sample size should be just
c) Large enough to give the researcher accurate results without wasting money.
d) Sample size is more important than the sample plan.
e) Only samples with large sample sizes may be considered representative samples.
112) The existing company information is an example of which data??

a) Primary
b) Secondary
c) Both a and b
d)None of the above
113) Which of the following statements is NOT true regarding information collected for
marketers?

a) Many managers lack information of the right kind.

b) Most managers do not need more information.
c) Most managers need better information.
d) Many managers are burdened by data overload.
e) Managers have enough of the right information.

114) A marketing information system (MIS) consists of people and procedures to assess
information needs, , and help decision makers analyze and use the information.

a) Experiment to develop information

b) Test market the information
c) Develop the needed information
d) Critique the needed information
e) Question the needed information

115) A good MIS balances the information users would against what they really
and what is .

a) Need; like; feasible

b) Like; can afford; needed
c) Like to have; need; feasible to offer
d) Need; can afford; useful
e) Use; have to use; available

116) Marketers must weigh carefully the costs of additional information against the
resulting from it.

a) organization
b) benefits
c) creativity
d) ethical issues
e) cost

117) Four common sources of internal data include the accounting department, operations, the
sales force, and the .

a) Owners
b) Stockholders
c) Marketing department
d) Competition
e) Web

118) Marketing information from which type of database usually can be accessed more quickly
and cheaply than other information sources?

a) External
B) LexisNexis
C) Dun & Bradstreet's
D) internal
E) Hoover's

119) is the systematic collection and analysis of publicly available information about
consumers, competitors, and developments in the marketing environment.

a) Marketing data
b) Marketing intelligence
c) Sales management
d) Customer intelligence
e) Competitive intelligence

120) Which of the following statements regarding marketing intelligence is true?

a) The advantage of using competitive intelligence is negligible.

b) All marketing intelligence is available for free.
c) Marketing intelligence relies upon privately held information.
d) Marketing intelligence relies upon publicly available information.
e) Marketing intelligence gathering is more focused on gaining insights into consumer activities
than competitors' activities.

121) Which of the following is NOT considered a source of marketing intelligence?

a) Suppliers
b) Resellers
c) Key customers
d) Causal research
e) Activities of competitors

122) Which of the following is NOT a potential source for marketing intelligence?

a) Looking through competitors' garbage

b) Purchasing competitors' products
c) Monitoring competitors' sales
d) Collecting primary data
e) Talking with purchasing agents

123) Which of the following is an example of a free online database that a company could
access in order to develop marketing intelligence?

a) LexisNexis
b) ProQuest
c) Dialog
d) The U.S. Security and Exchange Commission's database
e) Hoover's

124) is the systematic design, collection, analysis, and reporting of data relevant to a
specific marketing situation facing an organization.

a) The marketing information system

b) Marketing intelligence
c) Marketing research
d) Competitive intelligence
e) Causal research

125) What is the first step in the marketing research process?

a) Developing a marketing information system

b) Defining the problem and research objectives
c) Developing the research plan for collecting information
d) Implementing the research plan
e) Hiring an outside research specialist

126) Which step in the four-step marketing research process has been left out of the
following list: defining the problems and research objectives, implementing the research plan,
and interpreting and reporting the findings?

a) Developing the research budget

b) Choosing the research agency
c) Choosing the research method
d) Developing the research plan
e) Comparing and contrasting primary and secondary data

127) Causal research is used to .

a) Test hypotheses about cause-and-effect relationships

b) Gather preliminary information that will help define problems
c) Uncover information at the outset in an unstructured way
d) Describe marketing problems or situations
e) Quantify observations that produce insights unobtainable through other forms of research
128) Managers often start with research and later follow with research.

a) Exploratory; causal
b) Descriptive; causal
c) Descriptive; exploratory
d) Causal; descriptive
e) Causal; exploratory

129) Your colleague is confused about using the marketing research process, as he knows that
something is wrong but is not sure of the specific causes to investigate. He seems to be having
problems with , which is often the hardest step to take.

a) Developing the research plan

b) Determining a research approach
c) Defining the problem and research objectives
d) Selecting a research agency

130) Through which of these sources of information is a competitor LEAST likely to

reveal intelligence information?

a) Annual reports
b) Trade show exhibits
c) Web pages
d) Press releases
e) Internal marketing conferences

131) To combat marketing intelligence efforts by competitors, Unilever Corporation is now

providing to employees.

a) Competitive intelligence training

b) Privacy blocks
c) Protection
d) Less information
e) A code of ethics

132) The objective of research is to gather preliminary information that will help
define the problem and suggest hypotheses.

a) Exploratory
b) Descriptive
c) Causal
d) Primary
e) Secondary
133) In the second step of the marketing research process, research objectives should
be translated into specific _ .

a) Marketing goals
b) Information needs
c) Dollar amounts
d) Research methods
e)Information sources

134) Secondary data consists of information .

a) That already exists somewhere but is outdated

b) That does not currently exist in an organized form
c) That already exists but was collected for a different purpose
d) Used by competitors
e) That researchers can only obtain through surveys and observation

135) Information collected from online databases is an example of data.

a) Primary
b) Secondary
c) Observational
d) Experimental
e) Ethnographic

136) Your assistant wants to use secondary data exclusively for the current research project. You
advise him that the use of secondary data has some potential problems. Which of the following is
NOT one of them?

a) It may not exist.

b) It may not be relevant.
c) It is generally more expensive to obtain than primary data.
d) It may not be current.
e) It may not be impartial.

137) Which method could a marketing researcher use to obtain information that people are
unwilling or unable to provide?

a) Observational
b) Survey
c) Questionnaire
d) Focus groups
e) Personal interviews
 138) Ethnographic research

a) Comes from traditional focus groups

b) Is gathered where people live and work
c) Provides secondary data
d) Is most popular in the service sector
e) Provides data to marketers when observation is impossible

Question 1

Which of the following is a method that is commonly used in qualitative research?

a) Self-completion questionnaires
b) Surveys
c) Ethnography
d) Structured observation
Question 2

What is meant by the term "grounded theory"?

a) Theories should be tested by rigorous scientific experiments

b) As a social researcher, it is important to keep your feet on the ground
c) Theories should be grounded in political values and biases
d) Theoretical ideas and concepts should emerge from the data
Question 3

A sensitizing concept is one that:

a) Provides general guidance for more flexible research

b) Imposes a predetermined theoretical model on the social world
c) Helps the researcher to investigate sensitive issues
d) Allows the researcher to measure very small changes in a variable
Question 4

Which of the following is not a component of Guba & Lincoln's criterion, "trustworthiness"?
a) Transferability
b) Measurability
c) Dependability
d) Credibility
Question 5

Respondent validation is the process by which:

a) The validity of an interview schedule can be measured

b) Researchers ask their participants to comment on an account of the findings
c) The problem of low response rates to a survey can be overcome
d) Participants collaborate with the researcher to design the research
Question 6

Why do qualitative researchers like to give detailed descriptions of social settings?

a) To provide a contextual understanding of social behaviour

b) Because once they have left the field, it is difficult to remember what happened
c) So that they can compare their observations as a test of reliability
d) Because they do not believe in going beyond the level of description
Question 7

The flexibility and limited structure of qualitative research designs is an advantage because:
a) The researcher does not impose any predetermined formats on the social world
b) It allows for unexpected results to emerge from the data
c) The researcher can adapt their theories and methods as the project unfolds
d) All of the above
Question 8

Which of the following is not a criticism of qualitative research?

a) The studies are difficult to replicate
b) There is a lack of transparency
c) The approach is too rigid and inflexible
d) The accounts are too subjective and impressionistic
Question 9

Which of the following is not a contrast between quantitative and qualitative research?
a) Distance vs. proximity of researcher to participants
b) Generalization vs. contextual understanding
c) Hard, reliable data vs. rich, deep data
d) Interpretivist vs. feminist
Question 10

Why has qualitative research been seen to have an affinity with feminism?

a) It allows women's voices to be heard, rather than objectifying and exploiting them
b) It has always been carried out by female sociologists
c) It allows the researcher to control variables and suppress women's voices
d) It claims to be value free and non-political
Question 1

Probability sampling is rarely used in qualitative research because:

a) Qualitative researchers are not trained in statistics

b) It is very old-fashioned
c) It is often not feasible
d) Research questions are more important than sampling
Question 2

The two levels of sampling used by Savage et al. (2005) for the Manchester study were:

a) Random and purposive

b) Convenience and snowball
c) Statistical and non-statistical
d) Contexts and participants
Question 3

Which of the following is not a type of purposive sampling?

a) Probability sampling
b) Deviant case sampling
c) Theoretical sampling
d) Snowball sampling
Question 4

What is involved in "purposive sampling" for grounded theory?

a) Using a random numbers table to select a representative sample of people

b) Strategically selecting respondents who are likely to provide relevant data
 c) Deciding on a sampling strategy early on and pursuing it relentlessly
d) Sampling units of time rather than individual persons
Question 5

What is meant by the term "theoretical saturation"?

a) Deciding on a theory and then testing it repeatedly

b) The point at which a concept is so well developed that no further data collection is
necessary
c) The problem of having used too many theories in one's data analysis
d) A state of frustration caused by having used every possible statistical test without finding any
significant results
Question 6

Generic purposive sampling can be characterized as being:

a) Fixed and a priori

b) Fixed and ad-hoc
c) Contingent and post-hoc
d) Contingent and ad infinitum
Question 7

The minimum sample size for qualitative interviewing is:

a) 30
b) 31
c) 60
d) It's hard to say
Question 8

Why is an ethnographic study unlikely to use a probability sample?

a) Because the aim of understanding is more important than that of generalization

b) Because the researcher cannot control who is willing to talk to them
c) Because it is difficult to identify a sampling frame
d) All of the above
Question 9

Apart from people, what else can purposive sampling be used for?

a) Documents
b) Timing of events
c) Context
d) All of the above
Question 10

What can be generalized from a purposive sample?

a) That the findings are true for broadly similar cases

b) That the findings are true for the entire population
c) That the opposite is true for people who are the opposite of those in the sample
d) That purposive sampling is better than probability sampling

 Which of the following is a component of ethnographic research?

a) Being immersed in a social group or setting

b) Participant observation, interviews, and/or documentary analysis
c) A written account of an ethnographic study
d) All of the above
Question 2

What is one of the main disadvantages of using the covert role in ethnography?

a) It can be hard to gain access to the social group

b) It is difficult to take notes without arousing suspicion
c) The problem of reactivity: people may change their behaviour if they know they are being
observed
d) It is usually too time consuming and expensive to be a realistic option
Question 3

Which of the following will not help you to negotiate access to a closed/non-public setting?

a) Gaining the support of a "sponsor" within the organization
b) Obtaining clearance from a "gatekeeper" or senior member of the group
c) Joining in with the group's activities without introducing yourself
 d) Offering something in return, e.g. a report of the findings
Question 4

What is a key informant?

a) A group member who helps the ethnographer gain access to relevant people/events
b) A senior level member of the organisation who refuses to allow researchers into it
c) A participant who appears to be helpful but then blows the researcher's cover
d) Someone who cuts keys to help the ethnographer gain access to a building
Question 5

What is the name of the role adopted by an ethnographer who joins in with the group's activities
but admits to being a researcher?

a) Complete participant
b) Participant-as-observer
c) Observer-as-participant
d) Complete observer
Question 6

What is meant by the term "going native"?

a) Doing ethnography as a participant observer

b) Accepting a job in an organization previously studied by the ethnographer
c) Trying to learn to speak a foreign language as well as a native speaker
d) Over identifying with the group and losing research perspective
Question 7

Is it okay to break the law in order to maintain a "cover"?

a) Yes, provided it is not very serious
b) No, never under any circumstances
c) Yes, because otherwise data on criminal activity would never come to light
d) Yes, provided it doesn't cause physical harm to someone
Question 8

What is the difference between "scratch notes" and "full field notes"?

a)Scratch  notes are just key words and phrases, rather than lengthy descriptions
 b) Full field notes are quicker and easier to write than scratch notes
c) Scratch notes are written at the end of the day rather than during key events
d) Full field notes do not involve the researcher scratching their head while thinking
Question 9

Why does Stacey argue against the idea of a feminist ethnography?

a) Because it creates a non-exploitative relationship between the researcher and the researched
b) Because she fundamentally disagrees with all feminist principles
c) Because she thinks that the fieldwork relationship is inherently unequal
d) Because she does not think that ethnography is a useful research method
Question 10

What are the two main types of data that can be used in visual ethnography?

a) Positivist and interpretivist

b) Qualitative and quantitative
c) Nominal and ordinal
d) Extant and research-driven
Question 1

Which of the following makes qualitative interviewing distinct from structured interviewing?

a) The procedure is less standardized

b) "Rambling" off the topic is not a problem
c) The researcher seeks rich, detailed answers
d) All of the above
Question 2

Which of the following is not a type of qualitative interview?

a) Unstructured interview
b) Oral history interview
c) Structured interview
d) Focus group interview
Question 3

Why is it helpful to prepare an interview guide before conducting semi-structured interviews?

 a) So that the data from different interviewees will be comparable and relevant to your
research questions
b) So that you can calculate the statistical significance of the results
c) In order to allow participants complete control over the topics they discuss
d) To make the sample more representative
Question 4

Which of the following is not one of Kvale's ten criteria of the good interviewer?
a) Passive
b) Knowledgeable
c) Sensitive
d) Interpreting
Question 5

What is a "probing question"?

a) One that inquires about a sensitive or deeply personal issue

b) One that encourages the interviewee to say more about a topic
c) One that asks indirectly about people's opinions
d) One that moves the conversation on to another topic
Question 6

What can you do to reduce the time consuming nature of transcribing interviews?

a) Use a transcribing machine

b) Employ someone to transcribe for you
c) Transcribe only selected parts of the interviews
d) All of the above
Question 7

Which of the following is not a type of life story?

a) Naturalistic life stories
b) Researched life stories
c) True life stories
d) Reflexive and recursive life stories
Question 8

How does Oakley suggest that qualitative interviewing should be used as an explicitly feminist
research method?

a) By creating a more equal relationship between interviewer and interviewee

b) By invading the privacy of women and treating them as objects
c) By imposing academic interpretations upon women's accounts of the world
d) None of the above
Question 9

Which of the following is an advantage of qualitative interviewing relative to participant

observation?
a) It allows you to find out about issues that are resistant to observation
b) It is more biased and value-laden
c) It is more likely to create reactive effects
d) None of the above
Question 10

Which of the following is a disadvantage of qualitative interviewing relative to participant

observation?
a) It has a more specific focus
b) It is more ethically dubious, in terms of obtaining informed consent
c) It may not provide access to deviant or hidden activities
d) It does not allow participants to reconstruct their life events
Question 1

What is the main difference between a focus group and a group interview?

a) Group interviews involve fewer participants

b) Focus groups are used to study the way people discuss a specific topic
c) There is no moderator present in a focus group
d) Focus groups save more time and money
Question 2

How have focus groups been used in media and cultural studies?

a) To plan champagne receptions

 b) To investigate birth and conception
c) To explore audience reception
d) To measure TV reception
Question 3

Why is it particularly difficult to get an accurate record and transcript of a focus group session?

a) Because the researcher often forgets to take notes

b) Because focus groups are transcribed several years after they are conducted
c) Because you cannot use a tape recorder in a focus group
d) Because there are so many different voices to follow
Question 4

When might it be useful to conduct a relatively large number of focus groups?

a) When participants' views are likely to be affected by socio-demographic factors

b) When you want to capture as much diversity in perspectives as possible
c) When there are lots of willing volunteers who meet the relevant criteria
d) All of the above
Question 5

What is the role of the moderator in a focus group?

a) To stimulate discussion and keep the conversation on track

b) To ask leading questions and dominate the discussion
c) To sit away from the group and observe their behaviour
d) To evaluate the group's performance on a particular task
Question 6

What are "natural groups" in the context of focus group research?

a) Groups of strangers selected from a particular location

b) Random samples of participants from the general population
c) Groups of participants who already know each other
d) Groups of non-human animals studied in their natural environment
Question 7

What should the moderator say in their introductory remarks?

a) Thank you to the participants for coming
b) Who they are and what the research is about
c) How the focus group will proceed
d) All of the above
Question 8

What are the two main forms of group interaction that Kitzinger identifies in focus group sessions?

a) Altruistic and aggressive

b) Complementary and argumentative
c) Conventional and alternative
d) Passive and assertive
Question 9

Why have feminists argued that focus groups successfully avoid "decontextualizing" their
participants?

a) Because they study the individual as part of a social context

b) Because they tend to be carried out by female researchers
c) Because moderating a focus group demands great technical knowledge
d) Because the data tends to be analysed using post-structuralist theories
Question 10

Which of the following is not a limitation of the focus group method?

a) The researcher has little control over how the discussion proceeds
b) It reveals the way social meanings are jointly constructed
c) It produces a large volume of data that can be difficult to analyse
d) People in groups tend to agree and express socially desirable views
 
Question 1

Conversation Analysis (CA) and Discourse Analysis (DA) differ from other qualitative research
methods in that they treat language as:

a) A method rather than a theory

 b) A resource rather than a topic
c) A theory rather than a method
d) A topic rather than a resource
Question 2

In CA, the term "indexicality" means that:

a) The meaning of an utterance depends on the context in which it is used

b) Speech acts can be listed and indexed after transcription
c) Words are constitutive of the social world in which they are located
d) People tend to wave their index finger in the air while speaking
Question 3

Which of the following is not one of the basic assumptions of CA?

a) Talk is structured
b) Talk is forged contextually
c) j
d) Analysis is grounded in data
Question 4

In a CA transcript, what does the symbol "(.)" stand for?

a) Intake of breath
b) Prolonged sound
c) Emphasis on the next word
d) Slight pause
Question 5

What is meant by the term "adjacency pair" in CA?

a) An interviewer and interviewee sitting next to each other

b) Two linked phases of conversation
c) Two similar questions asked in rapid succession
d) A mechanism used to repair an embarrassing mistake
Question 6

What have conversation analysts found that people generally do to "repair" the damage caused by a
"dispreferred response"?
 a) Provide justifications for their action
b) Correct themselves and give the preferred response
c) Brazen it out and pretend they don't care
d) Run away in a panic
Question 7

What do discourse analysts study?

a) Forms of communication other than talk
b) The way discourses "frame" our understanding of the social world
c) The rhetorical styles used in written and oral communication
d) All of the above
Question 8

What is meant by the term "ethnographic particulars"?

a) Specific people who are involved as key informants in an ethnography

b) A participant observation schedule that is used in qualitative research
c) Factors outside the immediate context of an interaction
d) The "here-and-now" context of situated talk
Question 9

Potter & Wetherell use the term "interpretative repertoires" to refer to:

a) The process of making non-factual data appear to be factual

b) The general resources people use to perform discursive acts
c) The frames of reference audiences use to hear messages
d) The stock of academic knowledge people draw upon in sociology
Question 10

The anti-realist inclination of many DA researchers is controversial because it leads them to assert
that:

a) There is no pre-existing material reality that constrains individual action

b) Social structures determine the way individuals use language
c) The technique is incompatible with feminist principles
d) Quantitative research is inherently superior to qualitative research
Question 1

What are Scott's four criteria for assessing the quality of documents?

a) Credibility, reliability, accuracy, meaning

b) Comprehensiveness, accuracy, value, rigour
c) Authenticity, credibility, representativeness, meaning
d) Objectivity, subjectivity, authenticity, value
Question 2

Why is it necessary to consider the authenticity of personal documents? Select all that apply.

a) Because they have been seen by other people

b) Because they might have been "ghost written" or heavily edited by other authors
c) Because they might not reflect the true feelings of the writer
d) Because documents can never be trusted
Question 3

Why might a collection of personal letters from the nineteenth century be low in
representativeness?

a) Because it would be difficult to read old-fashioned styles of handwriting

b) Because it can be hard for a modern day researcher to understand such materials
c) Because they might have been forged by an unscrupulous dealer
d) Because at that time literacy was mainly limited to middle class males
Question 4

Why might social researchers be interested in analysing photographs as a form of visual data?

a) To find out more about fashion, artifacts and everyday life in a particular social setting
b) To study the way photographs present idealized depictions of family life
c) To help them to see what has not been photographed and why
d) All of the above
Question 5

Which of the following is not an example of an official document?

a) A report of a public inquiry into a disaster
b) A PhD student's collection of interview transcripts
c) Documentation from a pharmaceutical company about a new drug
 d) A leaked memo from one member of parliament to another
Question 6

Which of the following can be studied as a documentary source from the mass media?

a) The minutes of a parish council meeting

b) Personal letters between a mother and her daughter
c) Newspaper articles about a particular issue or event
d) The staff newsletter produced by a private company
Question 7

Why can it be difficult to establish the authenticity of virtual data?

a) Because we do not know who wrote the material on a web site
b) Because virtual data are not as good as actual data
c) Because it may require specialist "inside knowledge" to understand the text
d) Because it is usually presented in the form of visual images
Question 8

Why is it important to study the way audiences "read" cultural documents?

a) To demonstrate how audiences passively accept whatever they are told
b) Because their interpretation of it may differ from that intended by the author
c) Because sociologists are running out of new things to research
d) Because there is a lot of funding available for focus group studies
Question 9

How does qualitative content analysis differ from quantitative content analysis?

a) It is always preceded by ethnographic research

b) It involves counting the number of times certain words appear in a text
c) It is less rigid, as researchers are constantly revising their concepts
d) It is less likely to be used by feminist researchers
Question 10

What is semiotics?

a) The study of semi-detached houses

b) A half-baked attempt at social research
 c) The method of semi-structured interviewing
d) The science of signs
Question 1

In analytic induction, what happens if the researcher finds a deviant case?

a) They ignore it and carry on

b) They must either redefine or reformulate the hypothesis
c) They conduct a parametric statistical test
d) They give up and decide to be quantitative researchers instead
Question 2

Which of the following is not a tool of grounded theory?

a) Theoretical sampling
b) Coding
c) External validity
d) Constant comparison
Question 3

What do Strauss & Corbin mean by "open coding"?

a) Breaking data down and examining it to identify themes and concepts

b) Coding without the intention of building a theory
c) Drawing open brackets alongside key words and phrases
d) Telling everybody about the way you have coded the data
Question 4

What is a "substantive theory" in Strauss & Corbin's view?

a) One that operates at the highest level of abstraction

b) One that is highly controversial and provokes a critical response
c) One that relates to an empirical instance or substantive topic area
d) One that is amenable to statistical analysis
Question 5

What are memos?

a) Notes that researchers write to themselves

 b) Reminders of what is meant by key terms or phrases
c) Building blocks for theorizing
d) All of the above
Question 6

Why should you start coding your data as soon as possible?

a) To sharpen your focus and help with theoretical sampling

b) Because researchers always run out of time at the end of a project
c) Because it is the easiest task to do
d) To make sure that your initial theoretical ideas are imposed on the data
Question 7

Why are Coffey & Atkinson critical of the way coding fragments qualitative data?
a) Because this is incompatible with the principles of feminist research
b) Because it results in a loss of context and narrative flow
c) Because they think it should fragment quantitative data instead
d) Because they invented the life history interview and want to promote it
Question 8

What do advocates of narrative analysis prefer to study?

a) The extent to which analytic induction can be value-free

b) The iterative process of grounded
c) The ethical implications of conducting a secondary analysis of qualitative data
d) The ways in which people use stories to make sense of events in their lives
Question 9

What is narrative analysis?

a) A literary approach to documents

b) An approach that is sensitive to questions that concern how people choose to sequence and
represent people and events
c) A form of thematic analysis
d) A method of improving the quality of interview material
Question 10

What is one of the main ethical problems associated with conducting a secondary analysis of
qualitative data?

a) The participants may not have given informed consent to the reuse of their data
b) It involves deceiving respondents about the nature of the research
c) The secondary analyst must adopt a covert role and is at risk of "going native"
d) Respondents are likely to experience physical harm as a result of the process
Question 1

What does the acronym "CAQDAS" stand for?

a) Computer-Assisted Qualitative Data Analysis Software

b) Complicated Analytical Questions Deserving Answers Soon
c) Constant Aggravation Queried Directly And Swiftly
d) Content Analysis Quantification: Durkheim And Statistics
Question 2

How is CAQDAS different from quantitative data analysis software?

a) It only works on Apple Mac computers

b) It requires detailed knowledge of statistics
c) There is no industry leader
d) The programs do the analysis for you
Question 3

Which of the following is not a criticism of the use of CAQDAS in social research?
a) It reinforces the idea that code-and-retrieve is the only way to conduct qualitative analysis
b) It results in the fragmentation of data and a loss of narrative flow
c) It may not be suitable for focus group data
d) It is not very fast or efficient at retrieving sections of data
Question 4

Which of the following is not an advantage of using CAQDAS in social research?

a) It makes the process of qualitative data analysis more transparent
b) It is faster and efficient than analyzing by hand
c) It involves learning skills that are specific to each program
 d) It helps you to map out the relations between ideas and themes in the data
Question 5

Which file format is best for importing your project documents into NVivo?

a) Only .nvi
b) Any format, including .exe
c) Only .html or .htm
d) .doc or .docx
Question 6

In which window can you read through, edit and code your documents?

a) Document Viewer
b) Node Explorer
c) Project Pad
d) Welcome Screen
Question 7

What are the two types of node used in NVivo?

a) Creative and non-creative

b) Blocked nodes and running nodes
c) Formatted and unformatted
d) Hierarchical and non-hierarchical
Question 8

You code your data in NVivo by:

a) Applying nodes to segments of text

b) Using a pre-set coding frame
c) Entering the data case by case as "variables"
d) Changing the spelling of certain words to disguise their real meaning
Question 9

Which of the following is a kind of search that can be carried out in NVivo?

a) Single node search

b) Intersection search
 c) Specific text search
d) All of the above
Question 10

Which is the correct sequence for creating a memo in NVivo?

a) Sources, Memos, Create, Memo
b) Nodes, New type, Memo to self
c) Sources, Documents, Browse, Import Memo
d) It is not possible to create memos in NVivo
Question 1

The natural sciences have often been characterized as being positivist in epistemological
orientation. Which of the following has been proposed as an alternative account?

a) Marxism
b) Subjectivism
c) Interpretivism
d) Realism
Question 2

How is it argued that qualitative research can have "empiricist overtones"?

a) Semi-structured interview schedules are used to quantify behaviour

b) There is an emphasis on direct observation of people and social settings
c) Qualitative researchers prefer to conduct statistical analyses of their data
d) It typically involves testing a clearly defined hypothesis
Question 3

Why might we say that quantitative researchers also try to study social meanings?

a) Because the method they use most is the in-depth interview

b) Because their written reports usually refer to an interpretivist epistemology
c) Because surveys and questionnaires are used to examine attitudes and opinions
d) Because they observe human behaviour in a laboratory
Question 4

Why does Bryman argue that research methods can be seen as relatively "free-floating" or
autonomous?
 a) Because researchers often change their minds about which method to use
b) Because most qualitative researchers are Hippies who believe in free love
c) Because there is no longer any meaningful distinction between quantitative and qualitative
research
d) Because there is no inevitable connection between a researcher's choice of method and
their epistemological/ ontological beliefs
Question 5

Which of the following is not one of the contrasts that has been made to distinguish between
quantitative and qualitative research?
a) Behaviour versus meaning
b) Numbers versus words
c) Traditional versus modern
d) Artificial versus natural
Question 6

What does the term "quasi-quantification" refer to?

a) The use of words like "many", "some" or "often" in qualitative research

b) A poor attempt at statistical analysis
c) The use of a survey instrument that has not been tested for inter-coder reliability
d) The way scientists talk about their data in numerical terms to enhance the credibility of their
findings
Question 7

Why is it argued that qualitative research may not really be "naturalistic"?

a) Because participant observation has to be overt and so causes reactivity effects

b) Because methods such as interviews and focus groups constitute artificial social settings
c) Because quantitative methods such as structured observation tend to take place in more
naturalistic environments
d) Because it is concerned with the social world rather than the natural world
Question 8

What is "ethnostatistics"?

a) The study of the way statistics are constructed, interpreted and represented
b) The study of the way ethnic minorities are represented in official statistics
c) A new computer program designed to help lay people understand statistics
 d) An interpretivist approach made famous by the work of Garfinkel (1967) 

Question 9

In what way does the thematic analysis of interview data suggest quantification?

a) It demands the use of computer programs like SPSS

b) It is based on numbers rather than text
c) It involves establishing the frequency of particular words, phrases or themes
d) It is usually followed by a stage of rigorous statistical testing
Question 10

How does quantification help the qualitative researcher avoid being accused of anecdotalism?

a) By allowing them to focus on extreme examples in the data and ignore the rest
b) By providing a structure to an otherwise unstructured dataset
c) By making it more likely that official statistics will be included in their report
d) By providing some idea of the prevalence of an unusual or striking response
Question 1

What is the name of one of the arguments that suggests that research methods are inextricably
linked to epistemological commitments?

a) Triangulation argument
b) Postmodern argument
c) Embedded methods argument
d) Positivist argument
Question 2

Which version of the debate about multi-strategy research suggests that quantitative and qualitative
research is compatible?

a) Technical version
b) Methodological version
c) Epistemological version
d) Feminist version
Question 3

What is triangulation?
 a) Using three quantitative or three qualitative methods in a project
b) Cross-checking the results found by different research strategies
c) Allowing theoretical concepts to emerge from the data
d) Drawing a triangular diagram to represent the relations between three concepts
Question 4

How might qualitative research facilitate quantitative research?

a) By providing hypotheses that can later be tested

b) By helping with the design of survey questions
c) By informing the schedule of a structured interview
d) All of the above
Question 5

How might quantitative research facilitate qualitative research?

a) By identifying specific groups of people to be interviewed

b) By showing the frequency of different responses to a survey item
c) By imposing a rigorous positivist framework on it
d) By combining laboratory experiments with structured observation
Question 6

Whereas quantitative research tends to bring out a static picture of social life, qualitative research
depicts it as…
a) Symmetrical
b) Statistical
c) Processual
d) Proverbial
Question 7

How might qualitative research help with the analysis of quantitative data?

a) By identifying a sample of respondents for a follow-up study

b) By providing hard, statistical data about them
c) By making the research more value-laden and subjective
d) By helping to explain the relationship between two variables
Question 8

How can multi-strategy research help us to study different aspects of a phenomenon?

a) By reducing the standard deviation of scores around the mean

b) By allowing the researcher to interview first women, and then men
c) By revealing both the macro and the micro level
d) By making it unnecessary to have more than one stage in the research process
Question 9

When might unplanned multi-stage research be described as a "salvage operation"?

a) When the researcher abandons their original strategy and starts all over again
b) When the second research strategy is used to explain unexpected or puzzling results
c) When there is a paradigm shift from quantitative to qualitative research
d) When it is ethically unsound to use only one research strategy
Question 10

Which of the following is not a feature of multi-strategy research?

a) It is inherently superior to mono-strategy research
b) It must be competently designed and conducted
c) It must be appropriate to the research questions
d) The skills of all researchers must be well integrated
Question 1

What is rhetoric?

a) The type of rapport that is usually established in in-depth interviews

b) An ancient form of poetry
c) A technique used to assess the external reliability of a data source
d) The attempt to persuade or convince an audience, often through writing
Question 2

The introductory section of a research report should aim to:

a) Identify the specific focus of the study

b) Provide a rationale for the dissertation, or article
c) Grab the reader's attention
 d) All of the above
Question 3

What is the purpose of the conclusion in a research report?

a) It explains how concepts were operationally defined and measured

b) It contains a useful review of the relevant literature
c) It outlines the methodological procedures that were employed
d) It summarizes the key findings in relation to the research questions
Question 4

Why does Bryman praise the theory section in the Kelley and De Graaf (1997) article?

a) Because he made a personal contribution to that section

b) Because the research questions are spelled out very specifically
c) Because it covers all theories known at that time
d) Because the language is very poetic
Question 5

Which qualitative research method was used by Jones et al (2010)?

a) Structured interviewing
b) Focus groups
c) Semi-structured interviewing
d) CAQDAS
Question 6

Which of the following is not normally included in a written account of qualitative research?

a) An introduction, locating the research in its theoretical context
b) An explanation of the design of the study
c) A discussion of the main findings in relation to the research questions
d) A decision to accept or reject the hypothesis
Question 7

Which sequence do Creswell and Plano Clark (2011) recommend for an article writing up mixed-
methods research?
a) Introduction; Methods; Results; Discussion.
b) Introduction; Literature Review; Data; Conclusions.
 c) Introduction; Background; Methods; Findings; Discussion; Conclusion.
d) Introduction; Theory; Data; Measurement; Methods and models; Results; Conclusion.
Question 8

The mixed methods used by Poortinga et al (2004) were:

a) Structured and unstructured interviews

b) A questionnaire survey and focus groups
c) Traditional ethnography and structured observation
d) CATI and CAPI
Question 9

In mixed-methods research, quantitative and qualitative findings should be:

a) Integrated
b) Contained in separate sections
c) Listed in order of importance
d) Shown fully in appendices
Question 10

Before submitting your dissertation, you should ensure that:

a) Your writing is free of sexist, racist and disablist language

b) Other people have read your final draft
c) You have proofread it thoroughly
d) All of the above

Doing Research in the Real World

PART A: PRINCIPLES AND PLANNING FOR RESEARCH

1. Which of the following should not be a criterion for a good research project?

a. Demonstrates the abilities of the researcher

b. Is dependent on the completion of other projects
c. Demonstrates the integration of different fields of knowledge
d. Develops the skills of the researcher

Answer: 

b. Is dependent on the completion of other projects

2. Which form of reasoning is the process of drawing a specific conclusion from a set of premises?

a. Objective reasoning
b. Positivistic reasoning
c. Inductive reasoning
d. Deductive reasoning

Answer: 

d: Deductive reasoning

3. Research that seeks to examine the findings of a study by using the same design but a different
sample is which of the following?

a. An exploratory study
b. A replication study
c. An empirical study
d. Hypothesis testing

Answer: 

b: A replication study

4. A researcher designs an experiment to test how variables interact to influence job-seeking

behaviours. The main purpose of the study was:

a. Description
b. Prediction
c. Exploration
d. Explanation

Answer: 

d: Explanation

5. Cyber bullying at work is a growing threat to employee job satisfaction. Researchers want to
find out why people do this and how they feel about it. The primary purpose of the study is:

a. Description
b. Prediction
c. Exploration
d. Explanation

Answer: 

c: Exploration

6. A theory: 

a. Is an accumulated body of knowledge

 b. Includes inconsequential ideas
c. Is independent of research methodology
d. Should be viewed uncritically

Answer: 

a: Is an accumulated body of knowledge

7. Which research method is a bottom-up approach to research?

a. Deductive method
b. Explanatory method
c. Inductive method
d. Exploratory method

Answer: 

c: Inductive method

8. How much confidence should you place in a single research study?

a. You should trust research findings after different researchers have replicated the findings
b. You should completely trust a single research study
c. Neither a nor b
d. Both a and b 

Answer: 

a: You should trust research findings after different researchers have replicated the findings

9. A qualitative research problem statement:

a. Specifies the research methods to be utilized

b. Specifies a research hypothesis
c. Expresses a relationship between variables
d. Conveys a sense of emerging design

Answer: 

d: Conveys a sense of emerging design

10. Which of the following is a good research question?

a. To produce a report on student job searching behaviours

b. To identify the relationship between self-efficacy and student job searching behaviours
c. Students with higher levels of self-efficacy will demonstrate more active job searching
behaviours
d. Do students with high levels of self-efficacy demonstrate more active job searching
behaviours?
Answer: 

d: Do students with high levels of self-efficacy demonstrate more active job searching behaviours?

11. A review of the literature prior to formulating research questions allows the researcher to :

a. Provide an up-to-date understanding of the subject, its significance, and structure

b. Guide the development of research questions
c. Present the kinds of research methodologies used in previous studies
d. All of the above

Answer: 

d: All of the above

12. Sometimes a comprehensive review of the literature prior to data collection is not
recommended by:

a. Ethnomethodology
b. Grounded theory
c. Symbolic interactionism
d. Feminist theory

Answer: 

b: Grounded theory

13. The feasibility of a research study should be considered in light of: 

a. Cost and time required to conduct the study

b. Access to gatekeepers and respondents
c. Potential ethical concerns
d. All of the above

Answer: 

d: All of the above

14. Research that uses qualitative methods for one phase and quantitative methods for the next
phase is known as:

a. Action research
b. Mixed-method research
c. Quantitative research
d. Pragmatic research

Answer: 

b: Mixed-method research
15. Research hypotheses are:

a. Formulated prior to a review of the literature

b. Statements of predicted relationships between variables
c. B but not A
d. Both A and B

Answer: 

c: B but not A

16. Which research approach is based on the epistemological viewpoint of pragmatism? 

a. Quantitative research
b. Qualitative research
c. Mixed-methods research
d. All of the above

Answer: 

c: Mixed-methods research

17. Adopting ethical principles in research means: 

a. Avoiding harm to participants

b. The researcher is anonymous
c. Deception is only used when necessary
d. Selected informants give their consent

Answer: 

a: Avoiding harm to participants

18. A radical perspective on ethics suggests that: 

a. Researchers can do anything they want

b. The use of checklists of ethical actions is essential
c. The powers of Institutional Review Boards should be strengthened
d. Ethics should be based on self-reflexivity

Answer: 

d: Ethics should be based on self-reflexivity

19. Ethical problems can arise when researching the Internet because:

a. Everyone has access to digital media

b. Respondents may fake their identities
c. Researchers may fake their identities
d. Internet research has to be covert
Answer: 

b: Respondents may fake their identities

20. The Kappa statistic: 

a. Is a measure of inter-judge validity

b. Compares the level of agreement between two judges against what might have been
predicted by chance
c. Ranges from 0 to +1
d. Is acceptable above a score of 0.5

Answer: 

b: Compares the level of agreement between two judges against what might have been predicted by
chance

PART B: RESEARCH METHODOLOGY 

1. Which research paradigm is most concerned about generalizing its findings? 

a. Quantitative research
b. Qualitative research
c. Mixed-methods research
d. All of the above

Answer: 

a: Quantitative research

2. A variable that is presumed to cause a change in another variable is called:

a. An intervening variable
b. A dependent variable
c. An independent variable
d. A numerical variable

Answer: 

c: An independent variable

3. A study of teaching professionals posits that their performance-related pay increases their
motivation which in turn leads to an increase in their job satisfaction. What kind of variable is
‘motivation”’ in this study? 

a. Extraneous 
b. Confounding
c. Intervening
 d. Manipulated

Answer: 

c: Intervening

4. Which correlation is the strongest? 

a. –1.00
b. +80
c. –60
d. +05

Answer: 

a: –1.00

5. When interpreting a correlation coefficient expressing the relationship between two variables, it
is important not to:

a. Assume causality
b. Measure the values for X and Y independently
c. Choose X and Y values that are normally distributed
d. Check the direction of the relationship

Answer: 

a: Assume causality

6. Which of the following can be described as a nominal variable? 

a. Annual income
b. Age
c. Annual sales
d. Geographical location of a firm

Answer: 

d: Geographical location of a firm

7. A positive correlation occurs when:

a. Two variables remain constant

b. Two variables move in the same direction
c. One variable goes up and the other goes down
d. Two variables move in opposite directions

Answer: 

b: Two variables move in the same direction

8. The key defining characteristic of experimental research is that:

a. The independent variable is manipulated

b. Hypotheses are proved
c. A positive correlation exists
d. Samples are large

Answer: 

a: The independent variable is manipulated

9. Qualitative research is used in all the following circumstances, EXCEPT:

a. It is based on a collection of non-numerical data such as words and pictures

b. It often uses small samples
c. It uses the inductive method
d. It is typically used when a great deal is already known about the topic of interest

Answer: 

d: It is typically used when a great deal is already known about the topic of interest

10. In an experiment, the group that does not receive the intervention is called:

a. The experimental group

b. The participant group
c. The control group
d. The treatment group

11. Which generally cannot be guaranteed in conducting qualitative studies in the field? 

a. Keeping participants from physical and emotional harm

b. Gaining informed consent
c. Assuring anonymity rather than just confidentiality
d. Maintaining consent forms

12. Which of the following is not ethical practice in research with humans? 

a. Maintaining participants’ anonymity

b. Gaining informed consent
c. Informing participants that they are free to withdraw at any time
d. Requiring participants to continue until the study has been completed

13. What do we call data that are used for a new study but which were collected by an earlier
researcher for a different set of research questions?

a. Secondary data
b. Field notes
c. Qualitative data
 d. Primary data

14. When each member of a population has an equal chance of being selected, this is called:

a. A snowball sample
b. A stratified sample
c. A random probability sample
d. A non-random sample

15. Which of the following techniques yields a simple random sample of hospitals?

a. Randomly selecting a district and then sampling all hospitals within the district
b. Numbering all the elements of a hospital sampling frame and then using a
random number generator to pick hospitals from the table
c. Listing hospitals by sector and choosing a proportion from within each sector at random
d. Choosing volunteer hospitals to participate

16. Which of the following statements are true?

a. The larger the sample size, the larger the confidence interval
b. The smaller the sample size, the greater the sampling error
c. The more categories being measured, the smaller the sample size
d. A confidence level of 95 percent is always sufficient

17. Which of the following will produce the least sampling error?

a. A large sample based on convenience sampling 

b. A small sample based on random sampling
c. A large snowball sample
d. A large sample based on random sampling

Answer: 

d: A large sample based on random sampling

18. When people are readily available, volunteer, or are easily recruited to the sample, this is
called:

a. Snowball sampling
b. Convenience sampling
c. Stratified sampling
d. Random sampling

Answer: 

b: Convenience sampling

19. In qualitative research, sampling that involves selecting diverse cases is referred to as:
 a. Typical-case sampling
b. Critical-case sampling
c. Intensity sampling
d. Maximum variation sampling

Answer: 

d: Maximum variation sampling

20. A test accurately indicates an employee’s scores on a future criterion (e.g., conscientiousness). 
What kind of validity is this?

a. Predictive
b. Face
c. Content
d. Concurrent

Answer: 

a: Predictive

PART C: DATA COLLECTION METHODS 

1. When designing a questionnaire it is important to do each of the following EXCEPT

a. Pilot the questionnaire

b. Avoid jargon
c. Avoid double questions
d. Use leading questions

Answer: 

d: Use leading questions

2. One advantage of using a questionnaire is that:

a. Probe questions can be asked

b. Respondents can be put at ease
c. Interview bias can be avoided
d. Response rates are always high

Answer: 

c: Interview bias can be avoided

3. Which of the following is true of observations?

a. It takes less time than interviews

 b. It is often not possible to determine exactly why people behave as they do
c. Covert observation raises fewer ethical concerns than overt
d. All of the above

Answer: 

b: It is often not possible to determine exactly why people behave as they do

4. A researcher secretly becomes an active member of a group in order to observe their behaviour.
This researcher is acting as:

a. An overt participant observer

b. A covert non-participant observer
c. A covert participant observer
d. None of the above

Answer: 

c: A covert participant observer

5. All of the following are advantages of structured observation, EXCEPT:

a. Results can be replicated at a different time

b. The coding schedule might impose a framework on what is being observed
c. Data can be collected that participants may not realize is important
d. Data do not have to rely on the recall of participants

Answer: 

b: The coding schedule might impose a framework on what is being observed

6. When conducting an interview, asking questions such as: "What else? or ‘Could you expand on
that?’ are all forms of:

a. Structured responses
b. Category questions
c. Protocols
d. Probes

Answer: 

d: Probes

7. Secondary data can include which of the following? 

a. Government statistics
b. Personal diaries
c. Organizational records
d. All of the above
Answer: 

d: All of the above

8. An ordinal scale is:

a. The simplest form of measurement

b. A scale with an absolute zero point
c. A rank-order scale of measurement
d. A scale with equal intervals between ranks

Answer: 

c: A rank-order scale of measurement

9. Which term measures the extent to which scores from a test can be used to infer or predict
performance in some activity? 

a. Face validity
b. Content reliability
c. Criterion-related validity
d. Construct validity

Answer: 

c: Criterion-related validity

10. The ‘reliability’of a measure refers to the researcher asking:

a. Does it give consistent results?

b. Does it measure what it is supposed to measure?
c. Can the results be generalized?
d. Does it have face reliability?

Answer: 

a: Does it give consistent results?

11. Interviewing is the favoured approach EXCEPT when:

a. There is a need for highly personalized data

b. It is important to ask supplementary questions
c. High numbers of respondents are needed
d. Respondents have difficulty with written language

Answer: 

c: High numbers of respondents are needed

12. Validity in interviews is strengthened by the following EXCEPT:

 a. Building rapport with interviewees
b. Multiple questions cover the same theme
c. Constructing interview schedules that contain themes drawn from the literature
d. Prompting respondents to expand on initial responses

Answer: 

b: Multiple questions cover the same theme

13. Interview questions should:

a. Lead the respondent

b. Probe sensitive issues
c. Be delivered in a neutral tone
d. Test the respondents’ powers of memory

Answer: 

c: Be delivered in a neutral tone

14. Active listening skills means:

a. Asking as many questions as possible

b. Avoiding silences
c. Keeping to time
d. Attentive listening

Answer: 

d: Attentive listening

15. All the following are strengths of focus groups EXCEPT:

a. They allow access to a wide range of participants

b. Discussion allows for the validation of ideas and views
c. They can generate a collective perspective
d. They help maintain confidentiality

Answer: 

d: They help maintain confidentiality

16. Which of the following is not always true about focus groups?

a. The ideal size is normally between 6 and 12 participants

b. Moderators should introduce themselves to the group
c. Participants should come from diverse backgrounds
d. The moderator poses preplanned questions

Answer: 
c: Participants should come from diverse backgrounds

17. A disadvantage of using secondary data is that:

a. The data may have been collected with reference to research questions that are not those of
the researcher
b. The researcher may bring more detachment in viewing the data than original researchers
could muster
c. Data have often been collected by teams of experienced researchers
d. Secondary data sets are often available and accessible

Answer: 

a: The data may have been collected with reference to research questions that are not those of the
researcher

18. All of the following are sources of secondary data EXCEPT:

a. Official statistics
b. A television documentary
c. The researcher’s research diary
d. A company’s annual report

Answer: 

c: The researcher’s research diary

19. Which of the following is not true about visual methods?

a. They are not reliant on respondent recall

b. The have low resource requirements
c. They do not rely on words to capture what is happening
d. They can capture what is happening in real time

Answer: 

b: The have low resource requirements

20. Avoiding naïve empiricism in the interpretation of visual data means:

a. Understanding the context in which they were produced

b. Ensuring that visual images such as photographs are accurately taken
c. Only using visual images with other data gathering sources
d. Planning the capture of visual data carefully

Answer: 

a: Understanding the context in which they were produced

 
PART D: ANALYSIS AND REPORT WRITING 

1. Which of the following is incorrect when naming a variable in SPSS?

a. Must begin with a letter and not a number

b. Must end in a full stop
c. Cannot exceed 64 characters
d. Cannot include symbols such as ?, & and %

Answer: 

b: Must end in a full stop

2. Which of the following is not an SPSS Type variable?

a. Word
b. Numeric
c. String
d. Date

Answer: 

a: Word

3. A graph that uses vertical bars to represent data is called:

a. A bar chart
b. A pie chart
c. A line graph
d. A vertical graph

Answer: 

a: A bar chart

4. The purpose of descriptive statistics is to:

a. Summarize the characteristics of a data set

b. Draw conclusions from the data
c. None of the above
d. All of the above

Answer: 

a: Summarize the characteristics of a data set

5. The measure of the extent to which responses vary from the mean is called:

a. The mode
b. The normal distribution
 c. The standard deviation
d. The variance

Answer: 

c: The standard deviation

6. To compare the performance of a group at time T1 and then at T2, we would use:

a. A chi-squared test
b. One-way analysis of variance
c. Analysis of variance
d. A paired t-test

Answer: 

d: A paired t-test

7. A Type 1 error occurs in a situation where:

a. The null hypothesis is accepted when it is in fact true

b. The null hypothesis is rejected when it is in fact false
c. The null hypothesis is rejected when it is in fact true
d. The null hypothesis is accepted when it is in fact false

Answer: 

c: The null hypothesis is rejected when it is in fact true

8. The significance level

a. Is set after a statistical test is conducted

b. Is always set at 0.05
c. Results in a p-value
d. Measures the probability of rejecting a true null hypothesis

Answer: 

d: Measures the probability of rejecting a true null hypothesis

9. To predict the value of the dependent variable for a new case based on the knowledge of one or
more independent variables, we would use

a. Regression analysis
b. Correlation analysis
c. Kolmogorov-Smirnov test
d. One-way analysis of variance

Answer: 
a: Regression analysis

10. In conducting secondary data analysis, researchers should ask themselves all of the following
EXCEPT:

a. Who produced the document?

b. Is the material genuine?
c. How can respondents be re-interviewed?
d. Why was the document produced?

Answer: 

c: How can respondents be re-interviewed?

11. Which of the following are not true of reflexivity?

a. It recognizes that the researcher is not a neutral observer

b. It has mainly been applied to the analysis of qualitative data
c. It is part of a post-positivist tradition
d. A danger of adopting a reflexive stance is the researcher can become the focus of the study

Answer: 

c: It is part of a post-positivist tradition

12. Validity in qualitative research can be strengthened by all of the following EXCEPT:

a. Member checking for accuracy and interpretation

b. Transcribing interviews to improve accuracy of data
c. Exploring rival explanations
d. Analysing negative cases

Answer: 

b: Transcribing interviews to improve accuracy of data

13. Qualitative data analysis programs are useful for each of the following EXCEPT: 

a. Manipulation of large amounts of data

b. Exploring of the data against new dimensions
c. Querying of data
d. Generating codes

Answer: 

d: Generating codes

14. Which part of a research report contains details of how the research was planned and
conducted?
 a. Results
b. Design 
c. Introduction
d. Background

Answer: 

b: Design 

15. Which of the following is a form of research typically conducted by managers and other
professionals to address issues in their organizations and/or professional practice?

a. Action research
b. Basic research
c. Professional research
d. Predictive research

Answer: 

a: Action research

16. Plagiarism can be avoided by:

a. Copying the work of others accurately

b. Paraphrasing the author’s text in your own words
c. Cut and pasting from the Internet
d. Quoting directly without revealing the source

Answer: 

b: Paraphrasing the author’s text in your own words

17. In preparing for a presentation, you should do all of the following EXCEPT:

a. Practice the presentation

b. Ignore your nerves
c. Get to know more about your audience
d. Take an advanced look, if possible, at the facilities

Answer: 

b: Ignore your nerves

18. You can create interest in your presentation by:

a. Using bullet points

b. Reading from notes
c. Maximizing the use of animation effects
d. Using metaphors
Answer: 

d: Using metaphors

19. In preparing for a viva or similar oral examination, it is best if you have:

a. Avoided citing the examiner in your thesis

b. Made exaggerated claims on the basis of your data
c. Published and referenced your own article(s)
d. Tried to memorize your work

Answer: 

c: Published and referenced your own article(s)

20. Grounded theory coding:

a. Makes use of a priori concepts from the literature

b. Uses open coding, selective coding, then axial coding
c. Adopts a deductive stance
d. Stops when theoretical saturation has been reached

Answer: 

d: Stops when theoretical saturation has been reached

© 2020 SAGE Publications

Terms of Service • Copyright Notice • Privacy Policy

Chapter 12
Multiple Choice Questions
(The answers are provided after the last question.)

1. Which of the following is characteristic of qualitativeresearch?

a. Generalization to thepopulation
b. Randomsampling
c. Unique caseorientation
d. Standardized tests andmeasures

2. Phenomenology has its disciplinary originsin:

a. Philosophy
b. Anthropology
c. Sociology
d. Many disciplines

3. The primary data analysis approach in ethnography is:

a. Open, axial, and selectivecoding
b. Holistic description and search for culturalthemes
c. Cross-caseanalysis
d. Identifying essences of aphenomenon

4. The term used to describe suspending preconceptions and learned feelings about a
phenomenon iscalled:
a. Axial coding
b. Design flexibility
c. Bracketing
d. Ethnography

5. A researcher studies how students who flunk out of high school experiencedhigh
school. She found that it was common for such students to report that they felt like they had little
control of their destiny. Her report that this lack of control was an invariant part of the students’
experiences suggests that lack ofcontrolis of the “flunking out”experience.
a. Anarrative
b. A groundedtheory
c. Anessence
d. A probabilisticcause

6. The specific cultural conventions or statements that people who share a culture hold to be true
or falsearecalled .
a. Shared attitudes
b. Sharedbeliefs
c. Shared values
d. Norms

7. The written and unwritten rules that specify appropriate group behaviorarecalled .
a. shared attitudes
b. Sharedbeliefs
c. Shared values
d. Norms

8. Which of the following is not an advantage of studying multiplecases?

a. Multiple cases can be compared for similarities anddifferences
b. Multiple cases can more effectively test a theory than a singlecase
c. Generalizations about population are usually better when based on multiplecases.
d. Cost is lower and depth of analysis is easier when you study multiple cases
in a single researchstudy

9. Are the standards of a culture about what is good or bad or desirable or undesirable?
a. Shared attitudes
b. Shared beliefs
c. Shared values
d. Norms

10. Is the study of human consciousness and individuals’ experience of

some phenomenon?
a. Phenomenology
b. Ethnography
c. Grounded theory
d. Case study research

11. Which of the following is a characteristic of qualitative research?

a. Design flexibility
b. Inductive analysis
c. Context sensitivity
d. All of theabove

12. Is a general methodology for developing theory that is based on

data systematically gathered and analyzed?
a. Theory confirmation
b. Grounded theory
c. Theory deduction
d. All of the above

13. The final stage in grounded theory data analysisiscalled .

a. Axial coding
b. Theoretical saturation
c. Constant comparative method
d. Selective coding

14. Which major characteristic of qualitative research refers to studying real world situations as
they unfoldnaturally?
a. Holistic perspective
b. Naturalistic inquiry
c. Dynamic systems
d. Inductive analysis

15. In which qualitative research approach is the primary goal to gain access to individuals’ inner
worlds of experience?
a. Phenomenology
b. Ethnography
c. Grounded theory
d. Case study

16. The type of qualitative research that describes the culture of a group of peopleiscalled .
a. Phenomenology
b. Grounded theory
c. Ethnography
d. Casestudy

17. The grounded theorist is finished analyzing data when theoretical saturation occurs.
a. True
b. False

18. In which of the following case study designs does the researcher focus her primary interest
on understanding something more general than the particularcase?
a. Intrinsic case study
b. Instrumental case study
c. Collective case study
d. It could be b or c

19. Which of the following phrases best describes “ethnocentrism"?

a. Special words or terms used by the people in group
b. An external, social scientific view of reality
c. The study of the cultural past of a group of people
d. Judging people from a different culture according to the standards of your own culture

20. Which of the following is usually not a characteristic of qualitative research?

a. Design flexibility
b. Dynamic systems
c. Naturalistic inquiry
d. Deductive design

21. Which of the following involves the studying of multiple cases in one research study?
a. Intrinsic case study
b. Single case study
c. Instrumental case study
d. Collective case study
22. Which of the following does not apply to qualitative research?
a. Data are often words and pictures
b. Uses the inductive scientific method
c. Ends with a statistical report
d. Involves direct and personal contact with participants

23. The difference between ethnographic research and other types of qualitative research is that
ethnographers specifically use the concept of “culture” to help understand the results.
a. True
b. False

24. What term refers to the insider’s perspective?

A. Ethnocentrism
B. Emic perspective
C. Etic perspective
D. Holism

25. In data analysis of the grounded theory approach, the step which focuses on the main idea,
developing the story line, and finalizing the theory is called .
a. Open coding
b. Axial coding
c. Selective coding
d. Theoretical saturation

26. Which of the following is not one of the 4 major approaches to qualitative research?
a. Ethnography
b. Phenomenology
c. Case study
d. Grounded theory
e. No experimental

27. In "phenomenology," a well written report will be highly descriptive of the participants’
experiences and will often elicit in the reader a feeling that they feel as though they are
experiencing the phenomenon themselves. This experienceiscalled .
a. A phenomenal experience
b. A vicarious experience
c. A significant experience
d. Dream

28. You want to study a Native American group in New Mexico for a six
month period to learn all you can about them so you can write a book about
that particular tribe. You want the book to be accurate and authentic as well as
informative and inspiring. What type of research will you likely be conducting
when you get to New Mexico?
a. Ethnography
 b. Phenomenology
c. Grounded theory
d. Collective case study

29. The emic perspective refers to an external, social scientific view of reality.
a. True
b. False

30. Is used to describe cultural scenes or the cultural characteristics of a group of

people.
a. Phenomenology
b. Ethnography
c. Grounded theory
d. Instrumental case study

31. Terms such as “geeks,” “book worms,” “preps,” are known as terms.
a. Emic
b. Etic

32. When a researcher identifies so completely with the group being studied that he or she cannot
longer remain objective you have whatiscalled .
a. Cultureshock
b. Going native
c. Regression
d. Cultural relativism

 
 
1. Developing Research Questions and Proposal Preperation

1. A good qualitative problem statement:

a. Defines the independent and dependent variables

c. Specifies a research hypothesis to be tested

d. Specifies the relationship between variables that the researcher expects to find 

2. The “tool” function of theory is to:

a. Summarize existing knowledge

b. Summarize existing hypotheses

c. Suggest new relationships and make new predictions

d. Suggest new theories

3. The statement of purpose in a research study should:

a. Identify the design of the study

b. Identify the intent or objective of the study

c. Specify the type of people to be used in the study

d. Describe the study

4. Why is the statement “What are the effects of extracurricular activities on cognitive development of
school age children” not a good statement of a quantitative research question?

a. Because there is no connection between extracurricular activities and cognitive

Development

b. Because there is not enough school age children engaged in extracurricular activities

To conduct the study

c. Because the study would be too difficult to do given all the different extracurricular

Activities

d. Plough to provide an understanding of the

Variables being investigated

5. A qualitative research question:

a. Asks a question about some process, or phenomenon to be explored

b. Is generally an open-ended question

C. both a and b are correct

d. None of the above

6. According to the text, which of the following orders is the recommended in the flowchart of the
development of a research idea?

a. Research topic, research problem, research purpose, research question, and hypothesis

b. Research topic, research purpose, research problem, research question, and hypothesis

c. Research topic, research problem, research purpose, research question, and hypothesis

d. Research topic, hypothesis, research problem, research question, research purpose

7. It is essential that you evaluate the quality of internet resources because information obtained via the
internet ranges from very poor to very good.

a. True

b. False

8.  One step that is not included in planning a research study is:

a. Identifying a researchable problem 

b. A review of current research

c. Statement of the research question 

d. Conducting a meta-analysis of the research

e. Developing a research plan

9.  Sources of researchable problems can include: 

a. Researchers’ own experiences as educators

b. Practical issues that require solutions

c. Theory and past research 

d. All of the above

10.  A key characteristic of past research that guides researchers in new research questions is that: 

a. Extensive research conclusively and definitively answers research questions 

b. Studies typically generate more research questions than they answer

11.  Which of the following is a function of theory?

a. Integrating and summarizing current knowledge

b. Making predictions

c. Explaining phenomena

d. All of the above are important functions of theory

12.  A review of the literature prior to formulating research questions allows the researcher to do which
of the following?

a. To become familiar with prior research on the phenomenon of interest

b. To identify potential methodological problems in the research area

c. To develop a list of pertinent problems relative to the phenomenon of interest 

b. False

14.  What kind of ideas can’t be empirically researched? 

a. Effectiveness of different methods of instruction

b. Description of educational practices

c. Issues of values and morality such as the correctness of having prayer in schools

d. Factors helpful in predicting future drug use 

15.  Which of the following is not database containing information to be used during the literature
review?

a. ERIC

b. Psych INFO

c. SocioFILE 

D. all of the above are potentially useful data bases

16.  Computer database searches can be done:

A. With a computer with CD-ROM drive

B. At the library

c. Online

d. All of the above

17.  The feasibility of a research study should be considered in light of:

a. Cost and time required to conduct the study

b. Skills required of the researcher

c. Potential ethical concerns

d. All of the above

18.  A formal statement of the research question or “purpose of research study” generally ______.

a. Is made prior to the literature review 

b. Is made after the literature review

c. Will help guide the research process 

d. All of the above

E. b and c
19.  Is the following qualitative research purpose statement “well stated” or “poorly stated”? “The focus
of the present study was to explore distressing and nurturing encounters of patients with caregivers and
to ascertain the meanings that are engendered by such encounters. The study was conducted on one of
the surgical units and the obstetrical/gynecological unit of a 374-bed community hospital.”

a. It is a well stated

b. It is poorly stated

20.  Which of the following quantitative research questions is superior?

a. “What is the effect of participation in various extracurricular activities on academic performance?” 

b. “What effect does playing high school football have on students’ overall grade point average
during the football season?”

21.  A statement of the quantitative research question should:

a.   Extend the statement of purpose by specifying exactly the question(s) the researcher will

      Address

b.   Help the research in selecting appropriate participants, research methods, measures, and

      Materials 

c.   Specify the variables of interest 

d. All of the above

22. The research participants are described in detail in which section of the research plan?

a. Introduction

b. Method

c. Data analysis

d. Discussion

23.  Research hypotheses are ______.

a. Formulated prior to a review of the literature 

b. Statements of predicted relationships between variables

c. Stated such that they can be confirmed or refuted

D. b and c

24.  Hypotheses in qualitative research studies usually _____.

A. Are very specific and stated prior to beginning the study

b. Are often generated as the data are collected, interpreted, and analyzed

c. Are never used

d. Are always stated after the research study has been completed

25.  A research plan _____.

a. Should be detailed

b. Should be given to others for review and comments 

c. Sets out the rationale for a research study

d. All of the above

26.  The Method section of the research plan typically specifies

a. The research participants 

b. The results of prior studies that address the phenomena of interest 

c. The apparatus, instruments, and materials for the research study

d. The planned research procedures

E. a, c and d

27.  The Introduction section of the research plan

a. Gives an overview of prior relevant studies

b. Contains a statement of the purpose of the study

c. Concludes with a statement of the research questions and, for quantitative research, it includes

      The research hypothesis 

d. All of the above

28. According to your text, which of the following is not a source of research ideas?

a. Everyday life

b. Practical issues

c. Past research

d. Theory

e. All of the above ARE sources of research ideas

2.Introduction to Educational Research

1. Mrs. Smith is writing her daily observations of a student and writes, without interpretation, that the
student is not completing the class work and is constantly speaking out of turn. Which of the following
objectives does she appear to be using?
a. prediction
b. description

c. explanation

d. exploration

2. Which of the following is a form of research typically conducted by teachers, counselors, and other
professionals to answer questions they have and to specifically help them solve local problems?
a. action research
b. basic research
c. predictive research
d. orientational research

3. How much confidence should you place in a single research study?

a. you should completely trust a single research study.
b. you should trust research findings after different researchers have found the same findings
c. neither a nor b
d. both a and b

4. The development of a solid foundation of reliable knowledge typically is built from which type of
research?
a. basic research
b. action research
c. evaluation research
D. orientational research

5. Which form of reasoning is the process of drawing a specific conclusion from a set of premises?
A. rationalism
B. deductive reasoning
C. inductive reasoning
D. probabilistic

6. The idea that when selecting between two different theories with equal explanatory value, one should
select the theory that is the most simple, concise, and succinct is known as ____________.
A. criterion of falsifiability
B. critical theory
C. guide of simplicity

D. rule of parsimony

7. Research that is done to examine the findings of someone else using the "same variables but different
people" is which of the following?
A. exploration
B. hypothesis
C. replication
D. empiricism

8.  ________________ is the idea that knowledge comes from experience.

A. rationalism
B. deductive reasoning
C. logic
D. empiricism

9. According to your text, what are the five key objectives of science?
A. prediction, summary, conclusion, explanation, description
B. influence, prediction, questions, exploration, answers
C. exploration, description, explanation, prediction, influence
D. questions, answers, prediction, explanation, summary
10. A researcher designs an experiment to test how variables interact to influence how well children
learn spelling words. In this case, the main purpose of the study was:

a. Explanation

b. Description

c. Influence

d. Prediction

11. There is a set of churches in the U.S. where part of the service involves snake handling. The
researcher wants to find out why the people attending these churches do this and how they feel and think
about it. In this case, the primary purpose of the study is:

a. Exploration

b. Description

c. Influence

d. Prediction

12.  Which of the following is not a characteristic of a good theory or explanation?

a. It is parsimonious

b. It is testable

c. It is general enough to apply to more than one place, situation, or person

d. All of the above are characteristics of good theories

13.  Which of the following is not a basic assumption of science?

a. Science cannot provide answers to all questions

b. It is possible to distinguish between more and less plausible claims

c. Researchers should follow certain agreed upon norms and practices

d. Science is best at solving value conflicts, such as whether abortion is immoral

14. What general type of research is focused on collecting information to help a researcher advance an
ideological or political position?

a. Evaluation research  

b. Basic research

c. Action research

d. Orientation research

15. Which “scientific method” follows these steps: 1) observation/data, 2) patterns, 3) theory?

a. Inductive

b. Deductive

c. Inductive

d. Top down

16. Rene Descartes is associated with which of the following approached to knowledge generation?

a. Empiricism

b. Rationalism

c. Expert opinion

d. None of the above

17. Which scientific method is a top-down or confirmatory approach?

a. Deductive method

b. Inductive method

c. Hypothesis method

d. Pattern method
18. Which scientific method is a bottom-up or generative approach to research?

a. Deductive method

b. Inductive method

c. Hypothesis method

d. Pattern method

19. Which scientific method focuses on testing hypotheses developed from theories?

a. Deductive method

b. Inductive method

c. Hypothesis method

d. Pattern method

20. Which scientific method often focuses on generating new hypotheses and theories?

a. Deductive method

b. Inductive method

c. Hypothesis method

d. Pattern method

21. Which of the following statements is true of a theory?

A. it most simply means “explanation”

B. it answers the “how” and “why” questions

C. it can be a well-developed explanatory system

D. all of the above are correct

3. Quantitative, Qualitative, and Mixed Research

1. Which research paradigm is based on the pragmatic view of reality?

A. quantitative research
B. qualitative research

C. mixed research

D. none of the above

2. Which research paradigm is least concerned about generalizing its findings?

A. quantitative research

B. qualitative research

C. mixed research

D. none of the above

3. Which of the following best describes quantitative research?

A. the collection of no numerical data
B. an attempt to confirm the researcher’s hypotheses
C. research that is exploratory

D. research that attempts to generate a new theory

4. A condition or characteristic that can take on different values or categories is called ___.
A. a constant
B. a variable
C. a cause-and-effect relationship

D. a descriptive relationship

5. A variable that is presumed to cause a change in another variable is called a (n):

A. categorical variable
B. dependent variable
C. independent variable
D. intervening variable

6. All of the following are common characteristics of experimental research except:

A. it relies primarily on the collection of numerical data
B. it can produce important knowledge about cause and effect
C. it uses the deductive scientific method
D. it rarely is conducted in a controlled setting or environment

7. Qualitative research is often exploratory and has all of the following characteristics except:
A. it is typically used when a great deal is already known about the topic of interest
B. it relies on the collection of no numerical data such as words and pictures
C. it is used to generate hypotheses and develop theory about phenomena in the world
D. it uses the inductive scientific method

8. Which type of research provides the strongest evidence about the existence of cause-and-effect
relationships?
A. nonexperimental Research
B. experimental Research

9. What is the key defining characteristic of experimental research?

A. extraneous variables are never present
B. a positive correlation usually exists
C. a negative correlation usually exists
D. Manipulation of the independent variable

10. In _____, random assignment to groups is never possible and the researcher cannot manipulate the
independent variable.
A. basic research
B. quantitative research
C. experimental research
D. causal-comparative and correlational research

11. What is the defining characteristic of experimental research?

A. resistance to manipulation

B. manipulation of the independent variable

C. the use of open-ended questions

D. focuses only on local problems

12... A positive correlation is present when _______.

a. Two variables move in opposite directions.
b. Two variables move in the same direction.
c. One variable goes up and one goes down
D. several variables never change.
13. Research in which the researcher uses the qualitative paradigm for one phase and the quantitative
paradigm for another phase is known as ______.
A. action research
B. basic research
C. quantitative research
D. mixed method research
E. mixed model research

14. Research in which the researcher uses both qualitative and quantitative research within a stage or
across two of the stages in the research process is known as ______.
A. action research
B. basic research
C. quantitative research
D. mixed method research
E. mixed model research

15... Research that is done to understand an event from the past is known as _____?
A. experimental research
B. historical research
C. replication
D. archival research

16. ______ research occurs when the researcher manipulates the independent variable.
A. causal-comparative research
B. experimental research
C. ethnography
D. correlational research

17... Which of the following includes examples of quantitative variables?

A. age, temperature, income, height
B. grade point average, anxiety level, reading performance
C. gender, religion, ethnic group
D. both a and b

18... What is the opposite of a variable?

A. a constant
B. an extraneous variable
C. a dependent variable

D. a data set

19. Which of the following is the type of no experimental research in which the primary independent
variable of interest is categorical?
A. causal-comparative research
B. experimental research
C. qualitative research
D. mixed research

20. Which of the following can best be described as a categorical variable?

A. age
B. annual income
C. grade point average
D. religion

21. In research, something that does not "vary" is called a ___________.

A. variable
B. method
C. constant
D. control group

22. When interpreting a correlation coefficient expressing the relationship between two variables, it is
very important to avoid _______.
A. checking the strength of relationship
B. jumping to the conclusion of causality
C. checking the direction of the relationship

D. expressing a relationship with a correlation coefficient

23. A researcher studies achievement by children in poorly funded elementary schools. She develops a
model that posits parent involvement as an important variable. She believes that parent involvement has
an impact on children by increasing their motivation to do school work. Thus, in her model, greater
parent involvement leads to higher student motivation, which in turn creates higher student achievement.
Student motivation is what kind of variable in this study?

a. Manipulated variable

b. Extraneous variable

c. Confounding variable

d. Mediating or intervening variable

24. The strongest evidence for causality comes from which of the following research methods?

a. Experimental

B. Causal-comparative

c. Correlational
d. Ethnography

25. Which correlation is the strongest?

a.   +.10

b.   -.95

c.   +.90

d. -1.00

26. The correlation between intelligence test scores and grades is:

A. Positive
b. Negative

c. Perfect

d. They are not correlated

4. Ethics in research

1. Ethics is the set of principles and guidelines that help us to uphold the things we value.

a. True
b. False

2. Which of the following is necessary in obtaining informed consent?

a. A description of the statistical analyses that will be carried out

b. A description of the purpose of the research

c. A description of the reliability and validity of test instruments

d. A list of publications that the researcher has had in the last ten years

3. Which of the following need(s) to be obtained when doing research with children?
a.   Informed consent from the parent or guardian

b. Assent from the child if he or she is capable

c. Informed consent from the child

d. Both a and b

4. Which of the following is true about the use of deception in research?

a. It should never be used 

b. It can be used anytime

c. If there is deception in a study, the participants may need to be debriefed

d. The use of deception must be outweighed by other benefits of the study

e. Both c and d are true

5. Which of the following generally cannot be done in qualitative studies conducted in the field?

a. Getting informed consent

b. Keeping participants from physical harm

c. Maintaining consent forms

d. Having full anonymity rather than just confidentiality 

6. What is the primary approach that is used by the IRB to assess the ethical acceptability of a research
study?

a. Utilitarianism

b. Deontology

c. Ethical skepticism

d. Comparatives
7. Which of the following approaches says that ethical issues should be judged on the basis of some
universal code?
a. Deontological
b. Ethical skepticism
c. Utilitarianism

8 Which of the following is not an ethical guideline for conducting research with humans?
a. Getting informed consent of the participant
b. Telling participants they must continue until the study has been completed
c. Keeping participants’ identity anonymous

d. Telling participants they are free to withdraw at any time

9. Which of the three ethics approaches says research ethics should be a matter of the individual's
conscience?
a. Deontological approach
b. Ethical skepticism
c. Utilitarianism

d. Ontological skepticism

10. ________ means that the participant's identity, although known to the researcher, is not revealed to
anyone outside of the researcher and his or her staff.
a. Anonymity
b. Confidentiality

11. Which of the following is not true?

a. Misrepresenting and creating fraudulent data is dishonest
b. Misrepresenting data is very easy to detect
c. Misrepresenting data can be difficult to detect

d. Breaking confidentiality is not a problem

12. Ideally, the research participant's identity is not known to the researcher. This is called:
a. Anonymity
b. Confidentiality
c. Deception
d. Desensitizing

13. Which of the following approaches taken by people to resolve ethical issues is the primary approach
used by the federal government and most professional organizations?
a. Deontological approach
b. Ethical skepticism
c. Utilitarianism
d. None of the above
14. What is it called when the participants are not revealed to anyone but researcher and staff?
a. Confidentiality
b. Anonymity
c. Ethics
d. Discretion

15. Research participants must give what before they can participate in a study?
a. Guidelines
b. A commitment
c. Informed consent
d. Private information

16. There are three basic approaches that people tend to adopt when considering ethical issues in
research. Which one of the following is not one of the approaches?
a. Ethical skepticism
b. Deontology
c. Ontology
d. Utilitarianism

17. Identify the term that refers to a post study interview in which all aspects of the study are revealed,
reasons for the use of deception are given, and the participants’ questions are answered?
a. Desensitizing
b. Debriefing
c. DE hoaxing
d. Deploying

18. A set of principles to guide and assist researchers in deciding which goals are most important and in
reconciling conflicting values when conducting research is called ____.
a. Research ethics
b. Deontological approach
c. Utilitarianism
d. None of the above

19. IRB is an acronym for which of the following?

a. Internal Review Board
b. Institutional Rating Board
c. Institutional Review Board
d. Internal Request Board

20. When it is necessary to engage in a good amount of deception to conduct a scientifically valid study,
what procedure(s) should a researcher consider following?
a. Debriefing
b. DE hoaxing
c. Desensitizing
d. All of the above should be considered
21. The act of publishing the same data and results in more than one journal or publication refers to
which of the following professional issues:

a. Partial publication

b. Duplicate publication

c. Deception

d. Full publication

22. Concerning "authorship" in educational research, intellectual ownership is predominantly a function

of:

a.       Effort expended

b.      Creative contribution

c.       Professional position

d.      Level of higher education

23. Which term refers to publishing several articles from the data collected in one large study?

a. Duplicate publication
b. Partial publication
c. Triplicate publication
d. None of these

24. Which of the following is a right of each participant according to the AERA?
a. Deception

b. Utilitarianism
C. Freedom to withdraw
d. Participants have no rights

MCQ-Contemporary Marketing Research

MCQs
1. Which of the following is not advantage of multiple case study.
a. They can Compare for Differences
b. They Can be compared for similarities
c. Cost is lower as compared to single case  
d. Theory can easily be tested 
2.  When a researcher places itself in a group secretly to study the group , the researcher is known as
a. Non participant observer
b. Participant observer
c. None of the above
d. All of the above   

3. Which research is paradigm has limited generalizability

    a.    Mixed Method 
    b.   Quantitative
    c.     Qualitative 
    d.   Non of them

4.  Which is the following is not a data collection method in qualitative research 
a)  Interview
b)  Questionnaire
c) Observation
d)  Focus group discussion 
5. Qualitative research is used in all of them  expect
a)  small samples 
b inductive method 
c)  Non Numerical data
d)  non of them

6.  Which of the following is good to find a research problem

a.   all of them
b. experience
c.  idea of the advisor
d. theory

7.   Which term best describes data collected by some other person earlier for some other purpose
a. secondary data
 b. primary data
c. field notes
d. experimental data
8. Which is the following does not apply to qualitative research
a.  direct contact with participant
b.  data in word and pictures
c.  ends up in statistical analysis
d.  user inductive method

9.  Which term refer to insider perspective

a.  holism
b.  etic prospective
c. emic prospective
d.  ethnocentrism 

10.  Interviewing is favoured approach, expect when

a. need for highly personalized data
b.  important to ask supplementary questions
c. high number of participants is required
d. respondents have difficulty in writing

11.  Which type of interview allows things to emerge from discussion

a. closed interview
b. standardized interview 
c. informal conversation
d. structured interview

12.  What is the true about qualitative research

a.  avoids statistical argument about data
b.  can be combined with quantitative approach
c.  all of the above
d.  not concerned with large samples

13.  Which of the following is characteristic of qualitative research

a.  unique case orientation
b.. standardized measure
c.  random sampling
D. generalisation to the population

14.  Interviewing is favored approach, expect when

As. respondents have difficulties in writing
B. needs for highly personalized data
c. High number of participants is required
D. important to ask supplementary questions

15.  Which of the following is not a qualitative research design?

As. flexible design
B. naturalistic inquiry
C. deductive design
D. dynamic design

16. When people are readily available to be recruited in sample, it is called ……….. Sampling
A. stratified
B. continence 
C. random
D. snow ball

17.  A census taker often collects data through

A. interviews
B. standardized tests
C. secondary sources
D. observations

18. Which term is not use for qualitative research?

A. discourse
B. theme
C. saturation
D. reflexivity 

19. The population to which results of the study are to be generalized is known as 
a. Accessible population 
B. sample
c. Target population
D. available population

20.  Which term best describes data collected by some other person earlier for some other purpose
A. experimental data
B. primary data
C. secondary data 
D. fields notes

21.  The research which uses qualitative approach at one phase and quantative in other is called 
A. mixed method research
B. action research
C. case study
D. pragmatic research

22. Adopting ethical considerations in research means 

A. deception can be used where necessary 
B. researcher is anonymous Avoiding potential harm to subject
C. avoiding potential harm to subject
D. seeking information from persons of choice

23.  Which is the following involves more than one case in one research
A. intrinsic case study
B. multiple case study
C. extrinsic case study
D. single case study
24.  Cooperate and contrast qualitative and quantities research on scope, sampling and analysis

25.  All of the following are the strengths of focus group except.
A. they help in maintaining confidentiality
B. discussion allows for validation of ideas and views
C. they can generate collective perspective
D. access to wide range of participants 

26.  In qualitative research, sampling, which involves selecting diverse case, is called 
A. critical case sampling
B. intensity sampling 
C. maximum variation sampling 
D. typical case sampling  

27.  All of the following are advantages of structured observation, except

A. coding schedule may impose framework on what is being observed
B. results can be replicated at different times
c. Data can be collected that participants may not realize that is important
d. Do not have to rely on recall of participants

28. Which is the following is characteristic of qualitative research

a. It is detective in orientation
B. it relies on disciplined inquiry
c. It used random sampling
d. It is based on fixed design

29.  Which of the following doesn’t apply to qualitative research?

A. direct contact with participants
B. ends up in statistical analysis
C. data in words and pictures
D. uses inductive method
30.  The research which uses qualitative approach at one phase and quantitative in other is called 
A. action research 
B. mixed method research 
C. pragmatic research 
D. case study

31.  Which of the following is good to find a research problem?

A. idea of the advisor 
B. experience 
C. all of them
D. theory

32.  Which is the following is true observation 

A. all of these
B. takes less time than interview
C. raises less ethical issues
D. ordinary one can know exactly why people behave as they do

33. Which of the following is characteristic of qualitative research?

A. context sensitivity
B. all of the above
C. inductive analysis
D. design flexibility

34. Which of the following cannot generally be guaranteed while conducting qualitative research of the field?
A. maintaining consent forms
B. ensuring anonymity
C. keeps participants from physical and emotional harm
D.   getting informed consent
Chapter 12 
Multiple Choice Questions (The answers are provided after the last question.) 

1. Which of the following is characteristic of qualitative research? 

a. Generalization to the population
 b. Random sampling 
c. Unique case orientation 
d. Standardized tests and measures

2. Phenomenology has its disciplinary origins in:

a. Philosophy 
b. Anthropology 
c. Sociology 
d. Many disciplines 

3. The primary data analysis approach in ethnography is: 

a. Open, axial, and selective coding 
b. Holistic description and search for cultural themes
c. Cross-case analysis 
d. Identifying essences of a phenomenon 

4. The term used to describe suspending preconceptions and learned feelings about a phenomenon are
called:
 a. Axial coding
 b. Design flexibility 
c. Bracketing 
d. Ethnography 

5. A researcher studies how students who flunk out of high school experienced high school. She found
that it was common for such students to report that they felt like they had little control of their destiny.
Her report that this lack of control was an invariant part of the students’ experiences suggests that lack
of control is _______ of the “flunking out” experience. 
a. A narrative 
b. A grounded theory 
c. An essence
 d. A probabilistic cause 

6. The specific cultural conventions or statements that people who share a culture hold to be true or
false are called ______. 
a. Shared attitudes 
b. Shared beliefs
c. Shared values 
d. Norms 
7. The written and unwritten rules that specify appropriate group behavior are called _____.
 a. Shared attitudes
 b. Shared beliefs 
c. Shared values 
d. Norms 

8. Which of the following is not an advantage of studying multiple cases? 

a. Multiple cases can be compared for similarities and differences 
b. Multiple cases can more effectively test a theory than a single case 
c. Generalizations about population are usually better when based on multiple cases. 
d. Cost is lower and depth of analysis is easier when you study multiple cases in a single research
study 

9. _____ is the standards of a culture about what is good or bad or desirable or undesirable.
 a. Shared attitudes 
b. Shared beliefs 
c. Shared values
d. Norms 

10. _________ is the study of human consciousness and individuals’ experience of some phenomenon.
a. Phenomenology 
b. Ethnography
 c. Grounded theory 
d. Case study research

 11. Which of the following is a characteristic of qualitative research? 

a. Design flexibility 
b. Inductive analysis 
c. Context sensitivity 
d. All of the above 

12. ________ is a general methodology for developing theory that is based on data systematically
gathered and analyzed. 
a. Theory confirmation 
b. Grounded theory 
c. Theory deduction 
d. All of the above 

13. The final stage in grounded theory data analysis is called ___________. 
a. Axial coding 
b. Theoretical saturation 
c. Constant comparative method 
d. Selective coding 
14. Which major characteristic of qualitative research refers to studying real world situations as they
unfold naturally? 
a. Holistic perspective
 b. Naturalistic inquiry 
c. Dynamic systems 
d. Inductive analysis

 15. In which qualitative research approach is the primary goal to gain access to individuals’ inner
worlds of experience? 
a. Phenomenology 
b. Ethnography
 c. Grounded theory 
d. Case study 

16. The type of qualitative research that describes the culture of a group of people is called ____. 
a. Phenomenology 
b. Grounded theory 
c. Ethnography 
d. Case study 

17. The grounded theorist is finished analyzing data when theoretical saturation occurs. 
a. True 
b. False 

18. In which of the following case study designs does the researcher focus her primary interest on
understanding something more general than the particular case? 
a. Intrinsic case study
 b. Instrumental case study 
c. Collective case study 
d. It could be b or c 

19. Which of the following phrases best describes "ethnocentrism"? 

a. Special words or terms used by the people in a group 
b. An external, social scientific view of reality
 c. The study of the cultural past of a group of people 
d. Judging people from a different culture according to the standards of your own culture 

20. Which of the following is usually not a characteristic of qualitative research? 

a. Design flexibility 
b. Dynamic systems 
c. Naturalistic inquiry 
d. Deductive design 

21. Which of the following involves the studying of multiple cases in one research study? 
a. Intrinsic case study
 b. Single case study
 c. Instrumental case study 
d. Collective case study 

22. Which of the following does not apply to qualitative research? 

a. Data are often words and pictures 
b. Uses the inductive scientific method 
c. Ends with a statistical report 
d. Involves direct and personal contact with participants

 23. The difference between ethnographic research and other types of qualitative research is that
ethnographers specifically use the concept of “culture” to help understand the results.
 a. True 
b. False 

24. What term refers to the insider's perspective?

 A. Ethnocentrism 
B. Emic perspective
C. Etic perspective 
D. Holism

 25. In data analysis of the grounded theory approach, the step which focuses on the main idea,
developing the story line, and finalizing the theory is called ________. 
a. Open coding
 b. Axial coding
 c. Selective coding 
d. Theoretical saturation

 26. Which of the following is not one of the 4 major approaches to qualitative research?
 a. Ethnography b. Phenomenology c. Case study d. Grounded theory e. Non experimental

27. In "phenomenology," a well written report will be highly descriptive of the participants’
experiences and will often elicit in the reader a feeling that they feel as though they are experiencing
the phenomenon themselves. This experience is called _____. 
a. A phenomenal experience 
b. A vicarious experience 
c. A significant experience 
d. A dream 

28. You want to study a Native American group in New Mexico for a six month period to learn all you
can about them so you can write a book about that particular tribe. You want the book to be accurate
and authentic as well as informative and inspiring. What type of research will you likely be conducting
when you get to New Mexico? 
a. Ethnography 
b. Phenomenology 
 c. Grounded theory 
d. Collective case study
 29. The emic perspective refers to an external, social scientific view of reality.
 a. True 
b. False 

30. _________ is used to describe cultural scenes or the cultural characteristics of a group of people. 
a. Phenomenology 
b. Ethnography 
c. Grounded theory 
d. Instrumental case study 

31. Terms such as “geeks,” “book worms,” “preps,” are known as _____ terms.
 a. Emic
 b. Etic 

32. When a researcher identifies so completely with the group being studied that he or she can no
longer remain objective you have what is called _________. 
a. Culture shock 
b. Going native 
c. Regression 
d. Cultural relativism
 
1.  According to your text, how many points should a rating scale have?
A. Five
B. Four
c. Ten
d. Somewhere from 4 to 11 points
 
2. What is the problem(s) with this set of response categories to the question “What is your current
age?”
1-5
5-10
10-20
20-30
30-40
a. The categories are not mutually exclusive
b. The categories are not exhaustive
c. Both a and b are problems
d. There is no problem with the above set of response categories
 
3. You should mix methods in a way that provides complementary strengths and no overlapping
weaknesses. This is known as the fundamental principle of mixed research.
a. True
b. False
 
4. According to the text, questionnaires can address events and characteristics taking place when?
a. In the past (retrospective questions)
B. In the present (current time questions)
C. In the future (prospective questions)
d. All of the above
 
5. Which of the following are principles of questionnaire construction?
a. Consider using multiple methods when measuring abstract constructs
b. Use multiple items to measure abstract constructs
c. Avoid double-barreled questions
d. All of the above
e. Only b and c
 
6. Which of these is not a method of data collection?
a. Questionnaires
b. Interviews
c. Experiments
d. Observations
7. Secondary/existing data may include which of the following?
a. Official documents
b. Personal documents
c. Archived research data
d. All of the above
8. An item that directs participants to different follow-up questions depending on their response is called
a ____________.
a. Response set
b. Probe
c. Semantic differential
d. Contingency question
 
9. Which of the following terms best describes data that were originally collected at an earlier time by a
different person for a different purpose?
a. Primary data
b. Secondary data
c. Experimental data
d. Field notes
 
10. Researchers use both open-ended and closed-ended questions to collect data. Which of the
following statements is true?
a. Open-ended questions directly provide quantitative data based on the researcher’s predetermined
response categories
b. Closed-ended questions provide quantitative data in the participant’s own words
c. Open-ended questions provide qualitative data in the participant’s own words
d. Closed-ended questions directly provide qualitative data in the participants’ own words
 
11. Open-ended questions provide primarily ______ data.
a. Confirmatory data
b. Qualitative data
c. Predictive data
d. None of the above
 
12. Which of the following is true concerning observation?
a. It takes less time than self-report approaches
b. It costs less money than self-report approaches
c. It is often not possible to determine exactly why the people behave as they do
d. All of the above
 
13. Qualitative observation is usually done for exploratory purposes; it is also called ___________
observation.
a. Structured
b. Naturalistic
c. Complete
d. Probed
 
14. As discussed in chapter 6, when constructing a questionnaire it is important to do each of the
following except ______.
a. Use "leading" or "loaded" questions
b. Use natural language
c. Understand your research participants
d. Pilot your test questionnaire
 
15. Another name for a Liker Scale is a (n):
a. Interview protocol
b. Event sampling
c. Summated rating scale
d. Ranking
 
16. Which of the following is not one of the six major methods of data collection that are used by
educational researchers?
a. Observation
b. Interviews
c. Questionnaires
d. Checklists
 
17. The type of interview in which the specific topics are decided in advance but the sequence and
wording can be modified during the interview is called:
a. The interview guide approach
b. The informal conversational interview
c. A closed quantitative interview
d. The standardized open-ended interview
 
18. Which one of the following in not a major method of data collection:
a. Questionnaires
b. Interviews
c. Secondary data
d. Focus groups
e. All of the above are methods of data collection
 
19. A question during an interview such as “Why do you feel that way?” is known as a:
a. Probe
b. Filter question
c. Response
d. Pilot
 
20. A census taker often collects data through which of the following?
a. Standardized tests
b. Interviews
c. Secondary data
d. Observations
 
21. The researcher has secretly placed him or herself (as a member) in the group that is being studied.
This researcher may be which of the following?
a. A complete participant
b. An observer-as-participant
c. A participant-as-observer
d. None of the above
 
22. Which of the following is not a major method of data collection?
a. Questionnaires
b. Focus groups
c. Correlational method
d. Secondary data
23. Which type of interview allows the questions to emerge from the immediate context or course of
things?
a. Interview guide approach
b. Informal conversational interview
c. Closed quantitative interview
d. Standardized open-ended interview
24. When conducting an interview, asking "Anything else? What do you mean?, Why do you feel that
way?," etc., are all forms of:
a. Contingency questions
b. Probes
c. Protocols
d. Response categories
 
25. When constructing a questionnaire, there are 15 principles to which you should adhere. Which of
the following is not one of those principles?
a. Do not use "leading" or "loaded" questions
b. Avoid double-barreled questions
c. Avoid double negatives
d. Avoid using multiple items to measure a single construct

PART A: PRINCIPLES AND PLANNING FOR RESEARCH

1. Which of the following should not be a criterion for a good research project?

a. Demonstrates the abilities of the researcher

b. Is dependent on the completion of other projects
c. Demonstrates the integration of different fields of knowledge
d. Develops the skills of the researcher
Answer: 

B. Is dependent on the completion of other projects

2. Which form of reasoning is the process of drawing a specific conclusion from a set of premises?

a. Objective reasoning
b. Positivistic reasoning
c. Inductive reasoning
d. Deductive reasoning

Answer: 

D: Deductive reasoning

3. Research that seeks to examine the findings of a study by using the same design but a different sample
is which of the following?

a. An exploratory study
b. A replication study
c. An empirical study
d. Hypothesis testing

Answer: 

B: A replication study

4. A researcher designs an experiment to test how variables interact to influence job-seeking behaviors.
The main purpose of the study was:

a. Description
b. Prediction
c. Exploration
d. Explanation

5. Cyber bullying at work is a growing threat to employee job satisfaction. Researchers want to find out
why people do this and how they feel about it. The primary purpose of the study is:

a. Description
b. Prediction
c. Exploration
d. Explanation

Answer: 

C: Exploration
6. A theory: 

a. Is an accumulated body of knowledge

b. Includes inconsequential ideas
c. Is independent of research methodology
d. Should be viewed uncritically

7. Which research method is a bottom-up approach to research?

a. Deductive method
b. Explanatory method
c. Inductive method
d. Exploratory method

Answer: 

C: Inductive method

8. How much confidence should you place in a single research study?

a. You should trust research findings after different researchers have replicated the findings
b. You should completely trust a single research study
c. Neither a nor b
d. Both a and b 

Answer: 

A: You should trust research findings after different researchers have replicated the findings

9. A qualitative research problem statement:

a. Specifies the research methods to be utilized

b. Specifies a research hypothesis
c. Expresses a relationship between variables
d. Conveys a sense of emerging design

Answer: 

D: Conveys a sense of emerging design

10. Which of the following is a good research question?

a. To produce a report on student job searching behaviors

b. To identify the relationship between self-efficacy and student job searching behaviors
c. Students with higher levels of self-efficacy will demonstrate more active job searching behaviors
d. Do students with high levels of self-efficacy demonstrate more active job searching behaviors?
Answer: 

D: Do students with high levels of self-efficacy demonstrate more active job searching behaviors?

11. A review of the literature prior to formulating research questions allows the researcher to:

a. Provide an up-to-date understanding of the subject, its significance, and structure

b. Guide the development of research questions
c. Present the kinds of research methodologies used in previous studies
d. All of the above

Answer: 

D: All of the above

12. Sometimes a comprehensive review of the literature prior to data collection is not recommended by:

a. Ethnomethodology
b. Grounded theory
c. Symbolic interactionism
d. Feminist theory

Answer: 

B: Grounded theory

13. The feasibility of a research study should be considered in light of: 

a. Cost and time required to conduct the study

b. Access to gatekeepers and respondents
c. Potential ethical concerns
d. All of the above

Answer: 

D: All of the above

14. Research that uses qualitative methods for one phase and quantitative methods for the next phase is
known as:

a. Action research
b. Mixed-method research
c. Quantitative research
d. Pragmatic research

Answer: 
B: Mixed-method research

15. Research hypotheses are:

a. Formulated prior to a review of the literature

b. Statements of predicted relationships between variables
c. B but not A
d. Both A and B

Answer: 

C: B but not A

16. Which research approach is based on the epistemological viewpoint of pragmatism? 

a. Quantitative research
b. Qualitative research
c. Mixed-methods research
d. All of the above

Answer: 

C: Mixed-methods research

17. Adopting ethical principles in research means: 

a. Avoiding harm to participants

b. The researcher is anonymous
c. Deception is only used when necessary
d. Selected informants give their consent

Answer: 

A: Avoiding harm to participants

18. A radical perspective on ethics suggests that: 

a. Researchers can do anything they want

b. The use of checklists of ethical actions is essential
c. The powers of Institutional Review Boards should be strengthened
d. Ethics should be based on self-reflexivity

Answer: 

D: Ethics should be based on self-reflexivity

19. Ethical problems can arise when researching the Internet because:
 a. Everyone has access to digital media
b. Respondents may fake their identities
c. Researchers may fake their identities
d. Internet research has to be covert

Answer: 

B: Respondents may fake their identities

20. The Kappa statistic: 

a. Is a measure of inter-judge validity

b. Compares the level of agreement between two judges against what might have been predicted by
chance
c. Ranges from 0 to +1
d. Is acceptable above a score of 0.5

Answer: 

B: Compares the level of agreement between two judges against what might have been predicted by
chance

PART B: RESEARCH METHODOLOGY

1. Which research paradigm is most concerned about generalizing its findings? 

a. Quantitative research
b. Qualitative research
c. Mixed-methods research
d. All of the above

Answer: 

A: Quantitative research

2. A variable that is presumed to cause a change in another variable is called:

a. An intervening variable
b. A dependent variable
c. An independent variable
d. A numerical variable

Answer: 

C: An independent variable

3. A study of teaching professionals posits that their performance-related pay increases their motivation
which in turn leads to an increase in their job satisfaction. What kind of variable is ‘motivation”’ in this
study? 

a. Extraneous 
b. Confounding
c. Intervening
d. Manipulated

Answer: 

C: Intervening

4. Which correlation is the strongest? 

a. –1.00
b. +80
c. –60
d. +05

Answer: 

A: –1.00

5. When interpreting a correlation coefficient expressing the relationship between two variables, it is
important not to:

a. Assume causality
b. Measure the values for X and Y independently
c. Choose X and Y values that are normally distributed
d. Check the direction of the relationship

Answer: 

A: Assume causality

6. Which of the following can be described as a nominal variable? 

a. Annual income
b. Age
c. Annual sales
d. Geographical location of a firm

Answer: 

D: Geographical location of a firm

7. A positive correlation occurs when:

a. Two variables remain constant

b. Two variables move in the same direction
c. One variable goes up and the other goes down
d. Two variables move in opposite directions

Answer: 

B: Two variables move in the same direction

8. The key defining characteristic of experimental research is that:

a. The independent variable is manipulated

b. Hypotheses are proved
c. A positive correlation exists
d. Samples are large

Answer: 

A: The independent variable is manipulated

9. Qualitative research is used in all the following circumstances, EXCEPT:

a. It is based on a collection of non-numerical data such as words and pictures

b. It often uses small samples
c. It uses the inductive method
d. It is typically used when a great deal is already known about the topic of interest

Answer: 

D: It is typically used when a great deal is already known about the topic of interest

10. In an experiment, the group that does not receive the intervention is called:

a. The experimental group

b. The participant group
c. The control group
d. The treatment group

Answer: 

C: The control group

11. Which generally cannot be guaranteed in conducting qualitative studies in the field? 

a. Keeping participants from physical and emotional harm

 b. Gaining informed consent
c. Assuring anonymity rather than just confidentiality
d. Maintaining consent forms

Answer: 

C: Assuring anonymity rather than just confidentiality

12. Which of the following is not ethical practice in research with humans? 

a. Maintaining participants’ anonymity

b. Gaining informed consent
c. Informing participants that they are free to withdraw at any time
d. Requiring participants to continue until the study has been completed

Answer: 

D: Requiring participants to continue until the study has been completed

13. What do we call data that are used for a new study but which were collected by an earlier researcher
for a different set of research questions?

a. Secondary data
b. Field notes
c. Qualitative data
d. Primary data

Answer: 

A: Secondary data

14. When each member of a population has an equal chance of being selected, this is called:

a. A snowball sample
b. A stratified sample
c. A random probability sample
d. A non-random sample

Answer: 

C: A random probability sample

15. Which of the following techniques yields a simple random sample of hospitals?

a. Randomly selecting a district and then sampling all hospitals within the district
b. Numbering all the elements of a hospital sampling frame and then using a random number
generator to pick hospitals from the table
 c. Listing hospitals by sector and choosing a proportion from within each sector at random
d. Choosing volunteer hospitals to participate

Answer: 

B: Numbering all the elements of a hospital sampling frame and then using a random number generator
to pick hospitals from the table

16. Which of the following statements are true?

a. The larger the sample size, the larger the confidence interval
b. The smaller the sample size, the greater the sampling error
c. The more categories being measured, the smaller the sample size
d. A confidence level of 95 percent is always sufficient

Answer: 

B: The smaller the sample size, the greater the sampling error

17. Which of the following will produce the least sampling error?

a. A large sample based on convenience sampling 

b. A small sample based on random sampling
c. A large snowball sample
d. A large sample based on random sampling

Answer: 

D: A large sample based on random sampling

18. When people are readily available, volunteer, or are easily recruited to the sample, this is called:

a. Snowball sampling
b. Convenience sampling
c. Stratified sampling
d. Random sampling

Answer: 

B: Convenience sampling

19. In qualitative research, sampling that involves selecting diverse cases is referred to as:

a. Typical-case sampling
b. Critical-case sampling
c. Intensity sampling
d. Maximum variation sampling
Answer: 

D: Maximum variation sampling

20. A test accurately indicates an employee’s scores on a future criterion (e.g., conscientiousness).  What
kind of validity is this?

a. Predictive
b. Face
c. Content
d. Concurrent

Answer: 

A: Predictive

PART C: DATA COLLECTION METHODS 

1. When designing a questionnaire it is important to do each of the following EXCEPT

a. Pilot the questionnaire

b. Avoid jargon
c. Avoid double questions
d. Use leading questions

Answer: 

D: Use leading questions

2. One advantage of using a questionnaire is that:

a. Probe questions can be asked

b. Respondents can be put at ease
c. Interview bias can be avoided
d. Response rates are always high

Answer: 

C: Interview bias can be avoided

3. Which of the following is true of observations?

a. It takes less time than interviews

b. It is often not possible to determine exactly why people behave as they do
c. Covert observation raises fewer ethical concerns than overt
 d. All of the above

Answer: 

B: It is often not possible to determine exactly why people behave as they do

4. A researcher secretly becomes an active member of a group in order to observe their behavior. This
researcher is acting as:

a. An overt participant observer

b. A covert non-participant observer
c. A covert participant observer
d. None of the above

Answer: 

C: A covert participant observer

5. All of the following are advantages of structured observation, EXCEPT:

a. Results can be replicated at a different time

b. The coding schedule might impose a framework on what is being observed
c. Data can be collected that participants may not realize is important
d. Data do not have to rely on the recall of participants

Answer: 

B: The coding schedule might impose a framework on what is being observed

6. When conducting an interview, asking questions such as: "What else? Or ‘Could you expand on that?’
are all forms of:

a. Structured responses
b. Category questions
c. Protocols
d. Probes

Answer: 

D: Probes

7. Secondary data can include which of the following? 

a. Government statistics
b. Personal diaries
c. Organizational records
d. All of the above
Answer: 

D: All of the above

8. An ordinal scale is:

a. The simplest form of measurement

b. A scale with an absolute zero point
c. A rank-order scale of measurement
d. A scale with equal intervals between ranks

Answer: 

C: A rank-order scale of measurement

9. Which term measures the extent to which scores from a test can be used to infer or predict
performance in some activity? 

a. Face validity
b. Content reliability
c. Criterion-related validity
d. Construct validity

Answer: 

C: Criterion-related validity

10. The ‘reliability ‘of a measure refers to the researcher asking:

a. Does it give consistent results?

b. Does it measure what it is supposed to measure?
c. Can the results be generalized?
d. Does it have face reliability?

Answer: 

A: Does it give consistent results?

11. Interviewing is the favored approach EXCEPT when:

a. There is a need for highly personalized data

b. It is important to ask supplementary questions
c. High numbers of respondents are needed
d. Respondents have difficulty with written language

Answer: 
C: High numbers of respondents are needed

12. Validity in interviews is strengthened by the following EXCEPT:

a. Building rapport with interviewees

b. Multiple questions cover the same theme
c. Constructing interview schedules that contain themes drawn from the literature
d. Prompting respondents to expand on initial responses

Answer: 

B: Multiple questions cover the same theme

13. Interview questions should:

a. Lead the respondent

b. Probe sensitive issues
c. Be delivered in a neutral tone
d. Test the respondents’ powers of memory

Answer: 

C: Be delivered in a neutral tone

14. Active listening skills means:

a. Asking as many questions as possible

b. Avoiding silences
c. Keeping to time
d. Attentive listening

Answer: 

D: Attentive listening

15. All the following are strengths of focus groups EXCEPT:

a. They allow access to a wide range of participants

b. Discussion allows for the validation of ideas and views
c. They can generate a collective perspective
d. They help maintain confidentiality

Answer: 

D: They help maintain confidentiality

16. Which of the following is not always true about focus groups?
 a. The ideal size is normally between 6 and 12 participants
b. Moderators should introduce themselves to the group
c. Participants should come from diverse backgrounds
d. The moderator poses preplanned questions

Answer: 

C: Participants should come from diverse backgrounds

17. A disadvantage of using secondary data is that:

a. The data may have been collected with reference to research questions that are not those of the
researcher
b. The researcher may bring more detachment in viewing the data than original researchers could
muster
c. Data have often been collected by teams of experienced researchers
d. Secondary data sets are often available and accessible

Answer: 

A: The data may have been collected with reference to research questions that are not those of the
researcher

18. All of the following are sources of secondary data EXCEPT:

a. Official statistics
b. A television documentary
c. The researcher’s research diary
d. A company’s annual report

Answer: 

C: The researcher’s research diary

19. Which of the following is not true about visual methods?

a. They are not reliant on respondent recall

b. The have low resource requirements
c. They do not rely on words to capture what is happening
d. They can capture what is happening in real time

Answer: 

B: The have low resource requirements

20. Avoiding naïve empiricism in the interpretation of visual data means:

 a. Understanding the context in which they were produced
b. Ensuring that visual images such as photographs are accurately taken
c. Only using visual images with other data gathering sources
d. Planning the capture of visual data carefully

Answer: 

A: Understanding the context in which they were produced

PART D: ANALYSIS AND REPORT WRITING 

1. Which of the following is incorrect when naming a variable in SPSS?

a. Must begin with a letter and not a number

b. Must end in a full stop
c. Cannot exceed 64 characters
d. Cannot include symbols such as ?, & and %

Answer: 

B: Must end in a full stop

2. Which of the following is not an SPSS Type variable?

a. Word
b. Numeric
c. String
d. Date

Answer: 

A: Word

3. A graph that uses vertical bars to represent data is called:

a. A bar chart
b. A pie chart
c. A line graph
d. A vertical graph

Answer: 

A: A bar chart

4. The purpose of descriptive statistics is to:

 a. Summarize the characteristics of a data set
b. Draw conclusions from the data
c. None of the above
d. All of the above

Answer: 

A: Summarize the characteristics of a data set

5. The measure of the extent to which responses vary from the mean is called:

a. The mode
b. The normal distribution
c. The standard deviation
d. The variance

Answer: 

C: The standard deviation

6. To compare the performance of a group at time T1 and then at T2, we would use:

a. A chi-squared test
b. One-way analysis of variance
c. Analysis of variance
d. A paired t-test

Answer: 

D: A paired t-test

7. A Type 1 error occurs in a situation where:

a. The null hypothesis is accepted when it is in fact true

b. The null hypothesis is rejected when it is in fact false
c. The null hypothesis is rejected when it is in fact true
d. The null hypothesis is accepted when it is in fact false

Answer: 

C: The null hypothesis is rejected when it is in fact true

8. The significance level

a. Is set after a statistical test is conducted

b. Is always set at 0.05
c. Results in a p-value
 d. Measures the probability of rejecting a true null hypothesis

Answer: 

D: Measures the probability of rejecting a true null hypothesis

9. To predict the value of the dependent variable for a new case based on the knowledge of one or more
independent variables, we would use

a. Regression analysis
b. Correlation analysis
c. Kolmogorov-Smirnov test
d. One-way analysis of variance

Answer: 

A: Regression analysis

10. In conducting secondary data analysis, researchers should ask themselves all of the following
EXCEPT:

a. Who produced the document?

b. Is the material genuine?
c. How can respondents be re-interviewed?
d. Why was the document produced?

Answer: 

C: How can respondents be re-interviewed?

11. Which of the following are not true of reflexivity?

a. It recognizes that the researcher is not a neutral observer

b. It has mainly been applied to the analysis of qualitative data
c. It is part of a post-positivist tradition
d. A danger of adopting a reflexive stance is the researcher can become the focus of the study

Answer: 

C: It is part of a post-positivist tradition

12. Validity in qualitative research can be strengthened by all of the following EXCEPT:

a. Member checking for accuracy and interpretation

b. Transcribing interviews to improve accuracy of data
c. Exploring rival explanations
d. Analyzing negative cases
Answer: 

B: Transcribing interviews to improve accuracy of data

13. Qualitative data analysis programs are useful for each of the following EXCEPT: 

a. Manipulation of large amounts of data

b. Exploring of the data against new dimensions
c. Querying of data
d. Generating codes

Answer: 

D: Generating codes

14. Which part of a research report contains details of how the research was planned and conducted?

a. Results
b. Design 
c. Introduction
d. Background

Answer: 

B: Design 

15. Which of the following is a form of research typically conducted by managers and other
professionals to address issues in their organizations and/or professional practice?

a. Action research
b. Basic research
c. Professional research
d. Predictive research

Answer: 

A: Action research

16. Plagiarism can be avoided by:

a. Copying the work of others accurately

b. Paraphrasing the author’s text in your own words
c. Cut and pasting from the Internet
d. Quoting directly without revealing the source

Answer: 
B: Paraphrasing the author’s text in your own words

17. In preparing for a presentation, you should do all of the following EXCEPT:

a. Practice the presentation

b. Ignore your nerves
c. Get to know more about your audience
d. Take an advanced look, if possible, at the facilities

Answer: 

B: Ignore your nerves

18. You can create interest in your presentation by:

a. Using bullet points

b. Reading from notes
c. Maximizing the use of animation effects
d. Using metaphors

Answer: 

D: Using metaphors

19. In preparing for a viva or similar oral examination, it is best if you have:

a. Avoided citing the examiner in your thesis

b. Made exaggerated claims on the basis of your data
c. Published and referenced your own article(s)
d. Tried to memorize your work

Answer: 

C: Published and referenced your own article(s)

20. Grounded theory coding:

a. Makes use of a priori concepts from the literature

b. Uses open coding, selective coding, then axial coding
c. Adopts a deductive stance
d. Stops when theoretical saturation has been reached

Answer: 

D: Stops when theoretical saturation has been reached

1. Which form of data below can usually be obtained more quickly and at a lower cost than the
others?

a. Primary
b. Survey research
c. Experimental research

d. Secondary

e. Observational research

2. Secondary data are .

1. Collected mostly via surveys

2. Expensive to obtain
3. Never purchased from outside suppliers
4. Always necessary to support primary data

5. Not always very usable

 3. Causal research is used to

1. Describe marketing problems or situations

2. Quantify observations that produce insights unobtainable through other forms of research
3. Find information at the outset in an unstructured way
4. Gather preliminary information that will help define problems

5. Test hypotheses about cause-and-effect relationships

4. Your colleague is confused about using the marketing research process, as he knows that
something is wrong but is not sure of the specific causes to investigate. He seems to be
having problems with , which is often the hardest step to take.

a. Selecting a research agency to help

b. Defining the problem and researchobjectives

c. Developing the researchplan
d. Determining a research approach
e. C and

5. In the second step of the marketing research process, research objectives should be translated
into specific .

a. Financial amounts
b. Results that justify the means
c. Marketing goals
d. Time allotments

e. Information needs

6. Secondary data consists of information .

1. That already exists somewhere and was collected for another purpose
2. Used by competitors
3. That does not currently exist in an organized form
4. That already exists somewhere and is outdated
5. That the researcher can obtain through surveys and observation
7. Which form of data below can usually be obtained more quickly and at a lower cost than the
others?

a. Survey research
b. Syndicated

c. Secondary
d. Primary
e. Online marketing research

8. Your assistant wants to use secondary data exclusively for the current research project. You
advise him that the use of secondary data has some potential problems. Which of the following
is not one of them?

a. It may not be current.

b. It may not exist.
c. It may not be useable.
d. It may not be relevant
 e. It is generally more expensive to obtain than primary data
9. Which method could d a marketing researcher use to obtain information that people
are unwilling or unable to provide?

a. Focus groups
b. Personal interviews
c. Questionnaires

d. Observational research
e. Internet surveys

10. Survey research, though used to obtain many kinds of information in a variety of situations,
is best suited for gathering information.

a. Attitudinal
b. Personal
c. Preference
d. Exploratory

e. Descriptive

11. Typically, customer information is buried deep in separate databases, plans, and records of
many different company functions and departments. To overcome such problems, which of
the following could you try?

a. Customer satisfaction measurement

b. Synergetic meetings of the minds

c. Customer relationship management

d. More sophisticated software
 e. Less marketing intelligence

12. Survey research is least likely to be conducted through which of the following?

a. Observation
b. Person-to-person interactions
c. The telephone
d. The Web
e. Them ail
13. Which of the following is not a disadvantage of
telephoneinterviews.a)Interviewer bias isintroduced
b) Under time pressures, some interviewers might cheat. c) Potential
respondents may refuse to participate
d. They are more expensive to conduct than mail questionnaires.

d. Interviewers tend to interpret answers similarly.

 14. Which form of marketing research is flexible, allows for explanation of difficult questions,
and lends itself to showing products and advertisements?

a. Personal interviewing
b. Ethnographic research
c. Observational research
d. Online interviewing
e. Phone interviewing

15. Which of the following is a disadvantage of online focus groups?

a. Results take longer to tabulate and analyze.

b. Participants must be in a central location.
c. The cost of online focus groups is greater than that of most other qualitative research methods.
d. The format of focus groups can be varied.

e. The Internet format can restrict respondents ‘expressiveness.

16. Mr. Ravi regularly conducts online marketing research at work. He has found that it has
several advantages over traditional methods. Which of these is not an advantage?

a) Respondents cannot remain anonymous. b) It is

more cost efficient.

c. It is easy to control who responds to surveys.

c. Report generation turnaround time is much quicker
 c. It is easier for respondents to complete.

17. What are the two types of research data?

a. Qualitative and Quantitative.

b. Primary and secondary.
c. Predictive and quantitative.
d. Qualitative and predictive.

18. What is a major drawback of probability sampling?

a. Takes too much time

b. Sampling error cannot be measured
c. Easiest population from which to obtain info is chosen
d. Everyone has an equal chance of selection
e. Reliance on the judgment of the researcher
 19. The most common research instrument used is the

a. Questionnaire
b. Moderator
c. Telephone interviewer
d. Live interviewer
e. Mechanical device

20. In marketingresearch, the phase is generally the most expensive and most subject toerror.

a. Interpreting and reporting the findings

b. Exploratory research

c. Data collection
d. Planning
e. Data validation

21. Despite the data glut that marketing managers receive, they frequently complain that

they lack .

a. Enough information of the right kind

b. Accurate and reliable information
c. Quality information
d. Valid information
e. Timely information

22. The real value of a company's marketing research and information system lies in the

a. Amount of data it generates

b. Marketing information system it follows

c. Efficiency with which it completes studies

d. Variety of contact methods it uses

e. Quality of customer insights it provides

23. What is the first step in the marketing research process?

a. Developing a marketing information system

b. Developing the research plan for collecting information
c. Implementing the research plan

d. Defining the problem and research objectives

e. Interpreting data and deciding on type of research

24. In CRM, findings about customersdiscoveredthrough techniques often lead to

marketingopportunities.
 a. Data warehouse
b. Customer loyaltymanagement
c. Customer relationship strategy

d. Data mining
e. Value network

25. What source of marketing information provides ready access to research information, stored
reports, shared work documents, contact information for employees and other stakeholders,
and more?

a. An extranet
b. Marketing intelligence
c. The Internet
d. An internal database

e. An intranet
26. When managers use small convenience samples such as asking customers what they thinker
inviting a small group out to lunch to get reactions, they reusing _.

a. Informal surveys
b. Experiments

c. Focus groups
c. Observation
c. Marketing intelligence

27. A common problem in international marketing research is theavailabilityof.

a. Primarydata
b. Researchspecialists

c. Secondarydata
 d. Consumers willing to answersurveys

e. Intelligencelimitations

28. Which type of research would be best suited for identifying which demographicgroups
prefer diet soft drinks and why they have thispreference?

a. Exploratoryresearch

b. Descriptiveresearch
c. Experimentalresearch
d. Ethnographicresearch
f) Survey research

29. As a small business consultant, you recommend to your clients that they use no-cost methods
of observation to gather market research. Which of the following are you not likely to
recommend your clientsdo?

a. Visit and socialize withcompetitors

 b. Observe vehicle and pedestriantraffic.
c. Monitor competitors' advertising from localmedia

d. Hire additional staff to observeextensively

e. Evaluate their customer mix–how many and what kind ofcustomers.

30. Marketing intelligence is everyday information about developments in themarketing

environment that assists marketers in their preparation of their plans and strategies.
This information is obtained from a number of sources and includes which of
thefollowing?

a. Newspaperarticles.
b. Sales representative feedback.
c. Competitorintelligence
d. Tradejournals.
e. Customerfeedback.

f. All of theabove.
31. The marketing research process consists of four steps. Which of the following is not oneof
thesesteps?

a. Evaluating the competitorstrategies.

b. Developing the research plan for collectinginformation.

b. Defining the problem and researchobjectives.

32. What do many researchers encounter when conducting market research in foreigncountries?

a. Some countries have poor roads that limit personalcontacts.

b. Some cultures may not value marketingresearch.
c. Some countries have poor mail services
d. Some countries have few telephones, limiting access to respondents
e. All of the above

33. Ravi just completed reading a marketing research report about the top 25 countries that
purchase German products. What might the report say about international research with
these countries?

a. Despite the costs of international research, the costs of not doing it are higher.
b. There is a lack of qualified research personnel.
c. The costs are higher than the benefits.
d. Interpretations of German quality are consistent among different countries.
e. It is on the decrease due to high costs.

34. Behavioral targeting, thepracticeof , is being used by more and morecompanies.

a. Mining and analyzing data from datawarehouses

b. Tracking customers' activities and rewarding customerloyalty
c. Observing and interacting with consumers in their natural environments
d. Managing customer relationships

e. Tracking consumers' online movements and using this information to target ads totem
35. To consumers, research studies may appear to be little more than vehicles for .

a. Gathering names for resale

b. Building company image
c. Training future salespeople to work with people face-to-face

d. Selling the sponsor’s products

e. Criticizing competition

36. Qualitative research is exploratory research used to uncover consumer attitudes, motivations
and behavior. What techniques can be applied to obtain qualitative research?

a. Elicitation interviews.
b. One to one interviews.
c. Focus groups.

d. All of the above

e. None of the above.

37. What are examples of techniques of obtaining qualitative data?

a. Survey research/questionnaires; focus groups; in-depth interviews;

observational techniques; experimentation.
b. Video conferencing; focus groups; in-depth interviews; observational techniques.
c. Survey research/questionnaires; focus groups; in-depth interviews; observational techniques;
call Centre feedback.
d. All of the above.
 e. None of the above.

38. What are four methods of continuous research?

a. Consumer panels; home audits; omnibus surveys; retail audits.

b. Consumer panels; home audits; personal interviews; omnibus surveys.
c. Home audits; omnibus surveys; personal interviews; in-store video footage of consumer
behavior.
d. Consumer panels; home audits; personal interviews; in-store video footage of consumer
behavior.
e. All of the above
f. None of the above

39. “what new product should be developed” is anexampleof ??

a. Causal
b. Exploratory
c. Descriptive
d. None of theabove

40. Sources of marketing information are categorized into two groups - what arethey?

a. External sources; internalsources.

b. Causalresources.
c. Macro environmental sources; micro environmentalsources
d. All of theabove.
e. None of theabove.

41. What are the criteria for evaluating secondary datasources?

a. Source of data; who collects the data; method of data collection; construct ofresearch.
b. Source of data; who collects the data; method of data collection; construct ofdata.
c. Relevance of data; who collects the data; method of data collection; who paid for theresearch.

d. Relevance of data; who collects the data; method of data collection; evidence
ofcareful work.

42. What are three popular methods for obtaining primarydata?

a. Experimentation; personal interview; Delphi technique.

b. Survey; interviews;experimentation.

c. Interviews and surveys; observation;experimentation.

d. Interviews and surveys; observation; Harrisonmethodology.

43. Marketing research is the function thatlinks the to the marketer through information---
information used to identify and define marketing opportunities and problems;to generate,
refine and evaluate marketing actions; to monitor marketing performance; and to improve
 understanding of the marketingprocess.

a. Marketer, agent andretailer

b. Demander, buyer anduser
c. Specifier, influencer anduser

d. Consumer, customer andpublic

44. The marketing information system (MIS) begins and endswith

a. Marketingmanagers
b. Marketingintelligence
c. Informationtechnologies
d. Consumers

45. As marketing managers and researchers define the problem and set research objectives,they
should employ the following type(s) ofresearch:
 a. Exploratory researchalone

b. Exploratory, descriptive and causal research

c. Descriptive research alone
d)Causal researchalone

46. What are secondarydata?

a. Information that has been collected for the specific purpose athand

b. Information that has already been collected and recorded for another purpose and
is thus readilyaccessible
c. Information based on second-rateresearch
d)Information based solely onrumours

47. Small businesses and non-profit organisations on shoestring budgets nevertheless have
access to useful marketing informationby

a)Relying exclusively on secondary data

b)Conducting informal surveys

c. Collecting and evaluating secondary data, as well as observing and conducting theirown

surveys and experiments

d. Hiring a few highly-skilledresearchers

48. International marketers may have difficulty finding useful secondary data in othercountries
mainlybecause.

a)Secondary data are difficult to translate b)Foreign

consumers may be hostile to marketers

c. Some countries lack reliable research services---if they provide such services atall
c. Consumers tend to lie on surveys and in interviews, either deliberately orinadvertently

49. Which of the following represents major public policy and ethics issues inmarketing
research?

a. Intrusion on and abuse of consumerprivacy

b. Representing database compilation and promotional pitches as 'pure'research

c. Intrusion on consumer privacy and the misuse of researchfindings

d. False claims and pushy salesrepresentatives

50. What is the first stage of the marketing researchprocess?

a. Implement the researchplan

b. Collect and analyse thedata
c. Develop the researchplan
d. Report thefindings
 e. Define the researchproblem
51. Primarydata is .

a. Always collected before secondarydata

b. Collected for the specific purpose athand

c. Information that alreadyexists
d. Data collected for otherpurposes
e. Usually collected through annualreports

52. What are the two major advantages of collected data through telephoneinterviews?

a. Sample control and speed of data collection

b. Cost and responserate
c. Cost and speed of data collection
d)Flexibility and quantity of
datacollected
e)Control of interviewer effects and quantity of data collected

53. Expratory research undergoes following methodsexcept

a. Expertsurveys

b. Pilot study
b. Casestudies

b. None of theabove

54. Census comes under which research?

a. Causal
b. Exploratory

c. Descriptive
d. None of theabove

55. Cause and effect research comes under which researchtype?

a. Causal
b. Exploratory
c. Descriptive
d. None of theabove

56. Rigid sequential approach to sampling and data collection comes under whichresearch

a. Causal
b. Exploratory
c. Descriptive
d. None of theabove
 57. is called pre-assumption of the expected result of theresearch

1. Hypothesis
2. Expenditure
3. Researchproblem
4. None of theabove

58. is kind of prelude to the end result one hopes to achive and thereforeit
requires considerable thoughts

1. Hypothesis
2. Expenditure

3. Researchproblem
4. None of theabove

59. Detail blueprint of research is calledas……………….

a. Researchproposal

b. Researchdesign
c. a andb

d. a orb

60. In which type of research hypothesis isvague??

a. Causal

b. Exploratory
c. Descriptive
d. None of theabove
61. “How should a new product be distributed??” is anexampleof ?

a. Causal
b. Exploratory

c. Descriptive
d. None of theabove

62. “Will increase in the service staff be profitable?” Is anexampleof…??

a. Causal
b. Exploratory
c. Descriptive
d. None of theabove

63. A powerful tool use in longitudinal research with exactly same people, group or
organization across time periods is called…………..
 a. Focusgroup

b. consumerpanel
c. RSA
d. None of theabove
64. For primary data to be useful to marketers, it must be relevant, current, unbiased,and
.

a. Complete

b. Accurate
c. Inexpensive
d. Collected before secondarydata
e. Experimental

65. is the variation of the panel with data being collected from retail storeson
the product being stocked, shelf placed , sale and promotion , so on

1. Retail shopaudit
2. consume
r panel cTRP
d) None of the above.

66. Multiple business locations, recourse , budget limitations is challengesfor….

a. Retail shopaudit
b. consumerpanel
c. TRP
d. None of theabove.
 67. The advertising is selecting slots for the advertising on the basis of whichstudy?

a. Retail shopaudit
b. consumerpanel
c. TRP

d. Media Audience trackingstudy.

68. What isTRP?

a. Television Ratingpoint
b. Television ratingpart
c. All of theabove
d). Television Rating process
69. research is the gathering of primary data by watching people. a)Survey
b. Informative
 b. Observational
d)Experimental
e)Causal

70. Market research is function linking the consumer customer and public to marketthrough

a. Themedia

b. Information
c. Marketresearch
d. All of the above

71. Marketing research is related to………………

a. Finance process

b. Marketing Process
c. Business Process
d. None of the above

72. Advance plan of research is called as

a. Research process

b. Research design
c. Researchproposal
d. None of theabove

73. Research design consists of following things except…………….

 a. Hypothesis

b. Expenditure
c. Research problem
d. None of the above

74. A formal statement of research question or “purpose of research study “generally

a. Is made prior to literature review

b. Is made after literature review
c. Will help guide the research process

d. Both a and

75. Source of research problem include

a. Researcher’s experience
b. Practical issue that require solutions
 c. Theory and past research

d. All of the above

76. A… is written account of the plan for the research project.

a. Research design

b. Research proposal
c. Hypothesis
d. All of the above

77. In qualitative research proposal you would not expect to sea

a. Research questions
b. Research rim

c. Hypothesis
d. Operational definition

78. Following are characteristics of hypothesis except

a. Clarity
b. Simple

c. Consistent
c. None of the above

79. The null hypothesizes

a. which is to be disprove
b. H0
c. None of the above
 d. A and

80. The research which is “unstructured, qualitative, highly flexible “ is called as

a. Causal

b. Exploratory
b. Descriptive
b. None of the above

81. is snapshot of some aspect of the market environment

1. Causal
2. Exploratory

3. Descriptive
4. None of the above
 82. Which of the following are advantages of stating of HYPOTHESIS??

a. It forces researcher to think deeply and specifically aboutthepossible

outcome of study
b. It simplifies thestudy
c. None of the above
d. All of the above

83. Customer Satisfaction is an example of which of research design?

a. Qualitative
b. Quantitative
c. Causal
d. None of the above

84. Alternative hypothesizes

a. H 0

b. H a

c. Which shows positive relationship between the variables

d. B,C

85. Following are techniques of Qualitative Research?

a. Depth interview
b. Focus group
c. Projective technique

d. All of the above

86. Data analysis in qualitative research as contrasted with qualitative research is generally
a. Theoretical

b. Deductive
c. Applied
d. Inductive

87. Which of the following is not general feature thatcharacteristicsmost qualitativeresearch?

a. Inflexibledesign
b. Holisticprocess

c. Naturalisticinquiry
d. Personalcontact

88. Conclusion from qualitative researchare:

a. Less certain than fromquantitative

b. Of little practiceuse
c. Seldomdefensible

d. Of descriptive valueonly

89. The first step in the marketing research processis:

a. Defining theproblem
b. Gathering the budget necessary to conduct theresearch

c. Establishing the need for marketingresearch

d. Getting approval from top management to doresearch
e. Finding an appropriate marketing firm to carry out the researchproject

90. Which of the following is true regarding the steps in the marketing researchprocess?

a. Not all studies use all steps in the marketing researchprocess.

b. There is nothing sacred about the number of steps in the research process as proposed byyour
authors.
c. The steps in the marketing research process presented by your authors are universallyaccepted
and are adopted by the American MarketingAssociation.
d. A and C aretrue.

e. A and B are true.

91. In establishing the need for marketing research, which of the following would serve asa
good decision rule formanagers?
a. Ensuring that competitors are using marketing research, therefore a companyconsidering
marketing research would not be at a competitivedisadvantage
b. Determining the value to be derived from marketingresearch
c. Determining the cost of conducting marketingresearch
d. Weighing the value derived from the marketing research with the cost of obtainingthe
marketing researchinformation

e. Ensuring that subordinates are in favor of conducting the marketingresearch

92. Sometimes managers know that marketing research is not needed. In which of thefollowing
cases would marketing research NOT beneeded?

a. Competitors have introduced a successful new product and it is too late torespond.

b. Brand managers wish to assess the profitability of different items in the product lineand
this information is available from the internal reportssystem.
c. There have been significant changes in the demographic characteristics of the market since
marketing research was lastconducted.
d. A competitor has introduced a new innovative distributionsystem.
e. An internal analysis indicates that the company is losing distributors at an alarmingrate.
93. Under which of the following conditions will marketing research likely have greater valueto
management?

a. When the research helps clarify problems or opportunities

b. When the research identifies changes that are occurring in the marketplace among consumers
and/or competitors
c. When the research clearly identifies the best alternatives to pursue
d. When the research helps a company's brand establish a competitive advantage

e. All of the above

94. Which of the following statements is true regarding the marketing research step "defining the
problem"?

a. Defining the problem is the third most important step in the research process.
b. Defining the problem should be undertaken only after the project has been approved by top
management.

c. Defining the problem is the most important step in the marketing research process.
d. Defining the problem should be undertaken only after a sufficient number of firms have been
gathered to conduct the marketing research project.
e. Defining the problem is the eighth step in the marketing research process.

95. Problems stem from which two primary sources?

1. Gaps between what is supposed to happen and what did happen and gaps between
what is supposed to happen and what happened in the past.

2. Gaps between what is supposed to happen and what did happen and gaps
between what did happen and what could have happened
3. Gaps between what is happening now and what happened prior to the present
4. Gaps between what management desires and what stockholders desire
 5. Gaps between what present consumers desire and what potential consumers desire

96. Which of the following is true regarding research objectives?

a. Research objectives, when achieved, will provide sufficient earnings to obtain
reasonable return on investment.
b. Research objectives, when obtained, will ensure the viability of the marketing
research department.

c. Research objectives, when achieved; provide the information necessary to solve the
problem.
d. Research objectives are seldom achieved but should be stated as goals to beseech.
e. Research objectives should never be put in writing until the fourth step of the
marketing research process.
96. Which of the following is true regarding research design?

1. There are four categories of research design.

 2. There are three categories of research design.
3. There are five categories of research design.
4. There are eight categories of research design.
5. Research design may not be categorized.

98. Which of the following would be true regarding exploratory research?

a. Exploratory research is highly structured.
b. Exploratory research is very formal.
c. Exploratory research determines causality.

d. Exploratory research is both unstructured and informal.

e. Exploratory research answers who, what, where, when, and how questions.

99. Interview is an example of which data??

a. Primary
b. Secondary
c. Both a and b
d. None of the above

100. Main drawback of primary data is?

a. Biasness

b. sample design
b. Research problem
b. All of the above

101. Wrong questionnaire is an example of…………..

a. Primary data collection problem

b. Secondary collection problem
c. a and both
d. None of the above

102. Usually is a list of population members to obtain as ample.

a. Sampling Frame
b. Sample
c. Sampling
d. All of the above

103. All samples have same chance of getting selected is called as…………

a. Probability
b. Non-Probability
c. Quota
d. Snowball
104. Convenience sampling is an example of

a. Probabilistic sampling
b. Stratified sampling

c. Nonprobabilisticsampling
d. Clustersampling

105. Which of the following is an example of nonprobabilisticsampling?

a. Simple randomsampling
b. Stratified simple random sampling
c. Cluster sampling

d. Judgment sampling

106. Stratified random sampling is a method of selecting a sample in which

a. The sample is first divided into strata, and then random samples are taken from each stratum
b. Various strata are selected from the sample

c. The population is first divided into strata, and then random samples are drawn from each
stratum
d. None of these alternatives incorrect.

107. Despite the data glut that marketing managers receive, they frequently complain that
they lack .

a. Enough information of the right kind

b. Timely information
c. Accurate information
d. Reliable information
e. Valid information
108. Which of the following is true regarding causal research?

a. Causal research is the questions of who, what, where, when, and how.
b. Causal research is informal and unstructured.

c. Causal research isolates causes and effects.

d. Causal research describes marketing phenomena.
e. Causal research is the seventh step in the marketing research process.

109. Which of the following is true regarding primary information?

a. Primary information is information gathered on school children in the primary grades first
through fifth.
b. Primary information refers to information that is collected in the early, or primary, stages
of the marketing research process.
c. Primary information is information that has already been collected for some other
purpose.
 d. Primary information is information collected specifically for the problem at hand.
e. Primary information is one of 12 different types of information sources.

110. Which of the following determines how representative a sample is of population?

a. The size of the sample

b. The sampling company from which the sample is acquired

c. The sample plan

d. The size of the sample relative to the size of the population
e. How varied the populations

111. Which of the following is true regarding the size of the sample?

a. There is no such thing as having a sample that is too large.

b. You should strive to have a sample that is at least 50 percent of the size of the population.

c. A sample size that is too large wastes research dollars; the sample size should be just
c. Large enough to give the researcher accurate results without wasting money.
c. Sample size is more important than the sample plan.
c. Only samples with large sample sizes may be considered representative samples.

112. The existing company information is an example of which data??

a. Primary

b. Secondary
c. Both a and b
d. None of the above
113. Which of the following statements is NOT true regarding information collected for
marketers?

a. Many managers lack information of the right kind.

b. Most managers do not need more information.
c. Most managers need better information.
d. Many managers are burdened by data overload.

e. Managers have enough of the right information.

114. A marketing information system (MIS) consists of people and procedures to assess
information needs, and help decision makers analyze and use the information.

a. Experiment to develop information

b. Test market the information

c. Develop the needed information

d. Critique the needed information
 e. Question the needed information

115. A  good  MIS  balances  the  informationuserswouldagainst what they really

andwhatis .

a. Need; like;feasible
b. Like; can afford; needed

c. Like to have; need; feasible to offer

d. Need; can afford; useful
e. Use; have to use; available

116. Marketersmustweighcarefullythecostsofadditionalinformationagainstthe resulting

from it.

a. organization

b. benefits
c. creativity
d. ethical issues
e. cost

117. Four common sources of internal data include the accounting department,
operations, the sales force, and andthe .

a. Owners

b. Stockholders

b. Marketing department
b. Competition
b. Web

118. Marketing information from which type of database usually can be accessed more
quickly and cheaply than other information sources?

A) External
B. LexisNexis

B. Dun &Bradstreet's

B. internal
B. Hoover's

119. Is the systematic collection and analysis of publicly available information

about consumers, competitors, and developments in the marketing environment?

a. Marketing data

b. Marketing intelligence
c. Sales management
d. Customer intelligence
e. Competitive intelligence

120. Which of the following statements regarding marketing intelligence is true?

 a. The advantage of using competitive intelligence is negligible.
b. All marketing intelligence is available for free.
c. Marketing intelligence relies upon privately held information.

d. Marketing intelligence relies upon publicly available information.

e. Marketing intelligence gathering is more focused on gaining insights into consumer activities
than competitors ‘activities.

121. Which of the following is NOT considered a source of marketing intelligence?

a. Suppliers
b. Resellers
c. Key customers

d. Causal research
e. Activities of competitors

122. Which of the following is NOT a potential source for marketing intelligence?

a. Looking through competitors ‘garbage

b. Purchasing competitors ‘products
c. Monitoring competitors ‘sales

d. Collecting primary data

e. Talking with purchasing agents

123. Which of the following is an example of a free online database that a company could
access in order to develop marketing intelligence?

a. LexisNexis
b. Proust
c. Dialog

d. The U.S. Security and Exchange Commission’s database

e. Hoover's

124. Is the systematic design, collection, analysis, and reporting of data relevant to
a specific marketing situation facing an organization.

a. The marketing information system

b. Marketing intelligence

c. Marketing research
d. Competitive intelligence
e. Causal research

125. What is the first step in the marketing research process?

a. Developing a marketing information system

b. Defining the problem and research objectives

c. Developing the research plan for collecting information
d. Implementing the research plan
e. Hiring an outside research specialist

126. Which step in the four-step marketing research process has been left out of the
following list: defining the problems and research objectives, implementing the research
plan, and interpreting and reporting the findings?

a. Developing the research budget

b. Choosing the research agency
c. Choosing the research method

d. Developing the research plan

e. Comparing and contrasting primary and secondary data

127. Causal research issued .

a. Test hypotheses about cause-and-effect relationships

b. Gather preliminary information that will help define problems
c. Uncover information at the outset in an unstructured way
d. Describe marketing problems or situations
e. Quantify observations that produce insights unobtainable through other forms of research

128. Manager’s oftenstartwith research and laterfollowwith research.

a. Exploratory; causal
b. Descriptive; causal
c. Descriptive; exploratory
d. Causal; descriptive
e. Causal; exploratory

129. Your colleague is confused about using the marketing research process, as he knows
that something is wrong but is not sure of the specific causes to investigate. He seems to be
 having problems with , which is often the hardest step to take.

a. Developing the research plan

b. Determining a research approach

c. Defining the problem and research objectives

d. Selecting a research agency

130. Through which of these sources of information is a competitor LEAST likely to

reveal intelligence information?

a. Annual reports
b. Trade show exhibits
c. Webpages
d. Press releases

e. Internal marketing conferences

131. To combat marketing intelligence efforts by competitors, Unilever Corporation is
now providing to employees.

a. Competitive intelligence training

b. Privacy blocks
c. Protection
d. Less information
e. A code of ethics

132. Theobjectiveof research is to gather preliminary information that will help

define the problem and suggest hypotheses.

a. Exploratory
b. Descriptive
c. Causal
d. Primary
e. Secondary

133. In the second step of the marketing research process, research objectives
should be translated into specific_ .

a. Marketing goals

b. Information needs
c. Dollar amounts
d. Research methods
e)Information
sources
134. Secondary data consists of information .

a. That already exists somewhere but is outdated

b. That does not currently exist in an organized form

c. That already exists but was collected for a different purpose

d. Used by competitors
e. That researchers can only obtain through surveys and observation

135. Information collected from online databases is anexampleofdata.

a. Primary

b. Secondary
c. Observational
d. Experimental
e. Ethnographic
136. Your assistant wants to use secondary data exclusively for the current research project.
You advise him that the use of secondary data has some potential problems. Which of the
following is NOT one ofthem?

a. It may notexist.
b. It may not berelevant.

c. It is generally more expensive to obtain than primarydata.

d. It may not becurrent.
e. It may not beimpartial.

137. Which method could a marketing researcher use to obtain information that
people are unwilling or unable to provide?

a. Observational
b. Survey
c. Questionnaire
d. Focus groups
e. Personal interviews

138. Ethnographic research

a. Comes from traditional focus groups

b. Is gathered where people live and work

c. Provides secondary data
d. Is most popular in the service sector
 e. Provides data to marketers when observation is impossible

 
Question 1

Which of the following is a method that is commonly used in qualitative research?

a) Self-completion questionnaires
b) Surveys
c) Ethnography
d) Structured observation
Question 2

What is meant by the term "grounded theory"?

a) Theories should be tested by rigorous scientific experiments

 b) As a social researcher, it is important to keep your feet on the ground
c) Theories should be grounded in political values and biases
d) Theoretical ideas and concepts should emerge from the data
Question 3

A sensitizing concept is one that:

a) Provides general guidance for more flexible research

b) Imposes a predetermined theoretical model on the social world
c) Helps the researcher to investigate sensitive issues
d) Allows the researcher to measure very small changes in a variable
Question 4

Which of the following is not a component of Gobi & Lincoln's criterion, "trustworthiness"?
a) Transferability
b) Measurability
c) Dependability
d) Credibility
Question 5

Respondent validation is the process by which:

a) The validity of an interview schedule can be measured

b) Researchers ask their participants to comment on an account of the findings
c) The problem of low response rates to a survey can be overcome
d) Participants collaborate with the researcher to design the research
Question 6

Why do qualitative researchers like to give detailed descriptions of social settings?

a) To provide a contextual understanding of social behavior

b) Because once they have left the field, it is difficult to remember what happened
c) So that they can compare their observations as a test of reliability
d) Because they do not believe in going beyond the level of description
Question 7
 The flexibility and limited structure of qualitative research designs is an advantage because:
a) The researcher does not impose any predetermined formats on the social world
b) It allows for unexpected results to emerge from the data
c) The researcher can adapt their theories and methods as the project unfolds
d) All of the above
Question 8

Which of the following is not a criticism of qualitative research?

a) The studies are difficult to replicate
b) There is a lack of transparency
c) The approach is too rigid and inflexible
d) The accounts are too subjective and impressionistic
Question 9

Which of the following is not a contrast between quantitative and qualitative research?
a) Distance vs. proximity of researcher to participants
b) Generalization vs. contextual understanding
c) Hard, reliable data vs. rich, deep data
d) Interpretivist vs. feminist
Question 10

Why has qualitative research been seen to have an affinity with feminism?

a) It allows women's voices to be heard, rather than objectifying and exploiting them
b) It has always been carried out by female sociologists
c) It allows the researcher to control variables and suppress women's voices
d) It claims to be value free and non-political
Question 1

Probability sampling is rarely used in qualitative research because:

a) Qualitative researchers are not trained in statistics

b) It is very old-fashioned
c) It is often not feasible
d) Research questions are more important than sampling
Question 2

The two levels of sampling used by Savage et al. (2005) for the Manchester study were:

a) Random and purposive

b) Convenience and snowball
c) Statistical and non-statistical
d) Contexts and participants
Question 3

Which of the following is not a type of purposive sampling?

a) Probability sampling
b) Deviant case sampling
c) Theoretical sampling
d) Snowball sampling
Question 4

What is involved in "purposive sampling" for grounded theory?

a) Using a random numbers table to select a representative sample of people

b) Strategically selecting respondents who are likely to provide relevant data
c) Deciding on a sampling strategy early on and pursuing it relentlessly
d) Sampling units of time rather than individual persons
Question 5

What is meant by the term "theoretical saturation"?

a) Deciding on a theory and then testing it repeatedly

b) The point at which a concept is so well developed that no further data collection is necessary
c) The problem of having used too many theories in one's data analysis
d) A state of frustration caused by having used every possible statistical test without finding any
significant results
Question 6

Generic purposive sampling can be characterized as being:

a) Fixed and a priori

 b) Fixed and ad-hoc
c) Contingent and post-hoc
d) Contingent and ad infinitum
Question 7

The minimum sample size for qualitative interviewing is:

a) 30
b) 31
c) 60
d) It's hard to say
Question 8

Why is an ethnographic study unlikely to use a probability sample?

a) Because the aim of understanding is more important than that of generalization

b) Because the researcher cannot control who is willing to talk to them
c) Because it is difficult to identify a sampling frame
d) All of the above
Question 9

Apart from people, what else can purposive sampling be used for?

a) Documents
b) Timing of events
c) Context
d) All of the above
Question 10

What can be generalized from a purposive sample?

a) That the findings are true for broadly similar cases

b) That the findings are true for the entire population
c) That the opposite is true for people who are the opposite of those in the sample
d) That purposive sampling is better than probability sampling
 Which of the following is a component of ethnographic research?
 a) Being immersed in a social group or setting
b) Participant observation, interviews, and/or documentary analysis
c) A written account of an ethnographic study
d) All of the above
Question 2

What is one of the main disadvantages of using the covert role in ethnography?

a) It can be hard to gain access to the social group

b) It is difficult to take notes without arousing suspicion
c) The problem of reactivity: people may change their behaviour if they know they are being observed
d) It is usually too time consuming and expensive to be a realistic option
Question 3

Which of the following will not help you to negotiate access to a closed/non-public setting?

a) Gaining the support of a "sponsor" within the organization
b) Obtaining clearance from a "gatekeeper" or senior member of the group
c) Joining in with the group's activities without introducing yourself
d) Offering something in return, e.g. a report of the findings
Question 4

What is a key informant?

a) A group member who helps the ethnographer gain access to relevant people/events
b) A senior level member of the organisation who refuses to allow researchers into it
c) A participant who appears to be helpful but then blows the researcher's cover
d) Someone who cuts keys to help the ethnographer gain access to a building
Question 5

What is the name of the role adopted by an ethnographer who joins in with the group's activities but
admits to being a researcher?

a) Complete participant
b) Participant-as-observer
c) Observer-as-participant
d) Complete observer
Question 6

What is meant by the term "going native"?

a) Doing ethnography as a participant observer

b) Accepting a job in an organization previously studied by the ethnographer
c) Trying to learn to speak a foreign language as well as a native speaker
d) Over identifying with the group and losing research perspective
Question 7

Is it okay to break the law in order to maintain a "cover"?

a) Yes, provided it is not very serious
b) No, never under any circumstances
c) Yes, because otherwise data on criminal activity would never come to light
d) Yes, provided it doesn't cause physical harm to someone
Question 8

What is the difference between "scratch notes" and "full field notes"?

a)Scratch  notes are just key words and phrases, rather than lengthy descriptions
b) Full field notes are quicker and easier to write than scratch notes
c) Scratch notes are written at the end of the day rather than during key events
d) Full field notes do not involve the researcher scratching their head while thinking
Question 9

Why does Stacey argue against the idea of a feminist ethnography?

a) Because it creates a non-exploitative relationship between the researcher and the researched
b) Because she fundamentally disagrees with all feminist principles
c) Because she thinks that the fieldwork relationship is inherently unequal
d) Because she does not think that ethnography is a useful research method
Question 10

What are the two main types of data that can be used in visual ethnography?

a) Positivist and interpretivist

b) Qualitative and quantitative
c) Nominal and ordinal
 d) Extant and research-driven
Question 1

Which of the following makes qualitative interviewing distinct from structured interviewing?

a) The procedure is less standardized

b) "Rambling" off the topic is not a problem
c) The researcher seeks rich, detailed answers
d) All of the above
Question 2

Which of the following is not a type of qualitative interview?

a) Unstructured interview
b) Oral history interview
c) Structured interview
d) Focus group interview
Question 3

Why is it helpful to prepare an interview guide before conducting semi-structured interviews?

a) So that the data from different interviewees will be comparable and relevant to your research
questions
b) So that you can calculate the statistical significance of the results
c) In order to allow participants complete control over the topics they discuss
d) To make the sample more representative
Question 4

Which of the following is not one of Kvale's ten criteria of the good interviewer?
a) Passive
b) Knowledgeable
c) Sensitive
d) Interpreting
Question 5

What is a "probing question"?

a) One that inquires about a sensitive or deeply personal issue

 b) One that encourages the interviewee to say more about a topic
c) One that asks indirectly about people's opinions
d) One that moves the conversation on to another topic
Question 6

What can you do to reduce the time consuming nature of transcribing interviews?

a) Use a transcribing machine

b) Employ someone to transcribe for you
c) Transcribe only selected parts of the interviews
d) All of the above
Question 7

Which of the following is not a type of life story?

a) Naturalistic life stories
b) Researched life stories
c) True life stories
d) Reflexive and recursive life stories
Question 8

How does Oakley suggest that qualitative interviewing should be used as an explicitly feminist research
method?

a) By creating a more equal relationship between interviewer and interviewee

b) By invading the privacy of women and treating them as objects
c) By imposing academic interpretations upon women's accounts of the world
d) None of the above
Question 9

Which of the following is an advantage of qualitative interviewing relative to participant observation?

a) It allows you to find out about issues that are resistant to observation
b) It is more biased and value-laden
c) It is more likely to create reactive effects
d) None of the above
Question 10
 Which of the following is a disadvantage of qualitative interviewing relative to participant observation?
a) It has a more specific focus
b) It is more ethically dubious, in terms of obtaining informed consent
c) It may not provide access to deviant or hidden activities
d) It does not allow participants to reconstruct their life events
Top of Form
Question 1

What is the main difference between a focus group and a group interview?

a) Group interviews involve fewer participants

b) Focus groups are used to study the way people discuss a specific topic
c) There is no moderator present in a focus group
d) Focus groups save more time and money
Question 2

How have focus groups been used in media and cultural studies?

a) To plan champagne receptions

b) To investigate birth and conception
c) To explore audience reception
d) To measure TV reception
Question 3

Why is it particularly difficult to get an accurate record and transcript of a focus group session?

a) Because the researcher often forgets to take notes

b) Because focus groups are transcribed several years after they are conducted
c) Because you cannot use a tape recorder in a focus group
d) Because there are so many different voices to follow
Question 4

When might it be useful to conduct a relatively large number of focus groups?

a) When participants' views are likely to be affected by socio-demographic factors

b) When you want to capture as much diversity in perspectives as possible
c) When there are lots of willing volunteers who meet the relevant criteria
 d) All of the above
Question 5

What is the role of the moderator in a focus group?

a) To stimulate discussion and keep the conversation on track

b) To ask leading questions and dominate the discussion
c) To sit away from the group and observe their behavior
d) To evaluate the group's performance on a particular task
Question 6

What are "natural groups" in the context of focus group research?

a) Groups of strangers selected from a particular location

b) Random samples of participants from the general population
c) Groups of participants who already know each other
d) Groups of non-human animals studied in their natural environment
Question 7

What should the moderator say in their introductory remarks?

A) Thank you to the participants for coming
b) Who they are and what the research is about
c) How the focus group will proceed
d) All of the above
Question 8

What are the two main forms of group interaction that Kit zinger identifies in focus group sessions?

a) Altruistic and aggressive

b) Complementary and argumentative
c) Conventional and alternative
d) Passive and assertive
Question 9

Why have feminists argued that focus groups successfully avoid "decontextualizing" their participants?

a) Because they study the individual as part of a social context

 b) Because they tend to be carried out by female researchers
c) Because moderating a focus group demands great technical knowledge
d) Because the data tends to be analyzed using post-structuralism theories
Question 10

Which of the following is not a limitation of the focus group method?

a) The researcher has little control over how the discussion proceeds
b) It reveals the way social meanings are jointly constructed
c) It produces a large volume of data that can be difficult to analyses
d) People in groups tend to agree and express socially desirable views
 
Bottom of Form
Question 1

Conversation Analysis (CA) and Discourse Analysis (DA) differ from other qualitative research
methods in that they treat language as:

a) A method rather than a theory

b) A resource rather than a topic
c) A theory rather than a method
d) A topic rather than a resource
Question 2

In CA, the term "indexicality" means that:

a) The meaning of an utterance depends on the context in which it is used

b) Speech acts can be listed and indexed after transcription
c) Words are constitutive of the social world in which they are located
d) People tend to wave their index finger in the air while speaking
Question 3

Which of the following is not one of the basic assumptions of CA?

a) Talk is structured
b) Talk is forged contextually
c) j
d) Analysis is grounded in data
Question 4

In a CA transcript, what does the symbol "(.)" stand for?

a) Intake of breath
b) Prolonged sound
c) Emphasis on the next word
d) Slight pause
Question 5

What is meant by the term "adjacency pair" in CA?

a) An interviewer and interviewee sitting next to each other

b) Two linked phases of conversation
c) Two similar questions asked in rapid succession
d) A mechanism used to repair an embarrassing mistake
Question 6

What have conversation analysts found that people generally do to "repair" the damage caused by a
"dispreferred response"?

a) Provide justifications for their action

b) Correct themselves and give the preferred response
c) Brazen it out and pretend they don't care
d) Run away in a panic
Question 7

What do discourse analysts study?

a) Forms of communication other than talk
b) The way discourses "frame" our understanding of the social world
c) The rhetorical styles used in written and oral communication
d) All of the above
Question 8

What is meant by the term "ethnographic particulars"?

a) Specific people who are involved as key informants in an ethnography

b) A participant observation schedule that is used in qualitative research
 c) Factors outside the immediate context of an interaction
d) The "here-and-now" context of situated talk
Question 9

Potter & Wetherell use the term "interpretative repertoires" to refer to:

a) The process of making non-factual data appear to be factual

b) The general resources people use to perform discursive acts
c) The frames of reference audiences use to hear messages
d) The stock of academic knowledge people draw upon in sociology
Question 10

The anti-realist inclination of many DA researchers is controversial because it leads them to assert that:

a) There is no pre-existing material reality that constrains individual action

b) Social structures determine the way individuals use language
c) The technique is incompatible with feminist principles
d) Quantitative research is inherently superior to qualitative research
Question 1

What are Scott's four criteria for assessing the quality of documents?

a) Credibility, reliability, accuracy, meaning

b) Comprehensiveness, accuracy, value, rigour
c) Authenticity, credibility, representativeness, meaning
d) Objectivity, subjectivity, authenticity, value
Question 2

Why is it necessary to consider the authenticity of personal documents? Select all that apply.

a) Because they have been seen by other people

b) Because they might have been "ghost written" or heavily edited by other authors
c) Because they might not reflect the true feelings of the writer
d) Because documents can never be trusted
Question 3

Why might a collection of personal letters from the nineteenth century be low in representativeness?
 a) Because it would be difficult to read old-fashioned styles of handwriting
b) Because it can be hard for a modern day researcher to understand such materials
c) Because they might have been forged by an unscrupulous dealer
d) Because at that time literacy was mainly limited to middle class males
Question 4

Why might social researchers be interested in analysing photographs as a form of visual data?

a) To find out more about fashion, artifacts and everyday life in a particular social setting
b) To study the way photographs present idealized depictions of family life
c) To help them to see what has not been photographed and why
d) All of the above
Question 5

Which of the following is not an example of an official document?

a) A report of a public inquiry into a disaster
b) A PhD student's collection of interview transcripts
c) Documentation from a pharmaceutical company about a new drug
d) A leaked memo from one Member of Parliament to another
Question 6

Which of the following can be studied as a documentary source from the mass media?

a) The minutes of a parish council meeting

b) Personal letters between a mother and her daughter
c) Newspaper articles about a particular issue or event
d) The staff newsletter produced by a private company
Question 7

Why can it be difficult to establish the authenticity of virtual data?

a) Because we do not know who wrote the material on a web site
b) Because virtual data are not as good as actual data
c) Because it may require specialist "inside knowledge" to understand the text
d) Because it is usually presented in the form of visual images
Question 8
 Why is it important to study the way audiences "read" cultural documents?

a) To demonstrate how audiences passively accept whatever they are told
b) Because their interpretation of it may differ from that intended by the author
c) Because sociologists are running out of new things to research
d) Because there is a lot of funding available for focus group studies
Question 9

How does qualitative content analysis differ from quantitative content analysis?

a) It is always preceded by ethnographic research

b) It involves counting the number of times certain words appear in a text
c) It is less rigid, as researchers are constantly revising their concepts
d) It is less likely to be used by feminist researchers
Question 10

What is semiotics?

a) The study of semi-detached houses

b) A half-baked attempt at social research
c) The method of semi-structured interviewing
d) The science of signs
Question 1

In analytic induction, what happens if the researcher finds a deviant case?

a) They ignore it and carry on

b) They must either redefine or reformulate the hypothesis
c) They conduct a parametric statistical test
d) They give up and decide to be quantitative researchers instead
Question 2

Which of the following is not a tool of grounded theory?

a) Theoretical sampling
b) Coding
c) External validity
 d) Constant comparison
Question 3

What do Strauss & Corbin mean by "open coding"?

a) Breaking data down and examining it to identify themes and concepts

b) Coding without the intention of building a theory
c) Drawing open brackets alongside key words and phrases
d) Telling everybody about the way you have coded the data
Question 4

What is a "substantive theory" in Strauss & Corbin's view?

a) One that operates at the highest level of abstraction

b) One that is highly controversial and provokes a critical response
c) One that relates to an empirical instance or substantive topic area
d) One that is amenable to statistical analysis
Question 5

What are memos?

a) Notes those researchers write to themselves

b) Reminders of what is meant by key terms or phrases
c) Building blocks for theorizing
d) All of the above
Question 6

Why should you start coding your data as soon as possible?

a) To sharpen your focus and help with theoretical sampling

b) Because researchers always run out of time at the end of a project
c) Because it is the easiest task to do
d) To make sure that your initial theoretical ideas are imposed on the data
Question 7

Why are Coffey & Atkinson critical of the way coding fragments qualitative data?
a) Because this is incompatible with the principles of feminist research
 b) Because it results in a loss of context and narrative flow
c) Because they think it should fragment quantitative data instead
d) Because they invented the life history interview and want to promote it
Question 8

What do advocates of narrative analysis prefer to study?

a) The extent to which analytic induction can be value-free

b) The iterative process of grounded
c) The ethical implications of conducting a secondary analysis of qualitative data
d) The ways in which people use stories to make sense of events in their lives
Question 9

What is narrative analysis?

a) A literary approach to documents

b) An approach that is sensitive to questions that concern how people choose to sequence and
represent people and events
c) A form of thematic analysis
d) A method of improving the quality of interview material
Question 10

What is one of the main ethical problems associated with conducting a secondary analysis of qualitative
data?

a) The participants may not have given informed consent to the reuse of their data
b) It involves deceiving respondents about the nature of the research
c) The secondary analyst must adopt a covert role and is at risk of "going native"
d) Respondents are likely to experience physical harm as a result of the process
Question 1

What does the acronym "CAQDAS" stand for?

a) Computer-Assisted Qualitative Data Analysis Software

b) Complicated Analytical Questions Deserving Answers Soon
c) Constant Aggravation Queried Directly and Swiftly
d) Content Analysis Quantification: Durkheim and Statistics
Question 2

How is CAQDAS different from quantitative data analysis software?

a) It only works on Apple Mac computers

b) It requires detailed knowledge of statistics
c) There is no industry leader
d) The programs do the analysis for you
Question 3

Which of the following is not a criticism of the use of CAQDAS in social research?
a) It reinforces the idea that code-and-retrieve is the only way to conduct qualitative analysis
b) It results in the fragmentation of data and a loss of narrative flow
c) It may not be suitable for focus group data
d) It is not very fast or efficient at retrieving sections of data
Question 4

Which of the following is not an advantage of using CAQDAS in social research?

a) It makes the process of qualitative data analysis more transparent
b) It is faster and efficient than analyzing by hand
c) It involves learning skills that are specific to each program
d) It helps you to map out the relations between ideas and themes in the data
Question 5

Which file format is best for importing your project documents into Vivo?

a) Only .navy
b) Any format, including .exe
c) Only .html or .him
d) .doc or .docks
Question 6

In which window can you read through, edit and code your documents?

a) Document Viewer
b) Node Explorer
c) Project Pad
 d) Welcome Screen
Question 7

What are the two types of node used in Vivo?

a) Creative and non-creative

b) Blocked nodes and running nodes
c) Formatted and unformatted
d) Hierarchical and non-hierarchical
Question 8

You code your data in Vivo by:

a) Applying nodes to segments of text

b) Using a pre-set coding frame
c) Entering the data case by case as "variables"
d) Changing the spelling of certain words to disguise their real meaning
Question 9

Which of the following is a kind of search that can be carried out in Vivo?

a) Single node search

b) Intersection search
c) Specific text search
d) All of the above
Question 10

Which is the correct sequence for creating a memo in Vivo?

a) Sources, Memos, Create, Memo
b) Nodes, New type, Memo to self
c) Sources, Documents, Browse, Import Memo
d) It is not possible to create memos in Vivo
Question 1

The natural sciences have often been characterized as being positivist in epistemological orientation.
Which of the following has been proposed as an alternative account?

a) Marxism
 b) Subjectivism
c) Interpretivism
d) Realism
Question 2

How is it argued that qualitative research can have "empiricist overtones"?

a) Semi-structured interview schedules are used to quantify behaviour

b) There is an emphasis on direct observation of people and social settings
c) Qualitative researchers prefer to conduct statistical analyses of their data
d) It typically involves testing a clearly defined hypothesis
Question 3

Why might we say that quantitative researchers also try to study social meanings?

a) Because the method they use most is the in-depth interview

b) Because their written reports usually refer to an interpretivist epistemology
c) Because surveys and questionnaires are used to examine attitudes and opinions
d) Because they observe human behaviour in a laboratory
Question 4

Why does Bryman argue that research methods can be seen as relatively "free-floating" or autonomous?

a) Because researchers often change their minds about which method to use
b) Because most qualitative researchers are Hippies who believe in free love
c) Because there is no longer any meaningful distinction between quantitative and qualitative research
d) Because there is no inevitable connection between a researcher's choice of method and their
epistemological/ ontological beliefs
Question 5

Which of the following is not one of the contrasts that has been made to distinguish between quantitative
and qualitative research?
a) Behaviour versus meaning
b) Numbers versus words
c) Traditional versus modern
D) Artificial versus natural
Question 6

What does the term "quasi-quantification" refer to?

a) The use of words like "many", "some" or "often" in qualitative research

b) A poor attempt at statistical analysis
c) The use of a survey instrument that has not been tested for inter-coder reliability
d) The way scientists talk about their data in numerical terms to enhance the credibility of their findings
Question 7

Why is it argued that qualitative research may not really be "naturalistic"?

a) Because participant observation has to be overt and so causes reactivity effects

b) Because methods such as interviews and focus groups constitute artificial social settings
c) Because quantitative methods such as structured observation tend to take place in more naturalistic
environments
d) Because it is concerned with the social world rather than the natural world
Question 8

What is "ethno statistics"?

a) The study of the way statistics are constructed, interpreted and represented
b) The study of the way ethnic minorities are represented in official statistics
c) A new computer program designed to help lay people understand statistics
d) An interpretivist approach made famous by the work of Garfunkel (1967) 

Question 9

In what way does the thematic analysis of interview data suggest quantification?

a) It demands the use of computer programs like SPSS

b) It is based on numbers rather than text
c) It involves establishing the frequency of particular words, phrases or themes
d) It is usually followed by a stage of rigorous statistical testing
Question 10

How does quantification help the qualitative researcher avoid being accused of anecdotalism?
 a) By allowing them to focus on extreme examples in the data and ignore the rest
b) By providing a structure to an otherwise unstructured dataset
c) By making it more likely that official statistics will be included in their report
d) By providing some idea of the prevalence of an unusual or striking response
Question 1

What is the name of one of the arguments that suggests that research methods are inextricably linked to
epistemological commitments?

a) Triangulation argument
b) Postmodern argument
c) Embedded methods argument
d) Positivist argument
Question 2

Which version of the debate about multi-strategy research suggests that quantitative and qualitative
research is compatible?

a) Technical version
b) Methodological version
c) Epistemological version
d) Feminist version
Question 3

What is triangulation?

a) Using three quantitative or three qualitative methods in a project

b) Cross-checking the results found by different research strategies
c) Allowing theoretical concepts to emerge from the data
d) Drawing a triangular diagram to represent the relations between three concepts
Question 4

How might qualitative research facilitate quantitative research?

a) By providing hypotheses that can later be tested

b) By helping with the design of survey questions
c) By informing the schedule of a structured interview
 d) All of the above
Question 5

How might quantitative research facilitate qualitative research?

a) By identifying specific groups of people to be interviewed

b) By showing the frequency of different responses to a survey item
c) By imposing a rigorous positivist framework on it
d) By combining laboratory experiments with structured observation
Question 6

Whereas quantitative research tends to bring out a static picture of social life, qualitative research
depicts it as…
a) Symmetrical
b) Statistical
c) Procession
d) Proverbial
Question 7

How might qualitative research help with the analysis of quantitative data?

a) By identifying a sample of respondents for a follow-up study

b) By providing hard, statistical data about them
c) By making the research more value-laden and subjective
d) By helping to explain the relationship between two variables
Question 8

How can multi-strategy research help us to study different aspects of a phenomenon?

a) By reducing the standard deviation of scores around the mean

b) By allowing the researcher to interview first women, and then men
c) By revealing both the macro and the micro level
d) By making it unnecessary to have more than one stage in the research process
Question 9

When might unplanned multi-stage research be described as a "salvage operation"?

a) When the researcher abandons their original strategy and starts all over again
 b) When the second research strategy is used to explain unexpected or puzzling results
c) When there is a paradigm shift from quantitative to qualitative research
d) When it is ethically unsound to use only one research strategy
Question 10

Which of the following is not a feature of multi-strategy research?

a) It is inherently superior to mono-strategy research
b) It must be competently designed and conducted
c) It must be appropriate to the research questions
d) The skills of all researchers must be well integrated
Question 1

What is rhetoric?

a) The type of rapport that is usually established in in-depth interviews

b) An ancient form of poetry
c) A technique used to assess the external reliability of a data source
d) The attempt to persuade or convince an audience, often through writing
Question 2

The introductory section of a research report should aim to:

a) Identify the specific focus of the study

b) Provide a rationale for the dissertation, or article
c) Grab the reader's attention
d) All of the above
Question 3

What is the purpose of the conclusion in a research report?

a) It explains how concepts were operationally defined and measured

b) It contains a useful review of the relevant literature
c) It outlines the methodological procedures that were employed
d) It summarizes the key findings in relation to the research questions
Question 4
 Why does Bryan praise the theory section in the Kelley and De Graf (1997) article?

a) Because he made a personal contribution to that section

b) Because the research questions are spelled out very specifically
c) Because it covers all theories known at that time
d) Because the language is very poetic
Question 5

Which qualitative research method was used by Jones et al (2010)?

A) Structured interviewing
b) Focus groups
c) Semi-structured interviewing
d) CAQDAS
Question 6

Which of the following is not normally included in a written account of qualitative research?

a) An introduction, locating the research in its theoretical context
b) An explanation of the design of the study
c) A discussion of the main findings in relation to the research questions
d) A decision to accept or reject the hypothesis
Question 7

Which sequence do Creswell and Plano Clark (2011) recommend for an article writing up mixed-
methods research?
a) Introduction; Methods; Results; Discussion.
b) Introduction; Literature Review; Data; Conclusions.
c) Introduction; Background; Methods; Findings; Discussion; Conclusion.
d) Introduction; Theory; Data; Measurement; Methods and models; Results; Conclusion.
Question 8

The mixed methods used by Porting et al (2004) were:

a) Structured and unstructured interviews

b) A questionnaire survey and focus groups
c) Traditional ethnography and structured observation
 d) CATI and CAPI
Question 9

In mixed-methods research, quantitative and qualitative findings should be:

a) Integrated
b) Contained in separate sections
c) Listed in order of importance
d) Shown fully in appendices
Question 10

Before submitting your dissertation, you should ensure that:

a) Your writing is free of sexist, racist and disables language

b) Other people have read your final draft
c) You have proofread it thoroughly
d) All of the above

Doing Research in the Real World

PART A: PRINCIPLES AND PLANNING FOR RESEARCH

1. Which of the following should not be a criterion for a good research project?

a. Demonstrates the abilities of the researcher

b. Is dependent on the completion of other projects
c. Demonstrates the integration of different fields of knowledge
d. Develops the skills of the researcher

Answer: 

B. Is dependent on the completion of other projects

2. Which form of reasoning is the process of drawing a specific conclusion from a set of premises?

a. Objective reasoning
b. Positivistic reasoning
c. Inductive reasoning
d. Deductive reasoning

Answer: 
D: Deductive reasoning

3. Research that seeks to examine the findings of a study by using the same design but a different sample
is which of the following?

a. An exploratory study
b. A replication study
c. An empirical study
d. Hypothesis testing

Answer: 

B: A replication study

4. A researcher designs an experiment to test how variables interact to influence job-seeking behaviors.
The main purpose of the study was:

a. Description
b. Prediction
c. Exploration
d. Explanation

Answer: 

D: Explanation

5. Cyber bullying at work is a growing threat to employee job satisfaction. Researchers want to find out
why people do this and how they feel about it. The primary purpose of the study is:

a. Description
b. Prediction
c. Exploration
d. Explanation

Answer: 

C: Exploration

6. A theory: 

a. Is an accumulated body of knowledge

b. Includes inconsequential ideas
c. Is independent of research methodology
d. Should be viewed uncritically
Answer: 

A: Is an accumulated body of knowledge

7. Which research method is a bottom-up approach to research?

a. Deductive method
b. Explanatory method
c. Inductive method
d. Exploratory method

Answer: 

C: Inductive method

8. How much confidence should you place in a single research study?

a. You should trust research findings after different researchers have replicated the findings
b. You should completely trust a single research study
c. Neither a nor b
d. Both a and b 

Answer: 

A: You should trust research findings after different researchers have replicated the findings

9. A qualitative research problem statement:

a. Specifies the research methods to be utilized

b. Specifies a research hypothesis
c. Expresses a relationship between variables
d. Conveys a sense of emerging design

Answer: 

D: Conveys a sense of emerging design

10. Which of the following is a good research question?

a. To produce a report on student job searching behaviors

b. To identify the relationship between self-efficacy and student job searching behaviors
c. Students with higher levels of self-efficacy will demonstrate more active job searching behaviors
d. Do students with high levels of self-efficacy demonstrate more active job searching behaviors?

Answer: 
D: Do students with high levels of self-efficacy demonstrate more active job searching behaviors?

11. A review of the literature prior to formulating research questions allows the researcher to:

a. Provide an up-to-date understanding of the subject, its significance, and structure

b. Guide the development of research questions
c. Present the kinds of research methodologies used in previous studies
d. All of the above

Answer: 

D: All of the above

12. Sometimes a comprehensive review of the literature prior to data collection is not recommended by:

a. Ethnomethodology
b. Grounded theory
c. Symbolic interactionism
d. Feminist theory

Answer: 

B: Grounded theory

13. The feasibility of a research study should be considered in light of: 

a. Cost and time required to conduct the study

b. Access to gatekeepers and respondents
c. Potential ethical concerns
d. All of the above

Answer: 

D: All of the above

14. Research that uses qualitative methods for one phase and quantitative methods for the next phase is
known as:

a. Action research
b. Mixed-method research
c. Quantitative research
d. Pragmatic research

Answer: 
B: Mixed-method research

15. Research hypotheses are:

a. Formulated prior to a review of the literature

b. Statements of predicted relationships between variables
c. B but not A
d. Both A and B

Answer: 

C: B but not A

16. Which research approach is based on the epistemological viewpoint of pragmatism? 

a. Quantitative research
b. Qualitative research
c. Mixed-methods research
d. All of the above

Answer: 

C: Mixed-methods research

17. Adopting ethical principles in research means: 

a. Avoiding harm to participants

b. The researcher is anonymous
c. Deception is only used when necessary
d. Selected informants give their consent

Answer: 

A: Avoiding harm to participants

18. A radical perspective on ethics suggests that: 

a. Researchers can do anything they want

b. The use of checklists of ethical actions is essential
c. The powers of Institutional Review Boards should be strengthened
d. Ethics should be based on self-reflexivity

Answer: 

D: Ethics should be based on self-reflexivity

19. Ethical problems can arise when researching the Internet because:

a. Everyone has access to digital media

b. Respondents may fake their identities
c. Researchers may fake their identities
d. Internet research has to be covert

Answer: 

B: Respondents may fake their identities

20. The Kappa statistic: 

a. Is a measure of inter-judge validity

b. Compares the level of agreement between two judges against what might have been predicted by
chance
c. Ranges from 0 to +1
d. Is acceptable above a score of 0.5

Answer: 

B: Compares the level of agreement between two judges against what might have been predicted by
chance

PART B: RESEARCH METHODOLOGY 

1. Which research paradigm is most concerned about generalizing its findings? 

a. Quantitative research
b. Qualitative research
c. Mixed-methods research
d. All of the above

Answer: 

A: Quantitative research

2. A variable that is presumed to cause a change in another variable is called:

a. An intervening variable
b. A dependent variable
c. An independent variable
d. A numerical variable
Answer: 

C: An independent variable

3. A study of teaching professionals posits that their performance-related pay increases their motivation
which in turn leads to an increase in their job satisfaction. What kind of variable is ‘motivation”’ in this
study? 

a. Extraneous 
b. Confounding
c. Intervening
d. Manipulated

Answer: 

C: Intervening

4. Which correlation is the strongest? 

a. –1.00
b. +80
c. –60
d. +05

Answer: 

A: –1.00

5. When interpreting a correlation coefficient expressing the relationship between two variables, it is
important not to:

a. Assume causality
b. Measure the values for X and Y independently
c. Choose X and Y values that are normally distributed
d. Check the direction of the relationship

Answer: 

A: Assume causality

6. Which of the following can be described as a nominal variable? 

a. Annual income
b. Age
c. Annual sales
 d. Geographical location of a firm

Answer: 

D: Geographical location of a firm

7. A positive correlation occurs when:

a. Two variables remain constant

b. Two variables move in the same direction
c. One variable goes up and the other goes down
d. Two variables move in opposite directions

Answer: 

B: Two variables move in the same direction

8. The key defining characteristic of experimental research is that:

a. The independent variable is manipulated

b. Hypotheses are proved
c. A positive correlation exists
d. Samples are large

Answer: 

A: The independent variable is manipulated

9. Qualitative research is used in all the following circumstances, EXCEPT:

a. It is based on a collection of non-numerical data such as words and pictures

b. It often uses small samples
c. It uses the inductive method
d. It is typically used when a great deal is already known about the topic of interest

Answer: 

D: It is typically used when a great deal is already known about the topic of interest

10. In an experiment, the group that does not receive the intervention is called:

a. The experimental group

b. The participant group
c. The control group
d. The treatment group
Answer: 

C: The control group

11. Which generally cannot be guaranteed in conducting qualitative studies in the field? 

a. Keeping participants from physical and emotional harm

b. Gaining informed consent
c. Assuring anonymity rather than just confidentiality
d. Maintaining consent forms

Answer: 

C: Assuring anonymity rather than just confidentiality

12. Which of the following is not ethical practice in research with humans? 

a. Maintaining participants’ anonymity

b. Gaining informed consent
c. Informing participants that they are free to withdraw at any time
d. Requiring participants to continue until the study has been completed

Answer: 

D: Requiring participants to continue until the study has been completed

13. What do we call data that are used for a new study but which were collected by an earlier researcher
for a different set of research questions?

a. Secondary data
b. Field notes
c. Qualitative data
d. Primary data

Answer: 

A: Secondary data

14. When each member of a population has an equal chance of being selected, this is called:

a. A snowball sample
b. A stratified sample
c. A random probability sample
d. A non-random sample
Answer: 

C: A random probability sample

15. Which of the following techniques yields a simple random sample of hospitals?

a. Randomly selecting a district and then sampling all hospitals within the district
b. Numbering all the elements of a hospital sampling frame and then using a random number
generator to pick hospitals from the table
c. Listing hospitals by sector and choosing a proportion from within each sector at random
d. Choosing volunteer hospitals to participate

Answer: 

B: Numbering all the elements of a hospital sampling frame and then using a random number generator
to pick hospitals from the table

16. Which of the following statements are true?

a. The larger the sample size, the larger the confidence interval
b. The smaller the sample size, the greater the sampling error
c. The more categories being measured, the smaller the sample size
d. A confidence level of 95 percent is always sufficient

Answer: 

B: The smaller the sample size, the greater the sampling error

17. Which of the following will produce the least sampling error?

a. A large sample based on convenience sampling 

b. A small sample based on random sampling
c. A large snowball sample
d. A large sample based on random sampling

Answer: 

D: A large sample based on random sampling

18. When people are readily available, volunteer, or are easily recruited to the sample, this is called:

a. Snowball sampling
b. Convenience sampling
c. Stratified sampling
d. Random sampling
Answer: 

B: Convenience sampling

19. In qualitative research, sampling that involves selecting diverse cases is referred to as:

a. Typical-case sampling
b. Critical-case sampling
c. Intensity sampling
d. Maximum variation sampling

Answer: 

D: Maximum variation sampling

20. A test accurately indicates an employee’s scores on a future criterion (e.g., conscientiousness).  What
kind of validity is this?

a. Predictive
b. Face
c. Content
d. Concurrent

Answer: 

A: Predictive

PART C: DATA COLLECTION METHODS 

1. When designing a questionnaire it is important to do each of the following EXCEPT

a. Pilot the questionnaire

b. Avoid jargon
c. Avoid double questions
d. Use leading questions

Answer: 

D: Use leading questions

2. One advantage of using a questionnaire is that:

a. Probe questions can be asked

 b. Respondents can be put at ease
c. Interview bias can be avoided
d. Response rates are always high

Answer: 

C: Interview bias can be avoided

3. Which of the following is true of observations?

a. It takes less time than interviews

b. It is often not possible to determine exactly why people behave as they do
c. Covert observation raises fewer ethical concerns than overt
d. All of the above

Answer: 

B: It is often not possible to determine exactly why people behave as they do

4. A researcher secretly becomes an active member of a group in order to observe their behavior. This
researcher is acting as:

a. An overt participant observer

b. A covert non-participant observer
c. A covert participant observer
d. None of the above

Answer: 

C: A covert participant observer

5. All of the following are advantages of structured observation, EXCEPT:

a. Results can be replicated at a different time

b. The coding schedule might impose a framework on what is being observed
c. Data can be collected that participants may not realize is important
d. Data do not have to rely on the recall of participants

Answer: 

B: The coding schedule might impose a framework on what is being observed

6. When conducting an interview, asking questions such as: "What else? Or ‘Could you expand on that?’
are all forms of:
 a. Structured responses
b. Category questions
c. Protocols
d. Probes

Answer: 

D: Probes

7. Secondary data can include which of the following? 

a. Government statistics
b. Personal diaries
c. Organizational records
d. All of the above

Answer: 

D: All of the above

8. An ordinal scale is:

a. The simplest form of measurement

b. A scale with an absolute zero point
c. A rank-order scale of measurement
d. A scale with equal intervals between ranks

Answer: 

C: A rank-order scale of measurement

9. Which term measures the extent to which scores from a test can be used to infer or predict
performance in some activity? 

a. Face validity
b. Content reliability
c. Criterion-related validity
d. Construct validity

Answer: 

C: Criterion-related validity

10. The ‘reliability ‘of a measure refers to the researcher asking:

 a. Does it give consistent results?
b. Does it measure what it is supposed to measure?
c. Can the results be generalized?
d. Does it have face reliability?

Answer: 

A: Does it give consistent results?

11. Interviewing is the favored approach EXCEPT when:

a. There is a need for highly personalized data

b. It is important to ask supplementary questions
c. High numbers of respondents are needed
d. Respondents have difficulty with written language

Answer: 

C: High numbers of respondents are needed

12. Validity in interviews is strengthened by the following EXCEPT:

a. Building rapport with interviewees

b. Multiple questions cover the same theme
c. Constructing interview schedules that contain themes drawn from the literature
d. Prompting respondents to expand on initial responses

Answer: 

B: Multiple questions cover the same theme

13. Interview questions should:

a. Lead the respondent

b. Probe sensitive issues
c. Be delivered in a neutral tone
d. Test the respondents’ powers of memory

Answer: 

C: Be delivered in a neutral tone

14. Active listening skills means:

a. Asking as many questions as possible

 b. Avoiding silences
c. Keeping to time
d. Attentive listening

Answer: 

D: Attentive listening

15. All the following are strengths of focus groups EXCEPT:

a. They allow access to a wide range of participants

b. Discussion allows for the validation of ideas and views
c. They can generate a collective perspective
d. They help maintain confidentiality

Answer: 

D: They help maintain confidentiality

16. Which of the following is not always true about focus groups?

a. The ideal size is normally between 6 and 12 participants

b. Moderators should introduce themselves to the group
c. Participants should come from diverse backgrounds
d. The moderator poses preplanned questions

Answer: 

C: Participants should come from diverse backgrounds

17. A disadvantage of using secondary data is that:

a. The data may have been collected with reference to research questions that are not those of the
researcher
b. The researcher may bring more detachment in viewing the data than original researchers could
muster
c. Data have often been collected by teams of experienced researchers
d. Secondary data sets are often available and accessible

Answer: 

A: The data may have been collected with reference to research questions that are not those of the
researcher

18. All of the following are sources of secondary data EXCEPT:

 a. Official statistics
b. A television documentary
c. The researcher’s research diary
d. A company’s annual report

Answer: 

C: The researcher’s research diary

19. Which of the following is not true about visual methods?

a. They are not reliant on respondent recall

b. The have low resource requirements
c. They do not rely on words to capture what is happening
d. They can capture what is happening in real time

Answer: 

B: The have low resource requirements

20. Avoiding naïve empiricism in the interpretation of visual data means:

a. Understanding the context in which they were produced

b. Ensuring that visual images such as photographs are accurately taken
c. Only using visual images with other data gathering sources
d. Planning the capture of visual data carefully

Answer: 

A: Understanding the context in which they were produced

PART D: ANALYSIS AND REPORT WRITING 

1. Which of the following is incorrect when naming a variable in SPSS?

a. Must begin with a letter and not a number

b. Must end in a full stop
c. Cannot exceed 64 characters
d. Cannot include symbols such as ?, & and %

Answer: 
B: Must end in a full stop

2. Which of the following is not an SPSS Type variable?

a. Word
b. Numeric
c. String
d. Date

Answer: 

A: Word

3. A graph that uses vertical bars to represent data is called:

a. A bar chart
b. A pie chart
c. A line graph
d. A vertical graph

Answer: 

A: A bar chart

4. The purpose of descriptive statistics is to:

a. Summarize the characteristics of a data set

b. Draw conclusions from the data
c. None of the above
d. All of the above

Answer: 

A: Summarize the characteristics of a data set

5. The measure of the extent to which responses vary from the mean is called:

a. The mode
b. The normal distribution
c. The standard deviation
d. The variance

Answer: 

C: The standard deviation

6. To compare the performance of a group at time T1 and then at T2, we would use:

a. A chi-squared test
b. One-way analysis of variance
c. Analysis of variance
d. A paired t-test

Answer: 

D: A paired t-test

7. A Type 1 error occurs in a situation where:

a. The null hypothesis is accepted when it is in fact true

b. The null hypothesis is rejected when it is in fact false
c. The null hypothesis is rejected when it is in fact true
d. The null hypothesis is accepted when it is in fact false

Answer: 

C: The null hypothesis is rejected when it is in fact true

8. The significance level

a. Is set after a statistical test is conducted

b. Is always set at 0.05
c. Results in a p-value
d. Measures the probability of rejecting a true null hypothesis

Answer: 

D: Measures the probability of rejecting a true null hypothesis

9. To predict the value of the dependent variable for a new case based on the knowledge of one or more
independent variables, we would use

a. Regression analysis
b. Correlation analysis
c. Kolmogorov-Smirnov test
d. One-way analysis of variance

Answer: 

A: Regression analysis
10. In conducting secondary data analysis, researchers should ask themselves all of the following
EXCEPT:

a. Who produced the document?

b. Is the material genuine?
c. How can respondents be re-interviewed?
d. Why was the document produced?

Answer: 

C: How can respondents be re-interviewed?

11. Which of the following are not true of reflexivity?

a. It recognizes that the researcher is not a neutral observer

b. It has mainly been applied to the analysis of qualitative data
c. It is part of a post-positivist tradition
d. A danger of adopting a reflexive stance is the researcher can become the focus of the study

Answer: 

C: It is part of a post-positivist tradition

12. Validity in qualitative research can be strengthened by all of the following EXCEPT:

a. Member checking for accuracy and interpretation

b. Transcribing interviews to improve accuracy of data
c. Exploring rival explanations
d. Analyzing negative cases

Answer: 

B: Transcribing interviews to improve accuracy of data

13. Qualitative data analysis programs are useful for each of the following EXCEPT: 

a. Manipulation of large amounts of data

b. Exploring of the data against new dimensions
c. Querying of data
d. Generating codes

Answer: 

D: Generating codes
14. Which part of a research report contains details of how the research was planned and conducted?

a. Results
b. Design 
c. Introduction
d. Background

Answer: 

B: Design 

15. Which of the following is a form of research typically conducted by managers and other
professionals to address issues in their organizations and/or professional practice?

a. Action research
b. Basic research
c. Professional research
d. Predictive research

Answer: 

A: Action research

16. Plagiarism can be avoided by:

a. Copying the work of others accurately

b. Paraphrasing the author’s text in your own words
c. Cut and pasting from the Internet
d. Quoting directly without revealing the source

Answer: 

B: Paraphrasing the author’s text in your own words

17. In preparing for a presentation, you should do all of the following EXCEPT:

a. Practice the presentation

b. Ignore your nerves
c. Get to know more about your audience
d. Take an advanced look, if possible, at the facilities

Answer: 

B: Ignore your nerves

18. You can create interest in your presentation by:

a. Using bullet points

b. Reading from notes
c. Maximizing the use of animation effects
d. Using metaphors

Answer: 

D: Using metaphors

19. In preparing for a viva or similar oral examination, it is best if you have:

a. Avoided citing the examiner in your thesis

b. Made exaggerated claims on the basis of your data
c. Published and referenced your own article(s)
d. Tried to memorize your work

Answer: 

C: Published and referenced your own article(s)

20. Grounded theory coding:

a. Makes use of a priori concepts from the literature

b. Uses open coding, selective coding, then axial coding
c. Adopts a deductive stance
d. Stops when theoretical saturation has been reached

Answer: 

D: Stops when theoretical saturation has been reached

© 2020 SAGE Publications

Terms of Service • Copyright Notice • Privacy Policy

Chapter 12 Multiple
Choice Questions
(The answers are provided after the last question.)

1. Which of the following is characteristic of qualitative research?

1. Generalization to the population
2. Random sampling
 3. Unique case orientation
4. Standardized tests and measures

2. Phenomenology has its disciplinary origins in:

a. Philosophy
b. Anthropology
c. Sociology
d. Many disciplines

3. The primary data analysis approach in ethnography is:

a. Open, axial, and selective coding
b. Holistic description and search for cultural themes
c. Cross-case analysis
d. Identifying essences of phenomenon

4. The term used to describe suspending preconceptions and learned feelings about a
phenomenon is called:
a. Axial coding
b. Design flexibility
c. Bracketing
d. Ethnography

5. A researcher studies how students who flunk out of high school experienced high
School. She found that it was common for such students to report that they felt like they had little
control of their destiny. Her report that this lack of control was an invariant part of the students’
experiences suggests that lack ofcontrolis of the “flunking out”experience.
1. Narrative
2. A grounded theory
3. An essence
4. A probabilistic cause

6. The specific cultural conventions or statements that people who share a culture hold to be true
or false recalled .
a. Shared attitudes
b. Shared beliefs
c. Shared values
d. Norms

7. The written and unwritten rules that specify appropriate group behavior recalled .
a. shared attitudes
b. Shared beliefs
c. Shared values
d. Norms

8. Which of the following is not an advantage of studying multiple cases?

a. Multiple cases can be compared for similarities and differences
 b. Multiple cases can more effectively test a theory than a single case
c. Generalizations about population are usually better when based on multiple cases.
d. Cost is lower and depth of analysis is easier when you study multiple
cases in a single research study

9. Are the standards of a culture about what is good or bad or desirable or

undesirable?
a. Shared attitudes
b. Shared beliefs
c. Shared values
d. Norms

10. Is the study of human consciousness and individuals’ experience of some

phenomenon?
a. Phenomenology
b. Ethnography
c. Grounded theory
d. Case study research

11. Which of the following is a characteristic of qualitative research?

a. Design flexibility
b. Inductive analysis
c. Context sensitivity
d. All of the above

12. Is a general methodology for developing theory that is based on data

systematically gathered and analyzed?
a. Theory confirmation
b. Grounded theory
c. Theory deduction
d. All of the above

13. The final stage in grounded theory data analysisiscalled .

a. Axial coding
b. Theoretical saturation
c. Constant comparative method
d. Selective coding

14. Which major characteristic of qualitative research refers to studying real world situations as
they unfold naturally?

a. Holisticperspective
b. Naturalisticinquiry
c. Dynamicsystems
d. Inductive analysis

15. In which qualitative research approach is the primary goal to gain access to individuals’ inner
worlds of experience?
a. Phenomenology
b. Ethnography
c. Grounded theory
d. Case study

16. The type of qualitative research that describes the culture of a group of peopleiscalled .
a. Phenomenology
b. Grounded theory
c. Ethnography
d. Casestudy

17. The grounded theorist is finished analyzing data when theoretical saturationoccurs.
a. True
b. False

18. In which of the following case study designs does the researcher focus her primary interest
on understanding something more general than the particularcase?
a. Intrinsic case study
b. Instrumental casestudy
c. Collective case study
d. It could be b or c

19. Which of the following phrases best describes"ethnocentrism"?

a. Special words or terms used by the people in group
b. An external, social scientific view of reality
c. The study of the cultural past of a group of people
d. Judging people from a different culture according to the standards of your own
culture

20. Which of the following is usually not a characteristic of qualitative research?

a. Design flexibility
b. Dynamic systems
c. Naturalistic inquiry
d. Deductive design

21. Which of the following involves the studying of multiple cases in one research study?
a. Intrinsic case study
b. Single case study
c. Instrumental case study
d. Collective case study
22. Which of the following does not apply to qualitative research?
a. Data are often words and pictures
b. Uses the inductive scientific method
c. Ends with a statistical report
d. Involves direct and personal contact with participants

23. The difference between ethnographic research and other types of qualitative research is that
ethnographers specifically use the concept of “culture” to help understand the results.
a. True
b. False

24. What term refers to the insider’s perspective?

A. Ethnocentrism
B. Emic perspective
C. Etic perspective
D. Holism

25. In data analysis of the grounded theory approach, the step which focuses on the main idea,
developing the story line, and finalizing the theory is called .
a. Open coding
b. Axial coding
c. Selective coding
d. Theoretical saturation

26. Which of the following is not one of the 4 major approaches to qualitative research?
a. Ethnography
b. Phenomenology
c. Case study
d. Grounded theory
e. No experimental

27. In "phenomenology," a well written report will be highly descriptive of the participants’
experiences and will often elicit in the reader a feeling that they feel as though they are
experiencing the phenomenon themselves.  This experienceiscalled .
a. A phenomenalexperience
b. A vicariousexperience
c. A significantexperience
d. Adream

28. You want to study a Native American group in New Mexico for a six month
period to learn all you can about them so you can write a book about that
particular tribe. You want the book to be accurate and authentic as well as
 informative and inspiring. What type of research will you likely be
conducting when you get to NewMexico?
a. Ethnography

b. Phenomenology
b. Grounded theory
b. Collective casestudy

29. The emic perspective refers to an external, social scientific view ofreality.
a. True
b. False

30. is used to describe cultural scenes or the cultural characteristics of a group of

people.
a. Phenomenology
b. Ethnography
c. Groundedtheory
d. Instrumental casestudy

31. Terms such as “geeks,” “book worms,” “preps,” areknown as terms.

a. Emic
b. Etic

32. When a researcher identifies so completely with the group being studied that he or she canno
longer remain objective you have whatiscalled .
a. Cultureshock
b. Goingnative
c. Regression
d. Culturalrelativism

 
 
1.Developing Research Questions and Proposal Preperation

1. A good qualitative problem statement:

a. Defines the independent and dependent variables

b.

c. Specifies a research hypothesis to be tested

d. Specifies the relationship between variables that the researcher expects to find 
2. The “tool” function of theory is to:

a. Summarize existing knowledge

b. Summarize existing hypotheses

c. Suggest new relationships and make new predictions

d. Suggest new theories

3. The statement of purpose in a research study should:

a. Identify the design of the study

b. Identify the intent or objective of the study

c. Specify the type of people to be used in the study

d. Describe the study

4. Why is the statement “What are the effects of extracurricular activities on cognitive development of
school age children” not a good statement of a quantitative research question?

a. Because there is no connection between extracurricular activities and cognitive

development

b. Because there are not enough school age children engaged in extracurricular activities

To conduct the study

c. Because the study would be too difficult to do given all the different extracurricular

Activities

d. Plough to provide an understanding of the

Variables being investigated

5. A qualitative research question:

a. Asks a question about some process, or phenomenon to be explored

b. Is generally an open-ended question

C. both a and b are correct

d. None of the above

6. According to the text, which of the following orders is the recommended in the flowchart of the
development of a research idea?

a. Research topic, research problem, research purpose, research question, and hypothesis

b. Research topic, research purpose, research problem, research question, and hypothesis

c. Research topic, research problem, research purpose, research question, and hypothesis

d. Research topic, hypothesis, research problem, research question, research purpose

7. It is essential that you evaluate the quality of internet resources because information obtained via
the internet ranges from very poor to very good.

a. True

b. False

8.  One step that is not included in planning a research study is:

a. Identifying a researchable problem 

b. A review of current research

c. Statement of the research question 

d. Conducting a meta-analysis of the research

e. Developing a research plan

9.  Sources of researchable problems can include: 

a. Researchers’ own experiences as educators

b. Practical issues that require solutions

c. Theory and past research 

d. All of the above

10.  A key characteristic of past research that guides researchers in new research questions is that: 

a. Extensive research conclusively and definitively answers research questions 

b. Studies typically generate more research questions than they answer

11.  Which of the following is a function of theory?

a. Integrating and summarizing current knowledge

b. Making predictions

c. Explaining phenomena

d. All of the above are important functions of theory

12.  A review of the literature prior to formulating research questions allows the researcher to do
which of the following?

a. To become familiar with prior research on the phenomenon of interest

b. To identify potential methodological problems in the research area

c. To develop a list of pertinent problems relative to the phenomenon of interest 

b. False

14.  What kind of ideas can’t be empirically researched? 

a. Effectiveness of different methods of instruction

b. Description of educational practices

c. Issues of values and morality such as the correctness of having prayer in schools

d. Factors helpful in predicting future drug use 

15.  Which of the following is not database containing information to be used during the literature
review?

a. ERIC

b. Psych INFO

c.  SocioFILE 

d.  all of the above are potentially useful data bases

16.  Computer database searches can be done:

A.  With a computer with CD-ROM drive

B. At the library

c. Online

d. All of the above

17.  The feasibility of a research study should be considered in light of:

a. Cost and time required to conduct the study

b. Skills required of the researcher

c. Potential ethical concerns

d. All of the above

18.  A formal statement of the research question or “purpose of research study” generally ______.

a. Is made prior to the literature review 

b. Is made after the literature review

c. Will help guide the research process 

d. All of the above

E. b and c

19.  Is the following qualitative research purpose statement “well stated” or “poorly stated”? “The
focus of the present study was to explore distressing and nurturing encounters of patients with
caregivers and to ascertain the meanings that are engendered by such encounters. The study was
conducted on one of the surgical units and the obstetrical/gynecological unit of a 374-bed community
hospital.”

a. It is a well stated

b. It is poorly stated

20.  Which of the following quantitative research questions is superior?

a. “What is the effect of participation in various extracurricular activities on academic performance?” 

b. “What effect does playing high school football have on students’ overall grade point average
during the football season?”

21.  A statement of the quantitative research question should:

a.   Extend the statement of purpose by specifying exactly the question(s) the researcher will

      Address

b.   Help the research in selecting appropriate participants, research methods, measures, and

      Materials 

c.   Specify the variables of interest 

d. All of the above

22. The research participants are described in detail in which section of the research plan?

a. Introduction

b. Method
c. Data analysis

d. Discussion

23.  Research hypotheses are ______.

a. Formulated prior to a review of the literature 

b. Statements of predicted relationships between variables

c. Stated such that they can be confirmed or refuted

D. b and c

24.  Hypotheses in qualitative research studies usually _____.

A. Are very specific and stated prior to beginning the study

b. Are often generated as the data are collected, interpreted, and analyzed

c. Are never used

d. Are always stated after the research study has been completed

25.  A research plan _____.

a. Should be detailed

b. Should be given to others for review and comments 

c. Sets out the rationale for a research study

d. All of the above

26.  The Method section of the research plan typically specifies

a. The research participants 

b. The results of prior studies that address the phenomena of interest 

c. The apparatus, instruments, and materials for the research study

d. The planned research procedures

E. a, c and d

27.  The Introduction section of the research plan

a. Gives an overview of prior relevant studies

b. Contains a statement of the purpose of the study

c. Concludes with a statement of the research questions and, for quantitative research, it includes

      The research hypothesis 

d. All of the above

28. According to your text, which of the following is not a source of research ideas?

a. Everyday life

b. Practical issues

c. Past research

d. Theory

e. All of the above ARE sources of research ideas

2.Introduction to Educational Research

1. Mrs. Smith is writing her daily observations of a student and writes, without interpretation, that the
student is not completing the class work and is constantly speaking out of turn. Which of the following
objectives does she appear to be using?
A. prediction
B. description

C. explanation

D. exploration

2. Which of the following is a form of research typically conducted by teachers, counselors, and other
professionals to answer questions they have and to specifically help them solve local problems?
A. action research
B. basic research
C. predictive research
D. orientation research

3. How much confidence should you place in a single research study?

A. you should completely trust a single research study.
B. you should trust research findings after different researchers have found the same findings
C. neither a nor b
D. both a and b

4. The development of a solid foundation of reliable knowledge typically is built from which type of
research?
A. basic research
B. action research
C. evaluation research
D. orientation research

5. Which form of reasoning is the process of drawing a specific conclusion from a set of premises?
A. rationalism
B. deductive reasoning
C. inductive reasoning
D. probabilistic

6. The idea that when selecting between two different theories with equal explanatory value, one
should select the theory that is the most simple, concise, and succinct is known as ____________.
A. criterion of falsifiability
B. critical theory
C. guide of simplicity

D. rule of parsimony

7. Research that is done to examine the findings of someone else using the "same variables but
different people" is which of the following?
A. exploration
B. hypothesis
C. replication
D. empiricism

8.  ________________ is the idea that knowledge comes from experience.

A. rationalism
B. deductive reasoning
C. logic
D. empiricism

9. According to your text, what are the five key objectives of science?
A. prediction, summary, conclusion, explanation, description
B. influence, prediction, questions, exploration, answers
C. exploration, description, explanation, prediction, influence
D. questions, answers, prediction, explanation, summary

10. A researcher designs an experiment to test how variables interact to influence how well children
learn spelling words. In this case, the main purpose of the study was:

a. Explanation

b. Description

c. Influence

d. Prediction

11. There is a set of churches in the U.S. where part of the service involves snake handling. The
researcher wants to find out why the people attending these churches do this and how they feel and
think about it. In this case, the primary purpose of the study is:

a. Exploration

b. Description

c. Influence

d. Prediction

12.  Which of the following is not a characteristic of a good theory or explanation?

a. It is parsimonious

b. It is testable

c. It is general enough to apply to more than one place, situation, or person

d. All of the above are characteristics of good theories

13.  Which of the following is not a basic assumption of science?

a. Science cannot provide answers to all questions

b. It is possible to distinguish between more and less plausible claims

c. Researchers should follow certain agreed upon norms and practices

d. Science is best at solving value conflicts, such as whether abortion is immoral

14. What general type of research is focused on collecting information to help a researcher advance an
ideological or political position?

a. Evaluation research  

b. Basic research

c. Action research

d. Orientation research

15. Which “scientific method” follows these steps: 1) observation/data, 2) patterns, 3) theory?

a. Inductive

b. Deductive

c. Inductive

d. Top down

16. Rene Descartes is associated with which of the following approached to knowledge generation?

a. Empiricism

b. Rationalism

c. Expert opinion

d. None of the above

17. Which scientific method is a top-down or confirmatory approach?

a. Deductive method

b. Inductive method

c. Hypothesis method

d. Pattern method

18. Which scientific method is a bottom-up or generative approach to research?

a. Deductive method

b. Inductive method

c. Hypothesis method

d. Pattern method

19. Which scientific method focuses on testing hypotheses developed from theories?

a. Deductive method

b. Inductive method

c. Hypothesis method

d. Pattern method

20. Which scientific method often focuses on generating new hypotheses and theories?

a. Deductive method

b. Inductive method

c. Hypothesis method

d. Pattern method

21. Which of the following statements is true of a theory?

A. it most simply means “explanation”

B. it answers the “how” and “why” questions

C. it can be a well-developed explanatory system

D. all of the above are correct

3. Quantitative, Qualitative, and Mixed Research

1. Which research paradigm is based on the pragmatic view of reality?

A. quantitative research
B. qualitative research

C. mixed research

D. none of the above

2. Which research paradigm is least concerned about generalizing its findings?

A. quantitative research

B. qualitative research

C. mixed research

D. none of the above

3. Which of the following best describes quantitative research?

A. the collection of no numerical data
B. an attempt to confirm the researcher’s hypotheses
C. research that is exploratory

D. research that attempts to generate a new theory

4. A condition or characteristic that can take on different values or categories is called ___.
A. a constant
B. a variable
C. a cause-and-effect relationship

D. a descriptive relationship
5. A variable that is presumed to cause a change in another variable is called a (n):
A. categorical variable
B. dependent variable
C. independent variable
D. intervening variable

6. All of the following are common characteristics of experimental research except:

A. it relies primarily on the collection of numerical data
B. it can produce important knowledge about cause and effect
C. it uses the deductive scientific method
D. it rarely is conducted in a controlled setting or environment

7. Qualitative research is often exploratory and has all of the following characteristics except:
A. it is typically used when a great deal is already known about the topic of interest
B. it relies on the collection of no numerical data such as words and pictures
C. it is used to generate hypotheses and develop theory about phenomena in the world
D. it uses the inductive scientific method

8. Which type of research provides the strongest evidence about the existence of cause-and-effect
relationships?
A. no experimental Research
B. experimental Research

9. What is the key defining characteristic of experimental research?

A. extraneous variables are never present
B. a positive correlation usually exists
C. a negative correlation usually exists
D. Manipulation of the independent variable 

10. In _____, random assignment to groups is never possible and the researcher cannot manipulate the
independent variable.
A. basic research
B. quantitative research
C. experimental research
D. causal-comparative and correlational research

11. What is the defining characteristic of experimental research?

A. resistance to manipulation

B. manipulation of the independent variable

C. the use of open-ended questions

D. focuses only on local problems

12... A positive correlation is present when _______.

a. Two variables move in opposite directions.
b. Two variables move in the same direction.
c. One variable goes up and one goes down
D. several variables never change.

13. Research in which the researcher uses the qualitative paradigm for one phase and the quantitative
paradigm for another phase is known as ______.
A. action research
B. basic research
C. quantitative research
D. mixed method research
E. mixed model research

14. Research in which the researcher uses both qualitative and quantitative research within a stage or
across two of the stages in the research process is known as ______.
A. action research
B. basic research
C. quantitative research
D. mixed method research
E. mixed model research

15... Research that is done to understand an event from the past is known as _____?
A. experimental research
B. historical research
C. replication
D. archival research

16. ______ research occurs when the researcher manipulates the independent variable.
A. causal-comparative research
B. experimental research
C. ethnography
D. correlational research

17... Which of the following includes examples of quantitative variables?

A. age, temperature, income, height
B. grade point average, anxiety level, reading performance
C. gender, religion, ethnic group
D. both a and b

18... What is the opposite of a variable?

A. a constant
B. an extraneous variable
C. a dependent variable

D. a data set

19. Which of the following is the type of no experimental research in which the primary independent
variable of interest is categorical?
A. causal-comparative research
B. experimental research
C. qualitative research
D. mixed research

20. Which of the following can best be described as a categorical variable?

A. age
B. annual income
C. grade point average
D. religion

21. In research, something that does not "vary" is called a ___________.

A. variable
B. method
C. constant
D. control group

22. When interpreting a correlation coefficient expressing the relationship between two variables, it is
very important to avoid _______.
A. checking the strength of relationship
B. jumping to the conclusion of causality
C. checking the direction of the relationship

D. expressing a relationship with a correlation coefficient

23. A researcher studies achievement by children in poorly funded elementary schools. She develops a
model that posits parent involvement as an important variable. She believes that parent involvement
has an impact on children by increasing their motivation to do school work. Thus, in her model, greater
parent involvement leads to higher student motivation, which in turn creates higher student
achievement. Student motivation is what kind of variable in this study?

a. Manipulated variable

b. Extraneous variable
c. Confounding variable

d. Mediating or intervening variable

24. The strongest evidence for causality comes from which of the following research methods?

a. Experimental

B. Causal-comparative

c. Correlational

d. Ethnography

25. Which correlation is the strongest?

a.   +.10

b.   -.95

c.   +.90

d. -1.00

26. The correlation between intelligence test scores and grades is:

A. Positive

b. Negative

c. Perfect

d. They are not correlated

4. Ethics in research

1. Ethics is the set of principles and guidelines that help us to uphold the things we value.

a. True

b. False

2. Which of the following is necessary in obtaining informed consent?

a. A description of the statistical analyses that will be carried out

b. A description of the purpose of the research

c. A description of the reliability and validity of test instruments

d. A list of publications that the researcher has had in the last ten years

3. Which of the following need(s) to be obtained when doing research with children?

a.   Informed consent from the parent or guardian

b. Assent from the child if he or she is capable

c. Informed consent from the child

d. Both a and b

4. Which of the following is true about the use of deception in research?

a. It should never be used 

b. It can be used anytime

c. If there is deception in a study, the participants may need to be debriefed

d. The use of deception must be outweighed by other benefits of the study

e. Both c and d are true

5. Which of the following generally cannot be done in qualitative studies conducted in the field?

a. Getting informed consent

b. Keeping participants from physical harm

c. Maintaining consent forms

d. Having full anonymity rather than just confidentiality 

6. What is the primary approach that is used by the IRB to assess the ethical acceptability of a research
study?

a. Utilitarianism

b. Deontology

c. Ethical skepticism

d. Comparatives

7. Which of the following approaches says that ethical issues should be judged on the basis of some
universal code?
a. Deontological
b. Ethical skepticism
c. Utilitarianism

8 Which of the following is not an ethical guideline for conducting research with humans?
a. Getting informed consent of the participant
b. Telling participants they must continue until the study has been completed
c. Keeping participants’ identity anonymous

d. Telling participants they are free to withdraw at any time

9. Which of the three ethics approaches says research ethics should be a matter of the individual's
conscience?
a. Deontological approach
b. Ethical skepticism
c. Utilitarianism

d. Ontological skepticism

10. ________ means that the participant's identity, although known to the researcher, is not revealed
to anyone outside of the researcher and his or her staff.
a. Anonymity
b. Confidentiality

11. Which of the following is not true?

a. Misrepresenting and creating fraudulent data is dishonest
b. Misrepresenting data is very easy to detect
c. Misrepresenting data can be difficult to detect

d. Breaking confidentiality is not a problem

12. Ideally, the research participant's identity is not known to the researcher. This is called:
a. Anonymity
b. Confidentiality
c. Deception
d. Desensitizing

13. Which of the following approaches taken by people to resolve ethical issues is the primary
approach used by the federal government and most professional organizations?
a. Deontological approach
b. Ethical skepticism
c. Utilitarianism
d. None of the above

14. What is it called when the participants are not revealed to anyone but researcher and staff?
a. Confidentiality
b. Anonymity
c. Ethics
d. Discretion

15. Research participants must give what before they can participate in a study?
a. Guidelines
b. A commitment
c. Informed consent
d. Private information

16. There are three basic approaches that people tend to adopt when considering ethical issues in
research. Which one of the following is not one of the approaches?
a. Ethical skepticism
b. Deontology
c. Ontology
d. Utilitarianism

17. Identify the term that refers to a post study interview in which all aspects of the study are revealed,
reasons for the use of deception are given, and the participants’ questions are answered?
a. Desensitizing
b. Debriefing
c. DE hoaxing
d. Deploying

18. A set of principles to guide and assist researchers in deciding which goals are most important and in
reconciling conflicting values when conducting research is called ____.
a. Research ethics
b. Deontological approach
c. Utilitarianism
d. None of the above

19. IRB is an acronym for which of the following?

a. Internal Review Board
b. Institutional Rating Board
c. Institutional Review Board
d. Internal Request Board

20. When it is necessary to engage in a good amount of deception to conduct a scientifically valid
study, what procedure(s) should a researcher consider following?
a. Debriefing
b. DE hoaxing
c. Desensitizing
d. All of the above should be considered

21. The act of publishing the same data and results in more than one journal or publication refers to
which of the following professional issues:

a. Partial publication

b. Duplicate publication

c. Deception

d. Full publication

22. Concerning "authorship" in educational research, intellectual ownership is predominantly a

function of:

a.       Effort expended

b.      Creative contribution

c.       Professional position

d.      Level of higher education

23. Which term refers to publishing several articles from the data collected in one large study?

a. Duplicate publication
b. Partial publication
c. Triplicate publication
d. None of these
24. Which of the following is a right of each participant according to the AERA?
a. Deception

b. Utilitarianism
C. Freedom to withdraw
d. Participants have no rights

1. Developing Research Questions and Proposal Preparation

1. A good qualitative problem statement:

a. Defines the independent and dependent variables

c. Specifies a research hypothesis to be tested

d. Specifies the relationship between variables that the researcher expects to find 

2. The “tool” function of theory is to:

a. Summarize existing knowledge

b. Summarize existing hypotheses

c. Suggest new relationships and make new predictions

d. Suggest new theories

3. The statement of purpose in a research study should:

a. Identify the design of the study

b. Identify the intent or objective of the study

c. Specify the type of people to be used in the study

d. Describe the study

4. Why is the statement “What are the effects of extracurricular activities on cognitive development of
school age children” not a good statement of a quantitative research question?

a. Because there is no connection between extracurricular activities and cognitive

Development

b. Because there is not enough school age children engaged in extracurricular activities

To conduct the study

c. Because the study would be too difficult to do given all the different extracurricular

Activities

d. Plough to provide an understanding of the variables being investigated

5. A qualitative research question:

a. Asks a question about some process, or phenomenon to be explored

b. Is generally an open-ended question

C. both a and b are correct

d. None of the above

6. According to the text, which of the following orders is the recommended in the flowchart of the
development of a research idea?

a. Research topic, research problem, research purpose, research question, and hypothesis

b. Research topic, research purpose, research problem, research question, and hypothesis

c. Research topic, research problem, research purpose, research question, and hypothesis

d. Research topic, hypothesis, research problem, research question, research purpose

7. It is essential that you evaluate the quality of internet resources because information obtained via
the internet ranges from very poor to very good.

a. True
b. False

8.  One step that is not included in planning a research study is:

a. Identifying a researchable problem 

b. A review of current research

c. Statement of the research question 

d. Conducting a meta-analysis of the research

e. Developing a research plan

9.  Sources of researchable problems can include: 

a. Researchers’ own experiences as educators

b. Practical issues that require solutions

c. Theory and past research 

d. All of the above

10.  A key characteristic of past research that guides researchers in new research questions is that: 

a. Extensive research conclusively and definitively answers research questions 

b. Studies typically generate more research questions than they answer

11.  Which of the following is a function of theory?

a. Integrating and summarizing current knowledge

b. Making predictions

c. Explaining phenomena

d. All of the above are important functions of theory

12.  A review of the literature prior to formulating research questions allows the researcher to do
which of the following?

a. To become familiar with prior research on the phenomenon of interest

b. To identify potential methodological problems in the research area

c. To develop a list of pertinent problems relative to the phenomenon of interest 

b. False

14.  What kind of ideas can’t be empirically researched? 

a. Effectiveness of different methods of instruction

b. Description of educational practices

c. Issues of values and morality such as the correctness of having prayer in schools

d. Factors helpful in predicting future drug use 

15.  Which of the following is not database containing information to be used during the literature
review?

a. ERIC

b. Psych INFO

c.  SocioFILE 

D. all of the above are potentially useful data bases

16.  Computer database searches can be done:

A. With a computer with CD-ROM drive

B. At the library

c. Online

d. All of the above

17.  The feasibility of a research study should be considered in light of:

a. Cost and time required to conduct the study

b. Skills required of the researcher

c. Potential ethical concerns

d. All of the above

18.  A formal statement of the research question or “purpose of research study” generally ______.

a. Is made prior to the literature review 

b. Is made after the literature review

c. Will help guide the research process 

d. All of the above

E. b and c

19.  Is the following qualitative research purpose statement “well stated” or “poorly stated”? “The
focus of the present study was to explore distressing and nurturing encounters of patients with
caregivers and to ascertain the meanings that are engendered by such encounters. The study was
conducted on one of the surgical units and the obstetrical/gynecological unit of a 374-bed community
hospital.”

a. It is a well stated

b. It is poorly stated

20.  Which of the following quantitative research questions is superior?

a. “What is the effect of participation in various extracurricular activities on academic performance?” 

b. “What effect does playing high school football have on students’ overall grade point average
during the football season?”
21.  A statement of the quantitative research question should:

a.   Extend the statement of purpose by specifying exactly the question(s) the researcher will

      Address

b.   Help the research in selecting appropriate participants, research methods, measures, and

      Materials 

c.   Specify the variables of interest 

d. All of the above

22. The research participants are described in detail in which section of the research plan?

a. Introduction

b. Method

c. Data analysis

d. Discussion

23.  Research hypotheses are ______.

a. Formulated prior to a review of the literature 

b. Statements of predicted relationships between variables

c. Stated such that they can be confirmed or refuted

D. b and c

24.  Hypotheses in qualitative research studies usually _____.

A. Are very specific and stated prior to beginning the study

b. Are often generated as the data are collected, interpreted, and analyzed

c. Are never used

d. Are always stated after the research study has been completed

25.  A research plan _____.

a. Should be detailed

b. Should be given to others for review and comments 

c. Sets out the rationale for a research study

d. All of the above

26.  The Method section of the research plan typically specifies

a. The research participants 

b. The results of prior studies that address the phenomena of interest 

c. The apparatus, instruments, and materials for the research study

d. The planned research procedures

E. a, c and d

27.  The Introduction section of the research plan

a. Gives an overview of prior relevant studies

b. Contains a statement of the purpose of the study

c. Concludes with a statement of the research questions and, for quantitative research, it includes

      The research hypothesis 

d. All of the above

28. According to your text, which of the following is not a source of research ideas?

a. Everyday life

b. Practical issues
c. Past research

d. Theory

e. All of the above ARE sources of research ideas

2.Introduction to Educational Research

1. Mrs. Smith is writing her daily observations of a student and writes, without interpretation, that the
student is not completing the class work and is constantly speaking out of turn. Which of the following
objectives does she appear to be using?
a. prediction
b. description

C. explanation

D. exploration

2. Which of the following is a form of research typically conducted by teachers, counselors, and other
professionals to answer questions they have and to specifically help them solve local problems?
A. action research
B. basic research
C. predictive research
D. orientation research

3. How much confidence should you place in a single research study?

A. you should completely trust a single research study.
B. you should trust research findings after different researchers have found the same findings
C. neither a nor b
D. both a and b

4. The development of a solid foundation of reliable knowledge typically is built from which type of
research?
A. basic research
B. action research
C. evaluation research
D. orientation research

5. Which form of reasoning is the process of drawing a specific conclusion from a set of premises?
A. rationalism
B. deductive reasoning
C. inductive reasoning
D. probabilistic

6. The idea that when selecting between two different theories with equal explanatory value, one
should select the theory that is the most simple, concise, and succinct is known as ____________.
A. criterion of falsifiability
B. critical theory
C. guide of simplicity

D. rule of parsimony

7. Research that is done to examine the findings of someone else using the "same variables but
different people" is which of the following?
A. exploration
B. hypothesis
C. replication
D. empiricism

8.  ________________ is the idea that knowledge comes from experience.

A. rationalism
B. deductive reasoning
C. logic
D. empiricism

9. According to your text, what are the five key objectives of science?
A. prediction, summary, conclusion, explanation, description
B. influence, prediction, questions, exploration, answers
C. exploration, description, explanation, prediction, influence
D. questions, answers, prediction, explanation, summary

10. A researcher designs an experiment to test how variables interact to influence how well children
learn spelling words. In this case, the main purpose of the study was:

a. Explanation

b. Description

c. Influence

d. Prediction

11. There is a set of churches in the U.S. where part of the service involves snake handling. The
researcher wants to find out why the people attending these churches do this and how they feel and
think about it. In this case, the primary purpose of the study is:
a. Exploration

b. Description

c. Influence

d. Prediction

12.  Which of the following is not a characteristic of a good theory or explanation?

a. It is parsimonious

b. It is testable

c. It is general enough to apply to more than one place, situation, or person

d. All of the above are characteristics of good theories

13.  Which of the following is not a basic assumption of science?

a. Science cannot provide answers to all questions

b. It is possible to distinguish between more and less plausible claims

c. Researchers should follow certain agreed upon norms and practices

d. Science is best at solving value conflicts, such as whether abortion is immoral

14. What general type of research is focused on collecting information to help a researcher advance an
ideological or political position?

a. Evaluation research  

b. Basic research

c. Action research

d. Orientation research

15. Which “scientific method” follows these steps: 1) observation/data, 2) patterns, 3) theory?
a. Inductive

b. Deductive

c. Inductive

d. Top down

16. Rene Descartes is associated with which of the following approached to knowledge generation?

a. Empiricism

b. Rationalism

c. Expert opinion

d. None of the above

17. Which scientific method is a top-down or confirmatory approach?

a. Deductive method

b. Inductive method

c. Hypothesis method

d. Pattern method

18. Which scientific method is a bottom-up or generative approach to research?

a. Deductive method

b. Inductive method

c. Hypothesis method

d. Pattern method

19. Which scientific method focuses on testing hypotheses developed from theories?

a. Deductive method
b. Inductive method

c. Hypothesis method

d. Pattern method

20. Which scientific method often focuses on generating new hypotheses and theories?

a. Deductive method

b. Inductive method

c. Hypothesis method

d. Pattern method

21. Which of the following statements is true of a theory?

A. it most simply means “explanation”

B. it answers the “how” and “why” questions

C. it can be a well-developed explanatory system

D. all of the above are correct

3. Quantitative, Qualitative, and Mixed Research

1. Which research paradigm is based on the pragmatic view of reality?

A. quantitative research
B. qualitative research

C. mixed research

D. none of the above

2. Which research paradigm is least concerned about generalizing its findings?

A. quantitative research
B. qualitative research

C. mixed research

D. none of the above

3. Which of the following best describes quantitative research?

A. the collection of no numerical data
B. an attempt to confirm the researcher’s hypotheses
C. research that is exploratory

D. research that attempts to generate a new theory

4. A condition or characteristic that can take on different values or categories is called ___.
A. a constant
B. a variable
C. a cause-and-effect relationship

D. a descriptive relationship

5. A variable that is presumed to cause a change in another variable is called a (n):

A. categorical variable
B. dependent variable
C. independent variable
D. intervening variable

6. All of the following are common characteristics of experimental research except:

A. it relies primarily on the collection of numerical data
B. it can produce important knowledge about cause and effect
C. it uses the deductive scientific method
D. it rarely is conducted in a controlled setting or environment

7. Qualitative research is often exploratory and has all of the following characteristics except:
A. it is typically used when a great deal is already known about the topic of interest
B. it relies on the collection of no numerical data such as words and pictures
C. it is used to generate hypotheses and develop theory about phenomena in the world
D. it uses the inductive scientific method

8. Which type of research provides the strongest evidence about the existence of cause-and-effect
relationships?
A. no experimental Research
B. experimental Research

9. What is the key defining characteristic of experimental research?

A. extraneous variables are never present
B. a positive correlation usually exists
C. a negative correlation usually exists
D. Manipulation of the independent variable 

10. In _____, random assignment to groups is never possible and the researcher cannot manipulate the
independent variable.
A. basic research
B. quantitative research
C. experimental research
D. causal-comparative and correlational research

11. What is the defining characteristic of experimental research?

A. resistance to manipulation

B. manipulation of the independent variable

C. the use of open-ended questions

D. focuses only on local problems

12... A positive correlation is present when _______.

a. Two variables move in opposite directions.
b. Two variables move in the same direction.
c. One variable goes up and one goes down
D. several variables never change.

13. Research in which the researcher uses the qualitative paradigm for one phase and the quantitative
paradigm for another phase is known as ______.
A. action research
B. basic research
C. quantitative research
D. mixed method research
E. mixed model research

14. Research in which the researcher uses both qualitative and quantitative research within a stage or
across two of the stages in the research process is known as ______.
A. action research
B. basic research
C. quantitative research
D. mixed method research
E. mixed model research

15... Research that is done to understand an event from the past is known as _____?
A. experimental research
B. historical research
C. replication
D. archival research

16. ______ research occurs when the researcher manipulates the independent variable.
A. causal-comparative research
B. experimental research
C. ethnography
D. correlational research

17... Which of the following includes examples of quantitative variables?

A. age, temperature, income, height
B. grade point average, anxiety level, reading performance
C. gender, religion, ethnic group
D. both a and b

18... What is the opposite of a variable?

A. a constant
B. an extraneous variable
C. a dependent variable

D. a data set

19. Which of the following is the type of no experimental research in which the primary independent
variable of interest is categorical?
A. causal-comparative research
B. experimental research
C. qualitative research
D. mixed research

20. Which of the following can best be described as a categorical variable?

A. age
B. annual income
C. grade point average
D. religion

21. In research, something that does not "vary" is called a ___________.

A. variable
B. method
C. constant
D. control group

22. When interpreting a correlation coefficient expressing the relationship between two variables, it is
very important to avoid _______.
A. checking the strength of relationship
B. jumping to the conclusion of causality
C. checking the direction of the relationship

D. expressing a relationship with a correlation coefficient

23. A researcher studies achievement by children in poorly funded elementary schools. She develops a
model that posits parent involvement as an important variable. She believes that parent involvement
has an impact on children by increasing their motivation to do school work. Thus, in her model, greater
parent involvement leads to higher student motivation, which in turn creates higher student
achievement. Student motivation is what kind of variable in this study?

a. Manipulated variable

b. Extraneous variable

c. Confounding variable

d. Mediating or intervening variable

24. The strongest evidence for causality comes from which of the following research methods?

a. Experimental

B. Causal-comparative

c. Correlational

d. Ethnography

25. Which correlation is the strongest?

a.   +.10

b.   -.95

c.   +.90
d. -1.00

26. The correlation between intelligence test scores and grades is:

A. Positive

b. Negative

c. Perfect

d. They are not correlated

4. Ethics in research

1. Ethics is the set of principles and guidelines that help us to uphold the things we value.

a. True

b. False

2. Which of the following is necessary in obtaining informed consent?

a. A description of the statistical analyses that will be carried out

b. A description of the purpose of the research

c. A description of the reliability and validity of test instruments

d. A list of publications that the researcher has had in the last ten years

3. Which of the following need(s) to be obtained when doing research with children?

a.   Informed consent from the parent or guardian

b. Assent from the child if he or she is capable

c. Informed consent from the child

d. Both a and b

4. Which of the following is true about the use of deception in research?

a. It should never be used 

b. It can be used anytime

c. If there is deception in a study, the participants may need to be debriefed

d. The use of deception must be outweighed by other benefits of the study

e. Both c and d are true

5. Which of the following generally cannot be done in qualitative studies conducted in the field?

a. Getting informed consent

b. Keeping participants from physical harm

c. Maintaining consent forms

d. Having full anonymity rather than just confidentiality 

6. What is the primary approach that is used by the IRB to assess the ethical acceptability of a research
study?

a. Utilitarianism

b. Deontology

c. Ethical skepticism

d. Comparatives

7. Which of the following approaches says that ethical issues should be judged on the basis of some
universal code?
a. Deontological
b. Ethical skepticism
c. Utilitarianism

8 Which of the following is not an ethical guideline for conducting research with humans?
a. Getting informed consent of the participant
b. Telling participants they must continue until the study has been completed
c. Keeping participants’ identity anonymous
d. Telling participants they are free to withdraw at any time

9. Which of the three ethics approaches says research ethics should be a matter of the individual's
conscience?
a. Deontological approach
b. Ethical skepticism
c. Utilitarianism

d. Ontological skepticism

10. ________ means that the participant's identity, although known to the researcher, is not revealed
to anyone outside of the researcher and his or her staff.
a. Anonymity
b. Confidentiality

11. Which of the following is not true?

a. Misrepresenting and creating fraudulent data is dishonest
b. Misrepresenting data is very easy to detect
c. Misrepresenting data can be difficult to detect

d. Breaking confidentiality is not a problem

12. Ideally, the research participant's identity is not known to the researcher. This is called:
a. Anonymity
b. Confidentiality
c. Deception
d. Desensitizing

13. Which of the following approaches taken by people to resolve ethical issues is the primary
approach used by the federal government and most professional organizations?
a. Deontological approach
b. Ethical skepticism
c. Utilitarianism
d. None of the above

14. What is it called when the participants are not revealed to anyone but researcher and staff?
a. Confidentiality
b. Anonymity
c. Ethics
d. Discretion

15. Research participants must give what before they can participate in a study?
a. Guidelines
b. A commitment
c. Informed consent
d. Private information

16. There are three basic approaches that people tend to adopt when considering ethical issues in
research. Which one of the following is not one of the approaches?
a. Ethical skepticism
b. Deontology
c. Ontology
d. Utilitarianism

17. Identify the term that refers to a post study interview in which all aspects of the study are revealed,
reasons for the use of deception are given, and the participants’ questions are answered?
a. Desensitizing
b. Debriefing
c. DE hoaxing
d. Deploying

18. A set of principles to guide and assist researchers in deciding which goals are most important and in
reconciling conflicting values when conducting research is called ____.
a. Research ethics
b. Deontological approach
c. Utilitarianism
d. None of the above

19. IRB is an acronym for which of the following?

a. Internal Review Board
b. Institutional Rating Board
c. Institutional Review Board
d. Internal Request Board

20. When it is necessary to engage in a good amount of deception to conduct a scientifically valid
study, what procedure(s) should a researcher consider following?
a. Debriefing
b. DE hoaxing
c. Desensitizing
d. All of the above should be considered

21. The act of publishing the same data and results in more than one journal or publication refers to
which of the following professional issues:

a. Partial publication

b. Duplicate publication
c. Deception

d. Full publication

22. Concerning "authorship" in educational research, intellectual ownership is predominantly a

function of:

a.       Effort expended

b.      Creative contribution

c.       Professional position

d.      Level of higher education

23. Which term refers to publishing several articles from the data collected in one large study?

a. Duplicate publication
b. Partial publication
c. Triplicate publication
d. None of these

24. Which of the following is a right of each participant according to the AERA?
a. Deception

b. Utilitarianism
C. Freedom to withdraw
d. Participants have no rights
MCQ-Contemporary Marketing Research
Chapter 12
Multiple Choice Questions (The answers are provided after the last question.)
1. Which of the following is characteristic of qualitative research?
a. Generalization to the population
b. Random sampling
c. Unique case orientation
d. Standardized tests and measures
2. Phenomenology has its disciplinary origins in:
a. Philosophy
b. Anthropology
c. Sociology
d. Many disciplines
3. The primary data analysis approach in ethnography is:
a. Open, axial, and selective coding
b. Holistic description and search for cultural themes
c. Cross-case analysis
d. Identifying essences of a phenomenon
4. The term used to describe suspending preconceptions and learned feelings about a phenomenon are
called:
a. Axial coding
b. Design flexibility
c. Bracketing
d. Ethnography
5. A researcher studies how students who flunk out of high school experienced high school. She found
that it was common for such students to report that they felt like they had little control of their destiny.
Her report that this lack of control was an invariant part of the students’ experiences suggests that lack
of control is _______ of the “flunking out” experience.
a. A narrative
b. A grounded theory
c. An essence
d. A probabilistic cause
6. The specific cultural conventions or statements that people who share a culture hold to be true or
false are called ______.
a. Shared attitudes
b. Shared beliefs
c. Shared values
d. Norms
7. The written and unwritten rules that specify appropriate group behavior are called _____.
a. Shared attitudes
b. Shared beliefs
c. Shared values
d. Norms
8. Which of the following is not an advantage of studying multiple cases?
a. Multiple cases can be compared for similarities and differences
b. Multiple cases can more effectively test a theory than a single case
c. Generalizations about population are usually better when based on multiple cases.
d. Cost is lower and depth of analysis is easier when you study multiple cases in a single research
study
9. _____ is the standards of a culture about what is good or bad or desirable or undesirable.
a. Shared attitudes
b. Shared beliefs
c. Shared values
d. Norms
10. _________ is the study of human consciousness and individuals’ experience of some phenomenon.
a. Phenomenology
b. Ethnography
c. Grounded theory
d. Case study research
11. Which of the following is a characteristic of qualitative research?
a. Design flexibility
b. Inductive analysis
c. Context sensitivity
d. All of the above
12. ________ is a general methodology for developing theory that is based on data systematically
gathered and analyzed.
a. Theory confirmation
b. Grounded theory
c. Theory deduction
d. All of the above
13. The final stage in grounded theory data analysis is called ___________.
a. Axial coding
b. Theoretical saturation
c. Constant comparative method
d. Selective coding
14. Which major characteristic of qualitative research refers to studying real world situations as they
unfold naturally?
a. Holistic perspective
b. Naturalistic inquiry
c. Dynamic systems
d. Inductive analysis
15. In which qualitative research approach is the primary goal to gain access to individuals’ inner
worlds of experience?
a. Phenomenology
b. Ethnography
c. Grounded theory
d. Case study
16. The type of qualitative research that describes the culture of a group of people is called ____.
a. Phenomenology
b. Grounded theory
c. Ethnography
d. Case study
17. The grounded theorist is finished analyzing data when theoretical saturation occurs.
a. True
B. False
18. In which of the following case study designs does the researcher focus her primary interest on
understanding something more general than the particular case?
a. Intrinsic case study
b. Instrumental case study
c. Collective case study
d. It could be b or c
19. Which of the following phrases best describes "ethnocentrism"?
a. Special words or terms used by the people in a group
b. An external, social scientific view of reality
c. The study of the cultural past of a group of people
d. Judging people from a different culture according to the standards of your own culture
20. Which of the following is usually not a characteristic of qualitative research?
a. Design flexibility
b. Dynamic systems
c. Naturalistic inquiry
d. Deductive design
21. Which of the following involves the studying of multiple cases in one research study?
a. Intrinsic case study
b. Single case study
c. Instrumental case study
d. Collective case study
22. Which of the following does not apply to qualitative research?
a. Data are often words and pictures
b. Uses the inductive scientific method
c. Ends with a statistical report
d. Involves direct and personal contact with participants
23. The difference between ethnographic research and other types of qualitative research is that
ethnographers specifically use the concept of “culture” to help understand the results.
a. True
B. False
24. What term refers to the insider's perspective?
A. Ethnocentrism
B. Emic perspective
C. Etic perspective
D. Holism
25. In data analysis of the grounded theory approach, the step which focuses on the main idea,
developing the story line, and finalizing the theory is called ________.
a. Open coding
b. Axial coding
c. Selective coding
d. Theoretical saturation
26. Which of the following is not one of the 4 major approaches to qualitative research?
a. Ethnography b. Phenomenology c. Case study d. Grounded theory e. Non experimental
27. In "phenomenology," a well written report will be highly descriptive of the participants’
experiences and will often elicit in the reader a feeling that they feel as though they are experiencing
the phenomenon themselves. This experience is called _____.
a. A phenomenal experience
b. A vicarious experience
c. A significant experience
d. A dream
28. You want to study a Native American group in New Mexico for a six month period to learn all you
can about them so you can write a book about that particular tribe. You want the book to be accurate
and authentic as well as informative and inspiring. What type of research will you likely be conducting
when you get to New Mexico?
a. Ethnography
b. Phenomenology
c. Grounded theory
d. Collective case study
 29. The emic perspective refers to an external, social scientific view of reality.
a. True
B. False
30. _________ is used to describe cultural scenes or the cultural characteristics of a group of people.
a. Phenomenology
b. Ethnography
c. Grounded theory
d. Instrumental case study
31. Terms such as “geeks,” “book worms,” “preps,” are known as _____ terms.
a. Emic
B. Etic
32. When a researcher identifies so completely with the group being studied that he or she can no
longer remain objective you have what is called _________.
a. Culture shock
b. Going native
c. Regression
d. Cultural relativism

1.  According to your text, how many points should a rating scale have?
a. Five
b. Four
c. Ten
d. Somewhere from 4 to 11 points

2. What is the problem(s) with this set of response categories to the question “What is your current
age?”
1-5
5-10
10-20
20-30
30-40
a. The categories are not mutually exclusive
b. The categories are not exhaustive
c. Both a and b are problems
d. There is no problem with the above set of response categories

3. You should mix methods in a way that provides complementary strengths and non overlapping
weaknesses. This is known as the fundamental principle of mixed research.
a. True
b. False

4. According to the text, questionnaires can address events and characteristics taking place when?
a. In the past (retrospective questions)
b. In the present (current time questions)
c. In the future (prospective questions)
d. All of the above

5. Which of the following are principles of questionnaire construction?

a. Consider using multiple methods when measuring abstract constructs
b. Use multiple items to measure abstract constructs
c. Avoid double-barreled questions
d. All of the above
e. Only  b and c

6. Which of these is not a method of data collection.

a. Questionnaires
b. Interviews
c. Experiments
d. Observations

7. Secondary/existing data may include which of the following?

a. Official documents
b. Personal documents
c. Archived research data
d. All of the above

8. An item that directs participants to different follow-up questions depending on their response is called
a ____________.
a. Response set
b. Probe
c. Semantic differential
d. Contingency question

9. Which of the following terms best describes data that were originally collected at an earlier time by a
different person for a different purpose?
a. Primary data
b. Secondary data
c. Experimental data
d. Field notes

10. Researchers use both open-ended and closed-ended questions to collect data. Which of the
following statements is true?
a. Open-ended questions directly provide quantitative data based on the researcher’s predetermined
response categories
b. Closed-ended questions provide quantitative data in the participant’s own words
c. Open-ended questions provide qualitative data in the participant’s own words
d. Closed-ended questions directly provide qualitative data in the participants’ own words

11. Open-ended questions provide primarily ______ data.

a.  Confirmatory data
b.  Qualitative data
c.  Predictive data
d.  None of the above

12. Which of the following is true concerning observation?

a. It takes less time than self-report approaches
b. It costs less money than self-report approaches
c. It is often not possible to determine exactly why the people behave as they do
d. All of the above
13. Qualitative observation is usually done for exploratory purposes; it is also called ___________
observation.
a. Structured
b. Naturalistic
c. Complete
d. Probed

14. As discussed in chapter 6, when constructing a questionnaire it is important to do each of the

following except  ______.
a. Use "leading" or "loaded" questions
b. Use natural language
c. Understand your research participants
d. Pilot your test questionnaire

15. Another name for a Likert Scale is a(n):

a. Interview protocol
b. Event sampling
c. Summated rating scale
d. Ranking
 
16. Which of the following is not one of the six major methods of data collection that are used by
educational researchers?
a.  Observation
b.  Interviews
c.  Questionnaires
d.  Checklists

17. The type of interview in which the specific topics are decided in advance but the sequence and
wording can be modified during the interview is called:
a. The interview guide approach
b. The informal conversational interview
c. A closed quantitative interview
d. The standardized open-ended interview

18. Which one of the following in not a major method of data collection:
a. Questionnaires
b. Interviews
c. Secondary data
d. Focus groups
e. All of the above are methods of data collection

19. A question during an interview such as “Why do you feel that way?” is known as a:
a. Probe
b. Filter question
c. Response
d. Pilot

20. A census taker often collects data through which of the following?
a. Standardized tests
b. Interviews
c. Secondary data
d. Observations

21. The researcher has secretly placed him or herself (as a member) in the group that is being studied.
This researcher may be which of the following?
a. A complete participant
b. An observer-as-participant
c. A participant-as-observer
d. None of the above

22. Which of the following is not a major method of data collection?

a. Questionnaires
b. Focus groups
c. Correlational method
d. Secondary data

23. Which type of interview allows the questions to emerge from the immediate context or course of
things?
a. Interview guide approach
b. Informal conversational interview
c. Closed quantitative interview
d. Standardized open-ended interview

24. When conducting an interview, asking "Anything else?, What do you mean?, Why do you feel that
way?," etc, are all forms of:
a. Contingency questions
b. Probes
c. Protocols
d. Response categories

25. When constructing a questionnaire, there are 15 principles to which you should adhere. Which of
the following is not one of those principles?
a. Do not use "leading" or "loaded" questions
b. Avoid double-barreled questions
c. Avoid double negatives
d. Avoid using multiple items to measure a single construct

PART A: PRINCIPLES AND PLANNING FOR RESEARCH

1. Which of the following should not be a criterion for a good research project?

e. Demonstrates the abilities of the researcher

f. Is dependent on the completion of other projects
g. Demonstrates the integration of different fields of knowledge
h. Develops the skills of the researcher

Answer: 

b. Is dependent on the completion of other projects

2. Which form of reasoning is the process of drawing a specific conclusion from a set of premises?

e. Objective reasoning
f. Positivistic reasoning
g. Inductive reasoning
h. Deductive reasoning

Answer: 

d: Deductive reasoning

3. Research that seeks to examine the findings of a study by using the same design but a different sample
is which of the following?

e. An exploratory study
f. A replication study
g. An empirical study
h. Hypothesis testing

Answer: 

b: A replication study

4. A researcher designs an experiment to test how variables interact to influence job-seeking behaviours.
The main purpose of the study was:

e. Description
f. Prediction
g. Exploration
h. Explanation

5. Cyber bullying at work is a growing threat to employee job satisfaction. Researchers want to find out
why people do this and how they feel about it. The primary purpose of the study is:

e. Description
f. Prediction
g. Exploration
h. Explanation

Answer: 

c: Exploration

6. A theory: 

e. Is an accumulated body of knowledge

 f. Includes inconsequential ideas
g. Is independent of research methodology
h. Should be viewed uncritically

7. Which research method is a bottom-up approach to research?

e. Deductive method
f. Explanatory method
g. Inductive method
h. Exploratory method

Answer: 

c: Inductive method

8. How much confidence should you place in a single research study?

e. You should trust research findings after different researchers have replicated the findings
f. You should completely trust a single research study
g. Neither a nor b
h. Both a and b 

Answer: 

a: You should trust research findings after different researchers have replicated the findings

9. A qualitative research problem statement:

e. Specifies the research methods to be utilized

f. Specifies a research hypothesis
g. Expresses a relationship between variables
h. Conveys a sense of emerging design

Answer: 

d: Conveys a sense of emerging design

10. Which of the following is a good research question?

e. To produce a report on student job searching behaviours

f. To identify the relationship between self-efficacy and student job searching behaviours
g. Students with higher levels of self-efficacy will demonstrate more active job searching
behaviours
h. Do students with high levels of self-efficacy demonstrate more active job searching behaviours?

Answer: 
d: Do students with high levels of self-efficacy demonstrate more active job searching behaviours?

11. A review of the literature prior to formulating research questions allows the researcher to :

e. Provide an up-to-date understanding of the subject, its significance, and structure

f. Guide the development of research questions
g. Present the kinds of research methodologies used in previous studies
h. All of the above

Answer: 

d: All of the above

12. Sometimes a comprehensive review of the literature prior to data collection is not recommended by:

e. Ethnomethodology
f. Grounded theory
g. Symbolic interactionism
h. Feminist theory

Answer: 

b: Grounded theory

13. The feasibility of a research study should be considered in light of: 

e. Cost and time required to conduct the study

f. Access to gatekeepers and respondents
g. Potential ethical concerns
h. All of the above

Answer: 

d: All of the above

14. Research that uses qualitative methods for one phase and quantitative methods for the next phase is
known as:

e. Action research
f. Mixed-method research
g. Quantitative research
h. Pragmatic research

Answer: 

b: Mixed-method research
15. Research hypotheses are:

e. Formulated prior to a review of the literature

f. Statements of predicted relationships between variables
g. B but not A
h. Both A and B

Answer: 

c: B but not A

16. Which research approach is based on the epistemological viewpoint of pragmatism? 

e. Quantitative research
f. Qualitative research
g. Mixed-methods research
h. All of the above

Answer: 

c: Mixed-methods research

17. Adopting ethical principles in research means: 

e. Avoiding harm to participants

f. The researcher is anonymous
g. Deception is only used when necessary
h. Selected informants give their consent

Answer: 

a: Avoiding harm to participants

18. A radical perspective on ethics suggests that: 

e. Researchers can do anything they want

f. The use of checklists of ethical actions is essential
g. The powers of Institutional Review Boards should be strengthened
h. Ethics should be based on self-reflexivity

Answer: 

d: Ethics should be based on self-reflexivity

19. Ethical problems can arise when researching the Internet because:
 e. Everyone has access to digital media
f. Respondents may fake their identities
g. Researchers may fake their identities
h. Internet research has to be covert

Answer: 

b: Respondents may fake their identities

20. The Kappa statistic: 

e. Is a measure of inter-judge validity

f. Compares the level of agreement between two judges against what might have been predicted by
chance
g. Ranges from 0 to +1
h. Is acceptable above a score of 0.5

Answer: 

b: Compares the level of agreement between two judges against what might have been predicted by
chance

PART B: RESEARCH METHODOLOGY

1. Which research paradigm is most concerned about generalizing its findings? 

e. Quantitative research
f. Qualitative research
g. Mixed-methods research
h. All of the above

Answer: 

a: Quantitative research

2. A variable that is presumed to cause a change in another variable is called:

e. An intervening variable
f. A dependent variable
g. An independent variable
h. A numerical variable

Answer: 

c: An independent variable

3. A study of teaching professionals posits that their performance-related pay increases their motivation
which in turn leads to an increase in their job satisfaction. What kind of variable is ‘motivation”’ in this
study? 

e. Extraneous 
f. Confounding
g. Intervening
h. Manipulated

Answer: 

c: Intervening

4. Which correlation is the strongest? 

e. –1.00
f. +80
g. –60
h. +05

Answer: 

a: –1.00

5. When interpreting a correlation coefficient expressing the relationship between two variables, it is
important not to:

e. Assume causality
f. Measure the values for X and Y independently
g. Choose X and Y values that are normally distributed
h. Check the direction of the relationship

Answer: 

a: Assume causality

6. Which of the following can be described as a nominal variable? 

e. Annual income
f. Age
g. Annual sales
h. Geographical location of a firm

Answer: 

d: Geographical location of a firm

7. A positive correlation occurs when:

e. Two variables remain constant

f. Two variables move in the same direction
g. One variable goes up and the other goes down
h. Two variables move in opposite directions

Answer: 

b: Two variables move in the same direction

8. The key defining characteristic of experimental research is that:

e. The independent variable is manipulated

f. Hypotheses are proved
g. A positive correlation exists
h. Samples are large

Answer: 

a: The independent variable is manipulated

9. Qualitative research is used in all the following circumstances, EXCEPT:

e. It is based on a collection of non-numerical data such as words and pictures

f. It often uses small samples
g. It uses the inductive method
h. It is typically used when a great deal is already known about the topic of interest

Answer: 

d: It is typically used when a great deal is already known about the topic of interest

10. In an experiment, the group that does not receive the intervention is called:

e. The experimental group

f. The participant group
g. The control group
h. The treatment group

Answer: 

c: The control group

11. Which generally cannot be guaranteed in conducting qualitative studies in the field? 
 e. Keeping participants from physical and emotional harm
f. Gaining informed consent
g. Assuring anonymity rather than just confidentiality
h. Maintaining consent forms

Answer: 

c: Assuring anonymity rather than just confidentiality

12. Which of the following is not ethical practice in research with humans? 

e. Maintaining participants’ anonymity

f. Gaining informed consent
g. Informing participants that they are free to withdraw at any time
h. Requiring participants to continue until the study has been completed

Answer: 

d: Requiring participants to continue until the study has been completed

13. What do we call data that are used for a new study but which were collected by an earlier researcher
for a different set of research questions?

e. Secondary data
f. Field notes
g. Qualitative data
h. Primary data

Answer: 

a: Secondary data

14. When each member of a population has an equal chance of being selected, this is called:

e. A snowball sample
f. A stratified sample
g. A random probability sample
h. A non-random sample

Answer: 

c: A random probability sample

15. Which of the following techniques yields a simple random sample of hospitals?

e. Randomly selecting a district and then sampling all hospitals within the district
 f. Numbering all the elements of a hospital sampling frame and then using a random number
generator to pick hospitals from the table
g. Listing hospitals by sector and choosing a proportion from within each sector at random
h. Choosing volunteer hospitals to participate

Answer: 

b: Numbering all the elements of a hospital sampling frame and then using a random number generator
to pick hospitals from the table

16. Which of the following statements are true?

e. The larger the sample size, the larger the confidence interval
f. The smaller the sample size, the greater the sampling error
g. The more categories being measured, the smaller the sample size
h. A confidence level of 95 percent is always sufficient

Answer: 

b: The smaller the sample size, the greater the sampling error

17. Which of the following will produce the least sampling error?

e. A large sample based on convenience sampling 

f. A small sample based on random sampling
g. A large snowball sample
h. A large sample based on random sampling

Answer: 

d: A large sample based on random sampling

18. When people are readily available, volunteer, or are easily recruited to the sample, this is called:

e. Snowball sampling
f. Convenience sampling
g. Stratified sampling
h. Random sampling

Answer: 

b: Convenience sampling

19. In qualitative research, sampling that involves selecting diverse cases is referred to as:

e. Typical-case sampling
 f. Critical-case sampling
g. Intensity sampling
h. Maximum variation sampling

Answer: 

d: Maximum variation sampling

20. A test accurately indicates an employee’s scores on a future criterion (e.g., conscientiousness).  What
kind of validity is this?

e. Predictive
f. Face
g. Content
h. Concurrent

Answer: 

a: Predictive

PART C: DATA COLLECTION METHODS 

1. When designing a questionnaire it is important to do each of the following EXCEPT

e. Pilot the questionnaire

f. Avoid jargon
g. Avoid double questions
h. Use leading questions

Answer: 

d: Use leading questions

2. One advantage of using a questionnaire is that:

e. Probe questions can be asked

f. Respondents can be put at ease
g. Interview bias can be avoided
h. Response rates are always high

Answer: 

c: Interview bias can be avoided

3. Which of the following is true of observations?

e. It takes less time than interviews

f. It is often not possible to determine exactly why people behave as they do
g. Covert observation raises fewer ethical concerns than overt
h. All of the above

Answer: 

b: It is often not possible to determine exactly why people behave as they do

4. A researcher secretly becomes an active member of a group in order to observe their behaviour. This
researcher is acting as:

e. An overt participant observer

f. A covert non-participant observer
g. A covert participant observer
h. None of the above

Answer: 

c: A covert participant observer

5. All of the following are advantages of structured observation, EXCEPT:

e. Results can be replicated at a different time

f. The coding schedule might impose a framework on what is being observed
g. Data can be collected that participants may not realize is important
h. Data do not have to rely on the recall of participants

Answer: 

b: The coding schedule might impose a framework on what is being observed

6. When conducting an interview, asking questions such as: "What else? or ‘Could you expand on that?’
are all forms of:

e. Structured responses
f. Category questions
g. Protocols
h. Probes

Answer: 

d: Probes
7. Secondary data can include which of the following? 

e. Government statistics
f. Personal diaries
g. Organizational records
h. All of the above

Answer: 

d: All of the above

8. An ordinal scale is:

e. The simplest form of measurement

f. A scale with an absolute zero point
g. A rank-order scale of measurement
h. A scale with equal intervals between ranks

Answer: 

c: A rank-order scale of measurement

9. Which term measures the extent to which scores from a test can be used to infer or predict
performance in some activity? 

e. Face validity
f. Content reliability
g. Criterion-related validity
h. Construct validity

Answer: 

c: Criterion-related validity

10. The ‘reliability’of a measure refers to the researcher asking:

e. Does it give consistent results?

f. Does it measure what it is supposed to measure?
g. Can the results be generalized?
h. Does it have face reliability?

Answer: 

a: Does it give consistent results?

11. Interviewing is the favoured approach EXCEPT when:

 e. There is a need for highly personalized data
f. It is important to ask supplementary questions
g. High numbers of respondents are needed
h. Respondents have difficulty with written language

Answer: 

c: High numbers of respondents are needed

12. Validity in interviews is strengthened by the following EXCEPT:

e. Building rapport with interviewees

f. Multiple questions cover the same theme
g. Constructing interview schedules that contain themes drawn from the literature
h. Prompting respondents to expand on initial responses

Answer: 

b: Multiple questions cover the same theme

13. Interview questions should:

e. Lead the respondent

f. Probe sensitive issues
g. Be delivered in a neutral tone
h. Test the respondents’ powers of memory

Answer: 

c: Be delivered in a neutral tone

14. Active listening skills means:

e. Asking as many questions as possible

f. Avoiding silences
g. Keeping to time
h. Attentive listening

Answer: 

d: Attentive listening

15. All the following are strengths of focus groups EXCEPT:

e. They allow access to a wide range of participants

f. Discussion allows for the validation of ideas and views
 g. They can generate a collective perspective
h. They help maintain confidentiality

Answer: 

d: They help maintain confidentiality

16. Which of the following is not always true about focus groups?

e. The ideal size is normally between 6 and 12 participants

f. Moderators should introduce themselves to the group
g. Participants should come from diverse backgrounds
h. The moderator poses preplanned questions

Answer: 

c: Participants should come from diverse backgrounds

17. A disadvantage of using secondary data is that:

e. The data may have been collected with reference to research questions that are not those of the
researcher
f. The researcher may bring more detachment in viewing the data than original researchers could
muster
g. Data have often been collected by teams of experienced researchers
h. Secondary data sets are often available and accessible

Answer: 

a: The data may have been collected with reference to research questions that are not those of the
researcher

18. All of the following are sources of secondary data EXCEPT:

e. Official statistics
f. A television documentary
g. The researcher’s research diary
h. A company’s annual report

Answer: 

c: The researcher’s research diary

19. Which of the following is not true about visual methods?

e. They are not reliant on respondent recall

 f. The have low resource requirements
g. They do not rely on words to capture what is happening
h. They can capture what is happening in real time

Answer: 

b: The have low resource requirements

20. Avoiding naïve empiricism in the interpretation of visual data means:

e. Understanding the context in which they were produced

f. Ensuring that visual images such as photographs are accurately taken
g. Only using visual images with other data gathering sources
h. Planning the capture of visual data carefully

Answer: 

a: Understanding the context in which they were produced

PART D: ANALYSIS AND REPORT WRITING 

1. Which of the following is incorrect when naming a variable in SPSS?

e. Must begin with a letter and not a number

f. Must end in a full stop
g. Cannot exceed 64 characters
h. Cannot include symbols such as ?, & and %

Answer: 

b: Must end in a full stop

2. Which of the following is not an SPSS Type variable?

e. Word
f. Numeric
g. String
h. Date

Answer: 

a: Word

3. A graph that uses vertical bars to represent data is called:

 e. A bar chart
f. A pie chart
g. A line graph
h. A vertical graph

Answer: 

a: A bar chart

4. The purpose of descriptive statistics is to:

e. Summarize the characteristics of a data set

f. Draw conclusions from the data
g. None of the above
h. All of the above

Answer: 

a: Summarize the characteristics of a data set

5. The measure of the extent to which responses vary from the mean is called:

e. The mode
f. The normal distribution
g. The standard deviation
h. The variance

Answer: 

c: The standard deviation

6. To compare the performance of a group at time T1 and then at T2, we would use:

e. A chi-squared test
f. One-way analysis of variance
g. Analysis of variance
h. A paired t-test

Answer: 

d: A paired t-test

7. A Type 1 error occurs in a situation where:

e. The null hypothesis is accepted when it is in fact true

f. The null hypothesis is rejected when it is in fact false
 g. The null hypothesis is rejected when it is in fact true
h. The null hypothesis is accepted when it is in fact false

Answer: 

c: The null hypothesis is rejected when it is in fact true

8. The significance level

e. Is set after a statistical test is conducted

f. Is always set at 0.05
g. Results in a p-value
h. Measures the probability of rejecting a true null hypothesis

Answer: 

d: Measures the probability of rejecting a true null hypothesis

9. To predict the value of the dependent variable for a new case based on the knowledge of one or more
independent variables, we would use

e. Regression analysis
f. Correlation analysis
g. Kolmogorov-Smirnov test
h. One-way analysis of variance

Answer: 

a: Regression analysis

10. In conducting secondary data analysis, researchers should ask themselves all of the following
EXCEPT:

e. Who produced the document?

f. Is the material genuine?
g. How can respondents be re-interviewed?
h. Why was the document produced?

Answer: 

c: How can respondents be re-interviewed?

11. Which of the following are not true of reflexivity?

e. It recognizes that the researcher is not a neutral observer

f. It has mainly been applied to the analysis of qualitative data
 g. It is part of a post-positivist tradition
h. A danger of adopting a reflexive stance is the researcher can become the focus of the study

Answer: 

c: It is part of a post-positivist tradition

12. Validity in qualitative research can be strengthened by all of the following EXCEPT:

e. Member checking for accuracy and interpretation

f. Transcribing interviews to improve accuracy of data
g. Exploring rival explanations
h. Analysing negative cases

Answer: 

b: Transcribing interviews to improve accuracy of data

13. Qualitative data analysis programs are useful for each of the following EXCEPT: 

e. Manipulation of large amounts of data

f. Exploring of the data against new dimensions
g. Querying of data
h. Generating codes

Answer: 

d: Generating codes

14. Which part of a research report contains details of how the research was planned and conducted?

e. Results
f. Design 
g. Introduction
h. Background

Answer: 

b: Design 

15. Which of the following is a form of research typically conducted by managers and other
professionals to address issues in their organizations and/or professional practice?

e. Action research
f. Basic research
g. Professional research
 h. Predictive research

Answer: 

a: Action research

16. Plagiarism can be avoided by:

e. Copying the work of others accurately

f. Paraphrasing the author’s text in your own words
g. Cut and pasting from the Internet
h. Quoting directly without revealing the source

Answer: 

b: Paraphrasing the author’s text in your own words

17. In preparing for a presentation, you should do all of the following EXCEPT:

e. Practice the presentation

f. Ignore your nerves
g. Get to know more about your audience
h. Take an advanced look, if possible, at the facilities

Answer: 

b: Ignore your nerves

18. You can create interest in your presentation by:

e. Using bullet points

f. Reading from notes
g. Maximizing the use of animation effects
h. Using metaphors

Answer: 

d: Using metaphors

19. In preparing for a viva or similar oral examination, it is best if you have:

e. Avoided citing the examiner in your thesis

f. Made exaggerated claims on the basis of your data
g. Published and referenced your own article(s)
h. Tried to memorize your work
Answer: 

c: Published and referenced your own article(s)

20. Grounded theory coding:

e. Makes use of a priori concepts from the literature

f. Uses open coding, selective coding, then axial coding
g. Adopts a deductive stance
h. Stops when theoretical saturation has been reached

Answer: 

d: Stops when theoretical saturation has been reached

1) Which form of data below can usually be obtained more quickly and at a lower cost than the
others?

a) Primary
b) Survey research
c) Experimental research
d) Secondary
e) Observational research

2) Secondary data are .

a) Collected mostly via surveys

b) Expensive to obtain
c) Never purchased from outside suppliers
d) Always necessary to support primary data
e) Not always very usable

3) Causal research is used to

a) Describe marketing problems or situations

b) Quantify observations that produce insights unobtainable through other forms of research
c) Find information at the outset in an unstructured way
d) Gather preliminary information that will help define problems
e) Test hypotheses about cause-and-effect relationships

4) Your colleague is confused about using the marketing research process, as he knows that
something is wrong but is not sure of the specific causes to investigate. He seems to be having
problems with , which is often the hardest step to take.
a) Selecting a research agency to help
b) Defining the problem and research objectives
c) Developing the research plan
d) Determining a research approach
e)C and D

5) In the second step of the marketing research process, research objectives should be translated into
specific .

a) Financial amounts
b) Results that justify the means
c) Marketing goals
d) Time allotments
e) Information needs
6) Secondary data consists of information .

a) That already exists somewhere and was collected for another purpose
b) Used by competitors
c) That does not currently exist in an organized form
d) That already exists somewhere and is outdated
e) That the researcher can obtain through surveys and observation

7) Which form of data below can usually be obtained more quickly and at a lower cost than
the others?

a) Survey research
b) Syndicated
c) Secondary
d) Primary
e) Online marketing research

8) Your assistant wants to use secondary data exclusively for the current research project. You
advise him that the use of secondary data has some potential problems. Which of the following is
not one of them?

a)It may not be current.

b)It may not exist.
c)It may not be useable.
d)It may not be relevant
e)It is generally more expensive to obtain than primary data

9) Which method could d a marketing researcher use to obtain information that people
are unwilling or unable to provide?

a) Focus groups
b) Personal interviews
c) Questionnaires
d) Observational research
e)Internet surveys

10) Survey research, though used to obtain many kinds of information in a variety of
situations, is best suited for gathering information.

a) Attitudinal
b) Personal
c) Preference
d) Exploratory
e) Descriptive
11) Typically, customer information is buried deep in separate databases, plans, and records of
many different company functions and departments. To overcome such problems, which of
the following could you try?

a) Customer satisfaction measurement

b) Synergetic meetings of the minds
c) Customer relationship management
d) More sophisticated software
e) Less marketing intelligence

12) Survey research is least likely to be conducted through which of the following?

a)Observation
b) Person-to-person interactions
c) The telephone
d) The Web
e) The mail

13) Which of the following is not a disadvantage of telephone

interviews? a)Interviewer bias is introduced

b) Under time pressures, some interviewers might cheat. c)
Potential respondents may refuse to participate
d)They are more expensive to conduct than mail questionnaires.
e)Interviewers tend to interpret answers similarly.

14) Which form of marketing research is flexible, allows for explanation of difficult questions,
and lends itself to showing products and advertisements?

a) Personal interviewing
b) Ethnographic research
c) Observational research
d) Online interviewing
e) Phone interviewing

15) Which of the following is a disadvantage of online focus groups?

a) Results take longer to tabulate and analyze.

b) Participants must be in a central location.
c) The cost of online focus groups is greater than that of most other qualitative research methods.
d) The format of focus groups can be varied.
e) The Internet format can restrict respondents' expressiveness.
16) Mr. Ravi regularly conducts online marketing research at work. He has found that it has
several advantages over traditional methods. Which of these is not an advantage?

a) Respondents cannot remain anonymous. b)

It is more cost efficient.
c)It is easy to control who responds to surveys.
d) Report generation turnaround time is much quicker
e)It is easier for respondents to complete.

17) What are the two types of research data?

a) Qualitative and Quantitative.

b) Primary and secondary.
c) Predictive and quantitative.
d) Qualitative and predictive.

18) What is a major drawback of probability sampling?

a) Takes too much time

b) Sampling error cannot be measured
c) Easiest population from which to obtain info is chosen
d) Everyone has an equal chance of selection
e) Reliance on the judgment of the researcher

19) The most common research instrument used is the

a) Questionnaire
b) Moderator
c) Telephone interviewer
d) Live interviewer
e) Mechanical device

20) In marketing research, the phase is generally the most expensive and most subject
to error.

a) Interpreting and reporting the findings

b) Exploratory research
c) Data collection
d) Planning
e) Data validation

21) Despite the data glut that marketing managers receive, they frequently complain
that they lack .
a) Enough information of the right kind
b) Accurate and reliable information
c) Quality information
d) Valid information
e)Timely information

22) The real value of a company's marketing research and information system lies in the

a) Amount of data it generates

b) Marketing information system it follows
c) Efficiency with which it completes studies
d) Variety of contact methods it uses
e) Quality of customer insights it provides

23) What is the first step in the marketing research process?

a) Developing a marketing information system

b) Developing the research plan for collecting information
c) Implementing the research plan
d) Defining the problem and research objectives
e) Interpreting data and deciding on type of research

24) In CRM, findings about customers discovered through techniques often lead to
marketing opportunities.

a) Data warehouse
b) Customer loyalty management
c) Customer relationship strategy
d) Data mining
e) Value network

25) What source of marketing information provides ready access to research information,
stored reports, shared work documents, contact information for employees and other
stakeholders, and more?

a) An extranet
b) Marketing intelligence
c) The Internet
d) An internal database
e) An intranet

26) When managers use small convenience samples such as asking customers what they think
or inviting a small group out to lunch to get reactions, they are using _.

a) Informal surveys
b) Experiments
c) Focus groups
d) Observation
e) Marketing intelligence

27) A common problem in international marketing research is the availability of .

a) Primary data
b) Research specialists
c) Secondary data
d) Consumers willing to answer surveys
e) Intelligence limitations

28) Which type of research would be best suited for identifying which demographic
groups prefer diet soft drinks and why they have this preference?

a) Exploratory research
b) Descriptive research
c) Experimental research
d) Ethnographic research
f) Survey research

29) As a small business consultant, you recommend to your clients that they use no-cost methods
of observation to gather market research. Which of the following are you not likely to
recommend your clients do?

a) Visit and socialize with competitors

b) Observe vehicle and pedestrian traffic.
c) Monitor competitors' advertising from local media
d) Hire additional staff to observe extensively
e) Evaluate their customer mix–how many and what kind of customers.

30) Marketing intelligence is everyday information about developments in the marketing

environment that assists marketers in their preparation of their plans and strategies. This
information is obtained from a number of sources and includes which of the following?

a) Newspaper articles.
b) Sales representative feedback.
c) Competitor intelligence
d) Trade journals.
e) Customer feedback.
f) All of the above.

31) The marketing research process consists of four steps. Which of the following is not one of
these steps?

a) Evaluating the competitor strategies.

b) Developing the research plan for collecting information.
c) Defining the problem and research objectives.

32) What do many researchers encounter when conducting market research in foreign countries?

a) Some countries have poor roads that limit personal contacts.

b) Some cultures may not value marketing research.
c) Some countries have poor mail services
d) Some countries have few telephones, limiting access to respondents
e) All of the above

33) Ravi just completed reading a marketing research report about the top 25 countries that
purchase German products. What might the report say about international research with
these countries?

a) Despite the costs of international research, the costs of not doing it are higher.
b) There is a lack of qualified research personnel.
c) The costs are higher than the benefits.
d) Interpretations of German quality are consistent among different countries.
e) It is on the decrease due to high costs.

34) Behavioral targeting, the practice of , is being used by more and more companies.

a) Mining and analyzing data from data warehouses

b) Tracking customers' activities and rewarding customer loyalty
c) Observing and interacting with consumers in their natural environments
d) Managing customer relationships
e) Tracking consumers' online movements and using this information to target ads to them

35) To consumers, research studies may appear to be little more than vehicles for .

a) Gathering names for resale

b) Building company image
c) Training future salespeople to work with people face-to-face
d) Selling the sponsor's products
e) Criticizing competition

36) Qualitative research is exploratory research used to uncover consumer attitudes, motivations
and behavior. What techniques can be applied to obtain qualitative research?

a) Elicitation interviews.
b) One to one interviews.
c) Focus groups.
d) All of the above
e) None of the above.
37) What are examples of techniques of obtaining qualitative data?

a) Survey research/questionnaires; focus groups; in-depth interviews; observational

techniques; experimentation.
b) Video conferencing; focus groups; in-depth interviews; observational techniques.
c) Survey research/questionnaires; focus groups; in-depth interviews; observational techniques;
call center feedback.
d) All of the above.
e) None of the above.

38) What are four methods of continuous research?

a) Consumer panels; home audits; omnibus surveys; retail audits.

b) Consumer panels; home audits; personal interviews; omnibus surveys.
c) Home audits; omnibus surveys; personal interviews; in-store video footage of consumer
behavior.
d) Consumer panels; home audits; personal interviews; in-store video footage of consumer
behavior.
e) All of the above
f) None of the above

39) “What new product should be developed” is an example of................??

a) Causal
b) Exploratory
c) Descriptive
d) None of the above

40) Sources of marketing information are categorized into two groups - what are they?

a) External sources; internal sources.

b) Causal resources.
c) Macro environmental sources; micro environmental sources
d) All of the above.
e) None of the above.

41) What are the criteria for evaluating secondary data sources?

a) Source of data; who collects the data; method of data collection; construct of research.
b) Source of data; who collects the data; method of data collection; construct of data.
c) Relevance of data; who collects the data; method of data collection; who paid for the research.
d) Relevance of data; who collects the data; method of data collection; evidence of careful
work.
42) What are three popular methods for obtaining primary data?

a) Experimentation; personal interview; Delphi technique.

b) Survey; interviews; experimentation.
c) Interviews and surveys; observation; experimentation.
d) Interviews and surveys; observation; Harrison methodology.

43) Marketing research is the function that links the to the marketer through
information---information used to identify and define marketing opportunities and problems;
to generate, refine and evaluate marketing actions; to monitor marketing performance; and to
improve understanding of the marketing process.

a) Marketer, agent and retailer

b) Demander, buyer and user
c) Specified, influencer and user
d) Consumer, customer and public

44) The marketing information system (MIS) begins and ends with

a) Marketing managers
b) Marketing intelligence
c) Information technologies
d) Consumers

45) As marketing managers and researchers define the problem and set research objectives, they
should employ the following type(s) of research:

a) Exploratory research alone

b)Exploratory, descriptive and causal research
c) Descriptive research
alone d)Causal research
alone

46) What are secondary data?

a) Information that has been collected for the specific purpose at hand
b)Information that has already been collected and recorded for another purpose and is thus
readily accessible
c)Information based on second-rate
research d)Information based solely on
rumors

47) Small businesses and non-profit organizations on shoestring budgets nevertheless

have access to useful marketing information by

A) Relying exclusively on secondary data b)

Conducting informal surveys
c)Collecting and evaluating secondary data, as well as observing and conducting their own
surveys and experiments
d) Hiring a few highly-skilled researchers

48) International marketers may have difficulty finding useful secondary data in other
countries mainly because .

A) Secondary data are difficult to translate b)

Foreign consumers may be hostile to marketers
c)Some countries lack reliable research services---if they provide such services at all
d) Consumers tend to lie on surveys and in interviews, either deliberately or inadvertently

49) Which of the following represents major public policy and ethics issues in
marketing research?

a) Intrusion on and abuse of consumer privacy

b) Representing database compilation and promotional pitches as 'pure' research
c) Intrusion on consumer privacy and the misuse of research findings
d) False claims and pushy sales representatives

50) What is the first stage of the marketing research process?

a) Implement the research plan

b) Collect and analyses the data
c) Develop the research plan
d) Report the findings
e) Define the research problem

51) Primary data is .

a) Always collected before secondary data

b) Collected for the specific purpose at hand
c) Information that already exists
d) Data collected for other purposes
e) Usually collected through annual reports

52) What are the two major advantages of collected data through telephone interviews?

a)Sample control and speed of data collection

b) Cost and response rate
c)Cost and speed of data collection
d)Flexibility and quantity of data
collected
e) Control of interviewer effects and quantity of data collected

53) Expiratory research undergoes following methods except

a) Expert surveys
b) Pilot study
c) Case studies
d) None of the above

54) Census comes under which research?

a) Causal
b) Exploratory
c) Descriptive
d) None of the above

55) Cause and effect research comes under which research type?

a) Causal
b) Exploratory
c) Descriptive
d) None of the above

56) Rigid sequential approach to sampling and data collection comes under which research

a) Causal
b) Exploratory
c) Descriptive
d) None of the above

57)is called pre-assumption of the expected result of the research

a) Hypothesis
b) Expenditure
c)Research problem
d) None of the above

58)is kind of prelude to the end result one hopes to achieve and therefore it
Requires considerable thoughts

a) Hypothesis
b) Expenditure
c)Research problem
d) None of the above

59) Detail blueprint of research is called as……………….

a) Research proposal
b) Research design
c) a and b
d) a or b

60) In which type of research hypothesis is vague??

a) Causal
b) Exploratory
c) Descriptive
d) None of the above

61) “How should a new product is distributed??” is an example of..................?

a) Causal
b) Exploratory
c) Descriptive
d) None of the above

62) “Will increase in the service staff be profitable?” Is an example of…............??

a) Causal
b) Exploratory
c) Descriptive
d) None of the above

63) A powerful tool use in longitudinal research with exactly same people, group or
organization across time periods is called…………..

a) Focus group
b) consumer panel
c) RSA
d) None of the above
64) For primary data to be useful to marketers, it must be relevant, current, unbiased, and
.

a) Complete
b) Accurate
c) Inexpensive
d) Collected before secondary data
e) Experimental

65)is the variation of the panel with data being collected from retail stores on
The product being stocked, shelf placed, sale and promotion, so on

a) Retail shop audit

b) consumer panel
c TRP
d) None of the above.
66) Multiple business locations, recourse, budget limitations are challenges for….

a) Retail shop audit

b) consumer panel
c) TRP
d) None of the above.

67) The advertising is selecting slots for the advertising on the basis of which study?

a) Retail shop audit

b) consumer panel
c) TRP
d) Media Audience tracking study.

68) What is TRP?

a) Television Rating point

b) Television rating part
c) All of the above
d). Television Rating process

69) Research is the gathering of primary data by watching

people. a)Survey
b)Informative
c) Observational
d)Experimental
e)Causal

70) Market research is function linking the consumer customer and public to market through

a) The media
b) Information
c) Market research
d) All of the above

71) Marketing research is related to………………

a) Finance process
b) Marketing Process
c) Business Process
d) None of the above
72) Advance plan of research is called as

a) Research process
b) Research design
c) Research proposal
d) None of the above

73) Research design consists of following things except…………….

a) Hypothesis
b) Expenditure
c) Research problem
d) None of the above

74) A formal statement of research question or “purpose of research study” generally

a) Is made prior to literature review

b) Is made after literature review
c) Will help guide the research process
d) Both a and c

75) Source of research problem include

a) Researcher’s experience
b) Practical issue that require solutions
c) Theory and past research
d) All of the above

76) A…...............is written account of the plan for the research project.

a) Research design
b) Research proposal
c) Hypothesis
d) All of the above

77) In qualitative research proposal you would not expect to see a

a) Research questions
b) Research rim
c) Hypothesis
d) Operational definition

78) Following are characteristics of hypothesis except

a) Clarity
b) Simple
c) Consistent
d) None of the above

79) The null hypothesis is

a) which is to be disprove
b) H0
c) None of the above
d) A and B

80) The research which is “unstructured, qualitative, highly flexible “ is called as

a. Causal
b) Exploratory
c) Descriptive
d) None of the above

81)is snapshot of some aspect of the market environment

a) Causal
b) Exploratory
c) Descriptive
d) None of the above

82) Which of the following are advantages of stating of HYPOTHESIS??

a) It forces researcher to think deeply and specifically about the possible outcome of
study
b) It simplifies the study
c) None of the above
d) All of the above

83) Customer Satisfaction is an example of which of research design?

a) Qualitative
b) Quantitative
c) Causal
d) None of the above

84) Alternative hypothesis is

a) H0
b) Ha
c) Which shows positive relationship between the variables
d) B , C
85) Following are techniques of Qualitative Research?

a) Depth interview
b) Focus group
c) Projective technique
d) All of the above

86) Data analysis in qualitative research as contrasted with qualitative research is generally

a) Theoretical
b) Deductive
c) Applied
d) Inductive

87) Which of the following is not general feature that characteristics most qualitative research?

a) Inflexible design
b) Holistic process
c) Naturalistic inquiry
d) Personal contact

88) Conclusion from qualitative research are:

a) Less certain than from quantitative

b) Of little practice use
c) Seldom defensible
d) Of descriptive value only

89) The first step in the marketing research process is:

a) Defining the problem

b) Gathering the budget necessary to conduct the research
c) Establishing the need for marketing research
d) Getting approval from top management to do research
e) Finding an appropriate marketing firm to carry out the research project

90) Which of the following is true regarding the steps in the marketing research process?

a) Not all studies use all steps in the marketing research process.
b) There is nothing sacred about the number of steps in the research process as proposed by your
authors.
c) The steps in the marketing research process presented by your authors are universally
accepted and are adopted by the American Marketing Association.
d) A and C are true.
e) A and B are true.
91) In establishing the need for marketing research, which of the following would serve as
a good decision rule for managers?

a) Ensuring that competitors are using marketing research, therefore a company considering
marketing research would not be at a competitive disadvantage
b) Determining the value to be derived from marketing research
c) Determining the cost of conducting marketing research
d) Weighing the value derived from the marketing research with the cost of obtaining the
marketing research information
e) Ensuring that subordinates are in favor of conducting the marketing research

92) Sometimes managers know that marketing research is not needed. In which of the following
cases would marketing research NOT be needed?

a) Competitors have introduced a successful new product and it is too late to respond.
b) Brand managers wish to assess the profitability of different items in the product line and this
information is available from the internal reports system.
c) There have been significant changes in the demographic characteristics of the market since
marketing research was last conducted.
d) A competitor has introduced a new innovative distribution system.
e) An internal analysis indicates that the company is losing distributors at an alarming rate.

93) Under which of the following conditions will marketing research likely have greater value
to management?

a) When the research helps clarify problems or opportunities

b) When the research identifies changes that are occurring in the marketplace among consumers
and/or competitors
c) When the research clearly identifies the best alternatives to pursue
d) When the research helps a company's brand establish a competitive advantage
e) All of the above

94) Which of the following statements is true regarding the marketing research step "defining
the problem"?

a) Defining the problem is the third most important step in the research process.
b) Defining the problem should be undertaken only after the project has been approved by
top management.
c) Defining the problem is the most important step in the marketing research process.
d) Defining the problem should be undertaken only after a sufficient number of firms have
been gathered to conduct the marketing research project.
e) Defining the problem is the eighth step in the marketing research process.
95) Problems stem from which two primary sources?

a)Gaps between what is supposed to happen and what did happen and gaps between what is
supposed to happen and what happened in the past.
b) Gaps between what is supposed to happen and what did happen and gaps between what
did happen and what could have happened
c) Gaps between what is happening now and what happened prior to the present
d) Gaps between what management desires and what stockholders desire
e) Gaps between what present consumers desire and what potential consumers desire

96) Which of the following is true regarding research objectives?

a) Research objectives, when achieved, will provide sufficient earnings to obtain a
reasonablereturn on investment.
b) Researchobjectives, when obtained, will ensure the viability of the marketing
research department.
c) Research objectives, when achieved, provide the information necessary to solve the
problem.
d) Research objectives are seldom achieved but should be stated as goals to be sought.
e) Research objectives should never be put in writing until the fourth step of the marketing
research process.
97) Which of the following is true regarding research design?

a)There are four categories of research design.

b)There are three categories of research design.
c) There are five categories of research design.
d)There are eight categories of research design.
e) Research design may not be categorized.

98) Which of the following would be true regarding exploratory research?

a. Exploratory research is highly structured.
b. Exploratory research is very formal.
c. Exploratory research determines causality.
d. Exploratory research is both unstructured and informal.
e. Exploratory research answers who, what, where, when, and how questions.

99) Interview is an example of which data??

a)Primary
b) Secondary
c)Both a and b
d) None of the above

100) Main drawback of primary data is?

a) Biasness
b) sample design
c) Research problem
d) All of the above

101) Wrong questionnaire is an example of …………..

a. Primary data collection problem
b. Secondary collection problem
c. a and b both
d. None of the above

102)Usually is a list of population members to obtain a sample.

a) Sampling Frame
b) Sample
c) Sampling
d) All of the above

103) All samples have same chance of getting selected is called as…………

a) Probability
b) Non-Probability
c) Quota
d) Snowball

104) Convenience sampling is an example of

a) Probabilistic sampling
b) Stratified sampling
c) Nonprobabilistic sampling
d) Cluster sampling

105) Which of the following is an example of no probabilistic sampling?

a) Simple random sampling

b) Stratified simple random sampling
c) Cluster sampling
d) Judgment sampling

106) Stratified random sampling is a method of selecting a sample in which

a) The sample is first divided into strata, and then random samples are taken from each stratum
b) Various strata are selected from the sample
c) The population is first divided into strata, and then random samples are drawn from each
stratum
d) None of these alternatives is correct.
107) Despite the data glut that marketing managers receive, they frequently complain that they
lack .

a) Enough information of the right kind

b) Timely information
c) Accurate information
d) Reliable information
e) Valid information

108) Which of the following is true regarding causal research?

a. Causal research is the questions of who, what, where, when, and how.
b. Causal research is informal and unstructured.
c. Causal research isolates causes and effects.
d. Causal research describes marketing phenomena.
e. Causal research is the seventh step in the marketing research process.

109) Which of the following is true regarding primary information?

a. Primary information is information gathered on school children in the primary grades

first through fifth.
b. Primary information refers to information that is collected in the early, or
primary, stages of the marketing research process.
c. Primary information is information that has already been collected for some other
purpose.
d. Primary information is information collected specifically for the problem at hand.
e. Primary information is one of 12 different types of information sources.

110) Which of the following determines how representative a sample is of a population?

a. The size of the sample

b. The sampling company from which the sample is acquired
c. The sample plan
d. The size of the sample relative to the size of the population
e. How varied the population is

111) Which of the following is true regarding the size of the sample?

a) There is no such thing as having a sample that is too large.

b) You should strive to have a sample that is at least 50 percent of the size of the population.
c) A sample size that is too large wastes research dollars; the sample size should be just
c) Large enough to give the researcher accurate results without wasting money.
d) Sample size is more important than the sample plan.
e) Only samples with large sample sizes may be considered representative samples.
112) The existing company information is an example of which data??

a) Primary
b) Secondary
c) Both a and b
d)None of the above
113) Which of the following statements is NOT true regarding information collected for
marketers?

a) Many managers lack information of the right kind.

b) Most managers do not need more information.
c) Most managers need better information.
d) Many managers are burdened by data overload.
e) Managers have enough of the right information.

114) A marketing information system (MIS) consists of people and procedures to assess
information needs, and help decision makers analyze and use the information.

a) Experiment to develop information

b) Test market the information
c) Develop the needed information
d) Critique the needed information
e) Question the needed information

115) A good MIS balances the information users would against what they really
And what is .

a) Need; like; feasible

b) Like; can afford; needed
c) Like to have; need; feasible to offer
d) Need; can afford; useful
e) Use; have to use; available

116) Marketers must weigh carefully the costs of additional information against the
resulting from it.

a) organization
b) benefits
c) creativity
d) ethical issues
e) cost

117) Four common sources of internal data include the accounting department, operations, the
sales force, and the .

a) Owners
b) Stockholders
c) Marketing department
d) Competition
e) Web

118) Marketing information from which type of database usually can be accessed more quickly
and cheaply than other information sources?

A) External
B) LexisNexis
C) Dun & Bradstreet's
D) internal
E) Hoover's

119) Is the systematic collection and analysis of publicly available information

about consumers, competitors, and developments in the marketing environment?

a) Marketing data
b) Marketing intelligence
c) Sales management
d) Customer intelligence
e) Competitive intelligence

120) Which of the following statements regarding marketing intelligence is true?

a) The advantage of using competitive intelligence is negligible.

b) All marketing intelligence is available for free.
c) Marketing intelligence relies upon privately held information.
d) Marketing intelligence relies upon publicly available information.
e) Marketing intelligence gathering is more focused on gaining insights into consumer activities
than competitors' activities.

121) Which of the following is NOT considered a source of marketing intelligence?

a) Suppliers
b) Resellers
c) Key customers
d) Causal research
e) Activities of competitors

122) Which of the following is NOT a potential source for marketing intelligence?

a) Looking through competitors' garbage

b) Purchasing competitors' products
c) Monitoring competitors' sales
d) Collecting primary data
e) Talking with purchasing agents

123) Which of the following is an example of a free online database that a company could
access in order to develop marketing intelligence?

a) LexisNexis
b) Proust
c) Dialog
d) The U.S. Security and Exchange Commission's database
e) Hoover's

124) Is the systematic design, collection, analysis, and reporting of data relevant to
a specific marketing situation facing an organization.

a) The marketing information system

b) Marketing intelligence
c) Marketing research
d) Competitive intelligence
e) Causal research

125) What is the first step in the marketing research process?

a) Developing a marketing information system

b) Defining the problem and research objectives
c) Developing the research plan for collecting information
d) Implementing the research plan
e) Hiring an outside research specialist

126) Which step in the four-step marketing research process has been left out of the
following list: defining the problems and research objectives, implementing the research plan,
and interpreting and reporting the findings?

a) Developing the research budget

b) Choosing the research agency
c) Choosing the research method
d) Developing the research plan
e) Comparing and contrasting primary and secondary data

127) Causal research is used to .

a) Test hypotheses about cause-and-effect relationships

b) Gather preliminary information that will help define problems
c) Uncover information at the outset in an unstructured way
d) Describe marketing problems or situations
e) Quantify observations that produce insights unobtainable through other forms of research
128) Managers often start with research and later follow with research.

a) Exploratory; causal
b) Descriptive; causal
c) Descriptive; exploratory
d) Causal; descriptive
e) Causal; exploratory

129) Your colleague is confused about using the marketing research process, as he knows that
something is wrong but is not sure of the specific causes to investigate. He seems to be having
problems with , which is often the hardest step to take.

a) Developing the research plan

b) Determining a research approach
c) Defining the problem and research objectives
d) Selecting a research agency

130) Through which of these sources of information is a competitor LEAST likely to

reveal intelligence information?

a) Annual reports
b) Trade show exhibits
c) Web pages
d) Press releases
e) Internal marketing conferences

131) To combat marketing intelligence efforts by competitors, Unilever Corporation is now

providing to employees.

a) Competitive intelligence training

b) Privacy blocks
c) Protection
d) Less information
e) A code of ethics

132) The objective of research is to gather preliminary information that will help
define the problem and suggest hypotheses.

a) Exploratory
b) Descriptive
c) Causal
d) Primary
e) Secondary
133) In the second step of the marketing research process, research objectives should
be translated into specific _ .

a) Marketing goals
b) Information needs
c) Dollar amounts
d) Research methods
e)Information sources

134) Secondary data consists of information .

a) That already exists somewhere but is outdated

b) That does not currently exist in an organized form
c) That already exists but was collected for a different purpose
d) Used by competitors
e) That researchers can only obtain through surveys and observation

135) Information collected from online databases is an example of data.

a) Primary
b) Secondary
c) Observational
d) Experimental
e) Ethnographic

136) Your assistant wants to use secondary data exclusively for the current research project. You
advise him that the use of secondary data has some potential problems. Which of the following is
NOT one of them?

a) It may not exist.

b) It may not be relevant.
c) It is generally more expensive to obtain than primary data.
d) It may not be current.
e) It may not be impartial.

137) Which method could a marketing researcher use to obtain information that people are
unwilling or unable to provide?

a) Observational
b) Survey
c) Questionnaire
d) Focus groups
e) Personal interviews
 138) Ethnographic research

a) Comes from traditional focus groups

b) Is gathered where people live and work
c) Provides secondary data
d) Is most popular in the service sector
e) Provides data to marketers when observation is impossible

Question 1

Which of the following is a method that is commonly used in qualitative research?

a) Self-completion questionnaires
b) Surveys
c) Ethnography
d) Structured observation
Question 2

What is meant by the term "grounded theory"?

a) Theories should be tested by rigorous scientific experiments

b) As a social researcher, it is important to keep your feet on the ground
c) Theories should be grounded in political values and biases
d) Theoretical ideas and concepts should emerge from the data
Question 3

A sensitizing concept is one that:

a) Provides general guidance for more flexible research

b) Imposes a predetermined theoretical model on the social world
c) Helps the researcher to investigate sensitive issues
d) Allows the researcher to measure very small changes in a variable
Question 4

Which of the following is not a component of Guba & Lincoln's criterion, "trustworthiness"?
a) Transferability
b) Measurability
c) Dependability
d) Credibility
Question 5

Respondent validation is the process by which:

a) The validity of an interview schedule can be measured

b) Researchers ask their participants to comment on an account of the findings
c) The problem of low response rates to a survey can be overcome
d) Participants collaborate with the researcher to design the research
Question 6

Why do qualitative researchers like to give detailed descriptions of social settings?

a) To provide a contextual understanding of social behaviour

b) Because once they have left the field, it is difficult to remember what happened
c) So that they can compare their observations as a test of reliability
d) Because they do not believe in going beyond the level of description
Question 7

The flexibility and limited structure of qualitative research designs is an advantage because:
a) The researcher does not impose any predetermined formats on the social world
b) It allows for unexpected results to emerge from the data
c) The researcher can adapt their theories and methods as the project unfolds
d) All of the above
Question 8

Which of the following is not a criticism of qualitative research?

a) The studies are difficult to replicate
b) There is a lack of transparency
c) The approach is too rigid and inflexible
d) The accounts are too subjective and impressionistic
Question 9

Which of the following is not a contrast between quantitative and qualitative research?
a) Distance vs. proximity of researcher to participants
b) Generalization vs. contextual understanding
c) Hard, reliable data vs. rich, deep data
d) Interpretivist vs. feminist
Question 10

Why has qualitative research been seen to have an affinity with feminism?

a) It allows women's voices to be heard, rather than objectifying and exploiting them
b) It has always been carried out by female sociologists
c) It allows the researcher to control variables and suppress women's voices
d) It claims to be value free and non-political
Question 1

Probability sampling is rarely used in qualitative research because:

a) Qualitative researchers are not trained in statistics

b) It is very old-fashioned
c) It is often not feasible
d) Research questions are more important than sampling
Question 2

The two levels of sampling used by Savage et al. (2005) for the Manchester study were:

a) Random and purposive

b) Convenience and snowball
c) Statistical and non-statistical
d) Contexts and participants
Question 3

Which of the following is not a type of purposive sampling?

a) Probability sampling
b) Deviant case sampling
c) Theoretical sampling
d) Snowball sampling
Question 4

What is involved in "purposive sampling" for grounded theory?

a) Using a random numbers table to select a representative sample of people

b) Strategically selecting respondents who are likely to provide relevant data
 c) Deciding on a sampling strategy early on and pursuing it relentlessly
d) Sampling units of time rather than individual persons
Question 5

What is meant by the term "theoretical saturation"?

a) Deciding on a theory and then testing it repeatedly

b) The point at which a concept is so well developed that no further data collection is
necessary
c) The problem of having used too many theories in one's data analysis
d) A state of frustration caused by having used every possible statistical test without finding any
significant results
Question 6

Generic purposive sampling can be characterized as being:

a) Fixed and a priori

b) Fixed and ad-hoc
c) Contingent and post-hoc
d) Contingent and ad infinitum
Question 7

The minimum sample size for qualitative interviewing is:

a) 30
b) 31
c) 60
d) It's hard to say
Question 8

Why is an ethnographic study unlikely to use a probability sample?

a) Because the aim of understanding is more important than that of generalization

b) Because the researcher cannot control who is willing to talk to them
c) Because it is difficult to identify a sampling frame
d) All of the above
Question 9

Apart from people, what else can purposive sampling be used for?

a) Documents
b) Timing of events
c) Context
d) All of the above
Question 10

What can be generalized from a purposive sample?

a) That the findings are true for broadly similar cases

b) That the findings are true for the entire population
c) That the opposite is true for people who are the opposite of those in the sample
d) That purposive sampling is better than probability sampling

 Which of the following is a component of ethnographic research?

a) Being immersed in a social group or setting

b) Participant observation, interviews, and/or documentary analysis
c) A written account of an ethnographic study
d) All of the above
Question 2

What is one of the main disadvantages of using the covert role in ethnography?

a) It can be hard to gain access to the social group

b) It is difficult to take notes without arousing suspicion
c) The problem of reactivity: people may change their behaviour if they know they are being
observed
d) It is usually too time consuming and expensive to be a realistic option
Question 3

Which of the following will not help you to negotiate access to a closed/non-public setting?

a) Gaining the support of a "sponsor" within the organization
b) Obtaining clearance from a "gatekeeper" or senior member of the group
c) Joining in with the group's activities without introducing yourself
 d) Offering something in return, e.g. a report of the findings
Question 4

What is a key informant?

a) A group member who helps the ethnographer gain access to relevant people/events
b) A senior level member of the organisation who refuses to allow researchers into it
c) A participant who appears to be helpful but then blows the researcher's cover
d) Someone who cuts keys to help the ethnographer gain access to a building
Question 5

What is the name of the role adopted by an ethnographer who joins in with the group's activities
but admits to being a researcher?

a) Complete participant
b) Participant-as-observer
c) Observer-as-participant
d) Complete observer
Question 6

What is meant by the term "going native"?

a) Doing ethnography as a participant observer

b) Accepting a job in an organization previously studied by the ethnographer
c) Trying to learn to speak a foreign language as well as a native speaker
d) Over identifying with the group and losing research perspective
Question 7

Is it okay to break the law in order to maintain a "cover"?

a) Yes, provided it is not very serious
b) No, never under any circumstances
c) Yes, because otherwise data on criminal activity would never come to light
d) Yes, provided it doesn't cause physical harm to someone
Question 8

What is the difference between "scratch notes" and "full field notes"?

a)Scratch  notes are just key words and phrases, rather than lengthy descriptions
 b) Full field notes are quicker and easier to write than scratch notes
c) Scratch notes are written at the end of the day rather than during key events
d) Full field notes do not involve the researcher scratching their head while thinking
Question 9

Why does Stacey argue against the idea of a feminist ethnography?

a) Because it creates a non-exploitative relationship between the researcher and the researched
b) Because she fundamentally disagrees with all feminist principles
c) Because she thinks that the fieldwork relationship is inherently unequal
d) Because she does not think that ethnography is a useful research method
Question 10

What are the two main types of data that can be used in visual ethnography?

a) Positivist and interpretivist

b) Qualitative and quantitative
c) Nominal and ordinal
d) Extant and research-driven
Question 1

Which of the following makes qualitative interviewing distinct from structured interviewing?

a) The procedure is less standardized

b) "Rambling" off the topic is not a problem
c) The researcher seeks rich, detailed answers
d) All of the above
Question 2

Which of the following is not a type of qualitative interview?

a) Unstructured interview
b) Oral history interview
c) Structured interview
d) Focus group interview
Question 3

Why is it helpful to prepare an interview guide before conducting semi-structured interviews?

 a) So that the data from different interviewees will be comparable and relevant to your
research questions
b) So that you can calculate the statistical significance of the results
c) In order to allow participants complete control over the topics they discuss
d) To make the sample more representative
Question 4

Which of the following is not one of Kvale's ten criteria of the good interviewer?
a) Passive
b) Knowledgeable
c) Sensitive
d) Interpreting
Question 5

What is a "probing question"?

a) One that inquires about a sensitive or deeply personal issue

b) One that encourages the interviewee to say more about a topic
c) One that asks indirectly about people's opinions
d) One that moves the conversation on to another topic
Question 6

What can you do to reduce the time consuming nature of transcribing interviews?

a) Use a transcribing machine

b) Employ someone to transcribe for you
c) Transcribe only selected parts of the interviews
d) All of the above
Question 7

Which of the following is not a type of life story?

a) Naturalistic life stories
b) Researched life stories
c) True life stories
d) Reflexive and recursive life stories
Question 8

How does Oakley suggest that qualitative interviewing should be used as an explicitly feminist
research method?

a) By creating a more equal relationship between interviewer and interviewee

b) By invading the privacy of women and treating them as objects
c) By imposing academic interpretations upon women's accounts of the world
d) None of the above
Question 9

Which of the following is an advantage of qualitative interviewing relative to participant

observation?
a) It allows you to find out about issues that are resistant to observation
b) It is more biased and value-laden
c) It is more likely to create reactive effects
d) None of the above
Question 10

Which of the following is a disadvantage of qualitative interviewing relative to participant

observation?
a) It has a more specific focus
b) It is more ethically dubious, in terms of obtaining informed consent
c) It may not provide access to deviant or hidden activities
d) It does not allow participants to reconstruct their life events
Question 1

What is the main difference between a focus group and a group interview?

a) Group interviews involve fewer participants

b) Focus groups are used to study the way people discuss a specific topic
c) There is no moderator present in a focus group
d) Focus groups save more time and money
Question 2

How have focus groups been used in media and cultural studies?

a) To plan champagne receptions

 b) To investigate birth and conception
c) To explore audience reception
d) To measure TV reception
Question 3

Why is it particularly difficult to get an accurate record and transcript of a focus group session?

a) Because the researcher often forgets to take notes

b) Because focus groups are transcribed several years after they are conducted
c) Because you cannot use a tape recorder in a focus group
d) Because there are so many different voices to follow
Question 4

When might it be useful to conduct a relatively large number of focus groups?

a) When participants' views are likely to be affected by socio-demographic factors

b) When you want to capture as much diversity in perspectives as possible
c) When there are lots of willing volunteers who meet the relevant criteria
d) All of the above
Question 5

What is the role of the moderator in a focus group?

a) To stimulate discussion and keep the conversation on track

b) To ask leading questions and dominate the discussion
c) To sit away from the group and observe their behaviour
d) To evaluate the group's performance on a particular task
Question 6

What are "natural groups" in the context of focus group research?

a) Groups of strangers selected from a particular location

b) Random samples of participants from the general population
c) Groups of participants who already know each other
d) Groups of non-human animals studied in their natural environment
Question 7

What should the moderator say in their introductory remarks?

a) Thank you to the participants for coming
b) Who they are and what the research is about
c) How the focus group will proceed
d) All of the above
Question 8

What are the two main forms of group interaction that Kitzinger identifies in focus group sessions?

a) Altruistic and aggressive

b) Complementary and argumentative
c) Conventional and alternative
d) Passive and assertive
Question 9

Why have feminists argued that focus groups successfully avoid "decontextualizing" their
participants?

a) Because they study the individual as part of a social context

b) Because they tend to be carried out by female researchers
c) Because moderating a focus group demands great technical knowledge
d) Because the data tends to be analysed using post-structuralist theories
Question 10

Which of the following is not a limitation of the focus group method?

a) The researcher has little control over how the discussion proceeds
b) It reveals the way social meanings are jointly constructed
c) It produces a large volume of data that can be difficult to analyse
d) People in groups tend to agree and express socially desirable views
 
Question 1

Conversation Analysis (CA) and Discourse Analysis (DA) differ from other qualitative research
methods in that they treat language as:

a) A method rather than a theory

 b) A resource rather than a topic
c) A theory rather than a method
d) A topic rather than a resource
Question 2

In CA, the term "indexicality" means that:

a) The meaning of an utterance depends on the context in which it is used

b) Speech acts can be listed and indexed after transcription
c) Words are constitutive of the social world in which they are located
d) People tend to wave their index finger in the air while speaking
Question 3

Which of the following is not one of the basic assumptions of CA?

a) Talk is structured
b) Talk is forged contextually
c) j
d) Analysis is grounded in data
Question 4

In a CA transcript, what does the symbol "(.)" stand for?

a) Intake of breath
b) Prolonged sound
c) Emphasis on the next word
d) Slight pause
Question 5

What is meant by the term "adjacency pair" in CA?

a) An interviewer and interviewee sitting next to each other

b) Two linked phases of conversation
c) Two similar questions asked in rapid succession
d) A mechanism used to repair an embarrassing mistake
Question 6

What have conversation analysts found that people generally do to "repair" the damage caused by a
"dispreferred response"?
 a) Provide justifications for their action
b) Correct themselves and give the preferred response
c) Brazen it out and pretend they don't care
d) Run away in a panic
Question 7

What do discourse analysts study?

a) Forms of communication other than talk
b) The way discourses "frame" our understanding of the social world
c) The rhetorical styles used in written and oral communication
d) All of the above
Question 8

What is meant by the term "ethnographic particulars"?

a) Specific people who are involved as key informants in an ethnography

b) A participant observation schedule that is used in qualitative research
c) Factors outside the immediate context of an interaction
d) The "here-and-now" context of situated talk
Question 9

Potter & Wetherell use the term "interpretative repertoires" to refer to:

a) The process of making non-factual data appear to be factual

b) The general resources people use to perform discursive acts
c) The frames of reference audiences use to hear messages
d) The stock of academic knowledge people draw upon in sociology
Question 10

The anti-realist inclination of many DA researchers is controversial because it leads them to assert
that:

a) There is no pre-existing material reality that constrains individual action

b) Social structures determine the way individuals use language
c) The technique is incompatible with feminist principles
d) Quantitative research is inherently superior to qualitative research
Question 1

What are Scott's four criteria for assessing the quality of documents?

a) Credibility, reliability, accuracy, meaning

b) Comprehensiveness, accuracy, value, rigour
c) Authenticity, credibility, representativeness, meaning
d) Objectivity, subjectivity, authenticity, value
Question 2

Why is it necessary to consider the authenticity of personal documents? Select all that apply.

a) Because they have been seen by other people

b) Because they might have been "ghost written" or heavily edited by other authors
c) Because they might not reflect the true feelings of the writer
d) Because documents can never be trusted
Question 3

Why might a collection of personal letters from the nineteenth century be low in
representativeness?

a) Because it would be difficult to read old-fashioned styles of handwriting

b) Because it can be hard for a modern day researcher to understand such materials
c) Because they might have been forged by an unscrupulous dealer
d) Because at that time literacy was mainly limited to middle class males
Question 4

Why might social researchers be interested in analysing photographs as a form of visual data?

a) To find out more about fashion, artifacts and everyday life in a particular social setting
b) To study the way photographs present idealized depictions of family life
c) To help them to see what has not been photographed and why
d) All of the above
Question 5

Which of the following is not an example of an official document?

a) A report of a public inquiry into a disaster
b) A PhD student's collection of interview transcripts
c) Documentation from a pharmaceutical company about a new drug
 d) A leaked memo from one member of parliament to another
Question 6

Which of the following can be studied as a documentary source from the mass media?

a) The minutes of a parish council meeting

b) Personal letters between a mother and her daughter
c) Newspaper articles about a particular issue or event
d) The staff newsletter produced by a private company
Question 7

Why can it be difficult to establish the authenticity of virtual data?

a) Because we do not know who wrote the material on a web site
b) Because virtual data are not as good as actual data
c) Because it may require specialist "inside knowledge" to understand the text
d) Because it is usually presented in the form of visual images
Question 8

Why is it important to study the way audiences "read" cultural documents?

a) To demonstrate how audiences passively accept whatever they are told
b) Because their interpretation of it may differ from that intended by the author
c) Because sociologists are running out of new things to research
d) Because there is a lot of funding available for focus group studies
Question 9

How does qualitative content analysis differ from quantitative content analysis?

a) It is always preceded by ethnographic research

b) It involves counting the number of times certain words appear in a text
c) It is less rigid, as researchers are constantly revising their concepts
d) It is less likely to be used by feminist researchers
Question 10

What is semiotics?

a) The study of semi-detached houses

b) A half-baked attempt at social research
 c) The method of semi-structured interviewing
d) The science of signs
Question 1

In analytic induction, what happens if the researcher finds a deviant case?

a) They ignore it and carry on

b) They must either redefine or reformulate the hypothesis
c) They conduct a parametric statistical test
d) They give up and decide to be quantitative researchers instead
Question 2

Which of the following is not a tool of grounded theory?

a) Theoretical sampling
b) Coding
c) External validity
d) Constant comparison
Question 3

What do Strauss & Corbin mean by "open coding"?

a) Breaking data down and examining it to identify themes and concepts

b) Coding without the intention of building a theory
c) Drawing open brackets alongside key words and phrases
d) Telling everybody about the way you have coded the data
Question 4

What is a "substantive theory" in Strauss & Corbin's view?

a) One that operates at the highest level of abstraction

b) One that is highly controversial and provokes a critical response
c) One that relates to an empirical instance or substantive topic area
d) One that is amenable to statistical analysis
Question 5

What are memos?

a) Notes that researchers write to themselves

 b) Reminders of what is meant by key terms or phrases
c) Building blocks for theorizing
d) All of the above
Question 6

Why should you start coding your data as soon as possible?

a) To sharpen your focus and help with theoretical sampling

b) Because researchers always run out of time at the end of a project
c) Because it is the easiest task to do
d) To make sure that your initial theoretical ideas are imposed on the data
Question 7

Why are Coffey & Atkinson critical of the way coding fragments qualitative data?
a) Because this is incompatible with the principles of feminist research
b) Because it results in a loss of context and narrative flow
c) Because they think it should fragment quantitative data instead
d) Because they invented the life history interview and want to promote it
Question 8

What do advocates of narrative analysis prefer to study?

a) The extent to which analytic induction can be value-free

b) The iterative process of grounded
c) The ethical implications of conducting a secondary analysis of qualitative data
d) The ways in which people use stories to make sense of events in their lives
Question 9

What is narrative analysis?

a) A literary approach to documents

b) An approach that is sensitive to questions that concern how people choose to sequence and
represent people and events
c) A form of thematic analysis
d) A method of improving the quality of interview material
Question 10

What is one of the main ethical problems associated with conducting a secondary analysis of
qualitative data?

a) The participants may not have given informed consent to the reuse of their data
b) It involves deceiving respondents about the nature of the research
c) The secondary analyst must adopt a covert role and is at risk of "going native"
d) Respondents are likely to experience physical harm as a result of the process
Question 1

What does the acronym "CAQDAS" stand for?

a) Computer-Assisted Qualitative Data Analysis Software

b) Complicated Analytical Questions Deserving Answers Soon
c) Constant Aggravation Queried Directly And Swiftly
d) Content Analysis Quantification: Durkheim And Statistics
Question 2

How is CAQDAS different from quantitative data analysis software?

a) It only works on Apple Mac computers

b) It requires detailed knowledge of statistics
c) There is no industry leader
d) The programs do the analysis for you
Question 3

Which of the following is not a criticism of the use of CAQDAS in social research?
a) It reinforces the idea that code-and-retrieve is the only way to conduct qualitative analysis
b) It results in the fragmentation of data and a loss of narrative flow
c) It may not be suitable for focus group data
d) It is not very fast or efficient at retrieving sections of data
Question 4

Which of the following is not an advantage of using CAQDAS in social research?

a) It makes the process of qualitative data analysis more transparent
b) It is faster and efficient than analyzing by hand
c) It involves learning skills that are specific to each program
 d) It helps you to map out the relations between ideas and themes in the data
Question 5

Which file format is best for importing your project documents into NVivo?

a) Only .nvi
b) Any format, including .exe
c) Only .html or .htm
d) .doc or .docx
Question 6

In which window can you read through, edit and code your documents?

a) Document Viewer
b) Node Explorer
c) Project Pad
d) Welcome Screen
Question 7

What are the two types of node used in NVivo?

a) Creative and non-creative

b) Blocked nodes and running nodes
c) Formatted and unformatted
d) Hierarchical and non-hierarchical
Question 8

You code your data in NVivo by:

a) Applying nodes to segments of text

b) Using a pre-set coding frame
c) Entering the data case by case as "variables"
d) Changing the spelling of certain words to disguise their real meaning
Question 9

Which of the following is a kind of search that can be carried out in NVivo?

a) Single node search

b) Intersection search
 c) Specific text search
d) All of the above
Question 10

Which is the correct sequence for creating a memo in NVivo?

a) Sources, Memos, Create, Memo
b) Nodes, New type, Memo to self
c) Sources, Documents, Browse, Import Memo
d) It is not possible to create memos in NVivo
Question 1

The natural sciences have often been characterized as being positivist in epistemological
orientation. Which of the following has been proposed as an alternative account?

a) Marxism
b) Subjectivism
c) Interpretivism
d) Realism
Question 2

How is it argued that qualitative research can have "empiricist overtones"?

a) Semi-structured interview schedules are used to quantify behaviour

b) There is an emphasis on direct observation of people and social settings
c) Qualitative researchers prefer to conduct statistical analyses of their data
d) It typically involves testing a clearly defined hypothesis
Question 3

Why might we say that quantitative researchers also try to study social meanings?

a) Because the method they use most is the in-depth interview

b) Because their written reports usually refer to an interpretivist epistemology
c) Because surveys and questionnaires are used to examine attitudes and opinions
d) Because they observe human behaviour in a laboratory
Question 4

Why does Bryman argue that research methods can be seen as relatively "free-floating" or
autonomous?
 a) Because researchers often change their minds about which method to use
b) Because most qualitative researchers are Hippies who believe in free love
c) Because there is no longer any meaningful distinction between quantitative and qualitative
research
d) Because there is no inevitable connection between a researcher's choice of method and
their epistemological/ ontological beliefs
Question 5

Which of the following is not one of the contrasts that has been made to distinguish between
quantitative and qualitative research?
a) Behaviour versus meaning
b) Numbers versus words
c) Traditional versus modern
d) Artificial versus natural
Question 6

What does the term "quasi-quantification" refer to?

a) The use of words like "many", "some" or "often" in qualitative research

b) A poor attempt at statistical analysis
c) The use of a survey instrument that has not been tested for inter-coder reliability
d) The way scientists talk about their data in numerical terms to enhance the credibility of their
findings
Question 7

Why is it argued that qualitative research may not really be "naturalistic"?

a) Because participant observation has to be overt and so causes reactivity effects

b) Because methods such as interviews and focus groups constitute artificial social settings
c) Because quantitative methods such as structured observation tend to take place in more
naturalistic environments
d) Because it is concerned with the social world rather than the natural world
Question 8

What is "ethnostatistics"?

a) The study of the way statistics are constructed, interpreted and represented
b) The study of the way ethnic minorities are represented in official statistics
c) A new computer program designed to help lay people understand statistics
 d) An interpretivist approach made famous by the work of Garfinkel (1967) 

Question 9

In what way does the thematic analysis of interview data suggest quantification?

a) It demands the use of computer programs like SPSS

b) It is based on numbers rather than text
c) It involves establishing the frequency of particular words, phrases or themes
d) It is usually followed by a stage of rigorous statistical testing
Question 10

How does quantification help the qualitative researcher avoid being accused of anecdotalism?

a) By allowing them to focus on extreme examples in the data and ignore the rest
b) By providing a structure to an otherwise unstructured dataset
c) By making it more likely that official statistics will be included in their report
d) By providing some idea of the prevalence of an unusual or striking response
Question 1

What is the name of one of the arguments that suggests that research methods are inextricably
linked to epistemological commitments?

a) Triangulation argument
b) Postmodern argument
c) Embedded methods argument
d) Positivist argument
Question 2

Which version of the debate about multi-strategy research suggests that quantitative and qualitative
research is compatible?

a) Technical version
b) Methodological version
c) Epistemological version
d) Feminist version
Question 3

What is triangulation?
 a) Using three quantitative or three qualitative methods in a project
b) Cross-checking the results found by different research strategies
c) Allowing theoretical concepts to emerge from the data
d) Drawing a triangular diagram to represent the relations between three concepts
Question 4

How might qualitative research facilitate quantitative research?

a) By providing hypotheses that can later be tested

b) By helping with the design of survey questions
c) By informing the schedule of a structured interview
d) All of the above
Question 5

How might quantitative research facilitate qualitative research?

a) By identifying specific groups of people to be interviewed

b) By showing the frequency of different responses to a survey item
c) By imposing a rigorous positivist framework on it
d) By combining laboratory experiments with structured observation
Question 6

Whereas quantitative research tends to bring out a static picture of social life, qualitative research
depicts it as…
a) Symmetrical
b) Statistical
c) Processual
d) Proverbial
Question 7

How might qualitative research help with the analysis of quantitative data?

a) By identifying a sample of respondents for a follow-up study

b) By providing hard, statistical data about them
c) By making the research more value-laden and subjective
d) By helping to explain the relationship between two variables
Question 8

How can multi-strategy research help us to study different aspects of a phenomenon?

a) By reducing the standard deviation of scores around the mean

b) By allowing the researcher to interview first women, and then men
c) By revealing both the macro and the micro level
d) By making it unnecessary to have more than one stage in the research process
Question 9

When might unplanned multi-stage research be described as a "salvage operation"?

a) When the researcher abandons their original strategy and starts all over again
b) When the second research strategy is used to explain unexpected or puzzling results
c) When there is a paradigm shift from quantitative to qualitative research
d) When it is ethically unsound to use only one research strategy
Question 10

Which of the following is not a feature of multi-strategy research?

a) It is inherently superior to mono-strategy research
b) It must be competently designed and conducted
c) It must be appropriate to the research questions
d) The skills of all researchers must be well integrated
Question 1

What is rhetoric?

a) The type of rapport that is usually established in in-depth interviews

b) An ancient form of poetry
c) A technique used to assess the external reliability of a data source
d) The attempt to persuade or convince an audience, often through writing
Question 2

The introductory section of a research report should aim to:

a) Identify the specific focus of the study

b) Provide a rationale for the dissertation, or article
c) Grab the reader's attention
 d) All of the above
Question 3

What is the purpose of the conclusion in a research report?

a) It explains how concepts were operationally defined and measured

b) It contains a useful review of the relevant literature
c) It outlines the methodological procedures that were employed
d) It summarizes the key findings in relation to the research questions
Question 4

Why does Bryman praise the theory section in the Kelley and De Graaf (1997) article?

a) Because he made a personal contribution to that section

b) Because the research questions are spelled out very specifically
c) Because it covers all theories known at that time
d) Because the language is very poetic
Question 5

Which qualitative research method was used by Jones et al (2010)?

a) Structured interviewing
b) Focus groups
c) Semi-structured interviewing
d) CAQDAS
Question 6

Which of the following is not normally included in a written account of qualitative research?

a) An introduction, locating the research in its theoretical context
b) An explanation of the design of the study
c) A discussion of the main findings in relation to the research questions
d) A decision to accept or reject the hypothesis
Question 7

Which sequence do Creswell and Plano Clark (2011) recommend for an article writing up mixed-
methods research?
a) Introduction; Methods; Results; Discussion.
b) Introduction; Literature Review; Data; Conclusions.
 c) Introduction; Background; Methods; Findings; Discussion; Conclusion.
d) Introduction; Theory; Data; Measurement; Methods and models; Results; Conclusion.
Question 8

The mixed methods used by Poortinga et al (2004) were:

a) Structured and unstructured interviews

b) A questionnaire survey and focus groups
c) Traditional ethnography and structured observation
d) CATI and CAPI
Question 9

In mixed-methods research, quantitative and qualitative findings should be:

a) Integrated
b) Contained in separate sections
c) Listed in order of importance
d) Shown fully in appendices
Question 10

Before submitting your dissertation, you should ensure that:

a) Your writing is free of sexist, racist and disablist language

b) Other people have read your final draft
c) You have proofread it thoroughly
d) All of the above

Doing Research in the Real World

PART A: PRINCIPLES AND PLANNING FOR RESEARCH

1. Which of the following should not be a criterion for a good research project?

e. Demonstrates the abilities of the researcher

f. Is dependent on the completion of other projects
g. Demonstrates the integration of different fields of knowledge
h. Develops the skills of the researcher

Answer: 

b. Is dependent on the completion of other projects

2. Which form of reasoning is the process of drawing a specific conclusion from a set of premises?

e. Objective reasoning
f. Positivistic reasoning
g. Inductive reasoning
h. Deductive reasoning

Answer: 

d: Deductive reasoning

3. Research that seeks to examine the findings of a study by using the same design but a different
sample is which of the following?

e. An exploratory study
f. A replication study
g. An empirical study
h. Hypothesis testing

Answer: 

b: A replication study

4. A researcher designs an experiment to test how variables interact to influence job-seeking

behaviours. The main purpose of the study was:

e. Description
f. Prediction
g. Exploration
h. Explanation

Answer: 

d: Explanation

5. Cyber bullying at work is a growing threat to employee job satisfaction. Researchers want to
find out why people do this and how they feel about it. The primary purpose of the study is:

e. Description
f. Prediction
g. Exploration
h. Explanation

Answer: 

c: Exploration

6. A theory: 

e. Is an accumulated body of knowledge

 f. Includes inconsequential ideas
g. Is independent of research methodology
h. Should be viewed uncritically

Answer: 

a: Is an accumulated body of knowledge

7. Which research method is a bottom-up approach to research?

e. Deductive method
f. Explanatory method
g. Inductive method
h. Exploratory method

Answer: 

c: Inductive method

8. How much confidence should you place in a single research study?

e. You should trust research findings after different researchers have replicated the findings
f. You should completely trust a single research study
g. Neither a nor b
h. Both a and b 

Answer: 

a: You should trust research findings after different researchers have replicated the findings

9. A qualitative research problem statement:

e. Specifies the research methods to be utilized

f. Specifies a research hypothesis
g. Expresses a relationship between variables
h. Conveys a sense of emerging design

Answer: 

d: Conveys a sense of emerging design

10. Which of the following is a good research question?

e. To produce a report on student job searching behaviours

f. To identify the relationship between self-efficacy and student job searching behaviours
g. Students with higher levels of self-efficacy will demonstrate more active job searching
behaviours
h. Do students with high levels of self-efficacy demonstrate more active job searching
behaviours?
Answer: 

d: Do students with high levels of self-efficacy demonstrate more active job searching behaviours?

11. A review of the literature prior to formulating research questions allows the researcher to :

e. Provide an up-to-date understanding of the subject, its significance, and structure

f. Guide the development of research questions
g. Present the kinds of research methodologies used in previous studies
h. All of the above

Answer: 

d: All of the above

12. Sometimes a comprehensive review of the literature prior to data collection is not
recommended by:

e. Ethnomethodology
f. Grounded theory
g. Symbolic interactionism
h. Feminist theory

Answer: 

b: Grounded theory

13. The feasibility of a research study should be considered in light of: 

e. Cost and time required to conduct the study

f. Access to gatekeepers and respondents
g. Potential ethical concerns
h. All of the above

Answer: 

d: All of the above

14. Research that uses qualitative methods for one phase and quantitative methods for the next
phase is known as:

e. Action research
f. Mixed-method research
g. Quantitative research
h. Pragmatic research

Answer: 

b: Mixed-method research
15. Research hypotheses are:

e. Formulated prior to a review of the literature

f. Statements of predicted relationships between variables
g. B but not A
h. Both A and B

Answer: 

c: B but not A

16. Which research approach is based on the epistemological viewpoint of pragmatism? 

e. Quantitative research
f. Qualitative research
g. Mixed-methods research
h. All of the above

Answer: 

c: Mixed-methods research

17. Adopting ethical principles in research means: 

e. Avoiding harm to participants

f. The researcher is anonymous
g. Deception is only used when necessary
h. Selected informants give their consent

Answer: 

a: Avoiding harm to participants

18. A radical perspective on ethics suggests that: 

e. Researchers can do anything they want

f. The use of checklists of ethical actions is essential
g. The powers of Institutional Review Boards should be strengthened
h. Ethics should be based on self-reflexivity

Answer: 

d: Ethics should be based on self-reflexivity

19. Ethical problems can arise when researching the Internet because:

e. Everyone has access to digital media

f. Respondents may fake their identities
g. Researchers may fake their identities
h. Internet research has to be covert
Answer: 

b: Respondents may fake their identities

20. The Kappa statistic: 

e. Is a measure of inter-judge validity

f. Compares the level of agreement between two judges against what might have been
predicted by chance
g. Ranges from 0 to +1
h. Is acceptable above a score of 0.5

Answer: 

b: Compares the level of agreement between two judges against what might have been predicted by
chance

PART B: RESEARCH METHODOLOGY 

1. Which research paradigm is most concerned about generalizing its findings? 

e. Quantitative research
f. Qualitative research
g. Mixed-methods research
h. All of the above

Answer: 

a: Quantitative research

2. A variable that is presumed to cause a change in another variable is called:

e. An intervening variable
f. A dependent variable
g. An independent variable
h. A numerical variable

Answer: 

c: An independent variable

3. A study of teaching professionals posits that their performance-related pay increases their
motivation which in turn leads to an increase in their job satisfaction. What kind of variable is
‘motivation”’ in this study? 

e. Extraneous 
f. Confounding
g. Intervening
 h. Manipulated

Answer: 

c: Intervening

4. Which correlation is the strongest? 

e. –1.00
f. +80
g. –60
h. +05

Answer: 

a: –1.00

5. When interpreting a correlation coefficient expressing the relationship between two variables, it
is important not to:

e. Assume causality
f. Measure the values for X and Y independently
g. Choose X and Y values that are normally distributed
h. Check the direction of the relationship

Answer: 

a: Assume causality

6. Which of the following can be described as a nominal variable? 

e. Annual income
f. Age
g. Annual sales
h. Geographical location of a firm

Answer: 

d: Geographical location of a firm

7. A positive correlation occurs when:

e. Two variables remain constant

f. Two variables move in the same direction
g. One variable goes up and the other goes down
h. Two variables move in opposite directions

Answer: 

b: Two variables move in the same direction

8. The key defining characteristic of experimental research is that:

e. The independent variable is manipulated

f. Hypotheses are proved
g. A positive correlation exists
h. Samples are large

Answer: 

a: The independent variable is manipulated

9. Qualitative research is used in all the following circumstances, EXCEPT:

e. It is based on a collection of non-numerical data such as words and pictures

f. It often uses small samples
g. It uses the inductive method
h. It is typically used when a great deal is already known about the topic of interest

Answer: 

d: It is typically used when a great deal is already known about the topic of interest

10. In an experiment, the group that does not receive the intervention is called:

e. The experimental group

f. The participant group
g. The control group
h. The treatment group

Answer: 

c: The control group

11. Which generally cannot be guaranteed in conducting qualitative studies in the field? 

e. Keeping participants from physical and emotional harm

f. Gaining informed consent
g. Assuring anonymity rather than just confidentiality
h. Maintaining consent forms

Answer: 

c: Assuring anonymity rather than just confidentiality

12. Which of the following is not ethical practice in research with humans? 

e. Maintaining participants’ anonymity

f. Gaining informed consent
g. Informing participants that they are free to withdraw at any time
h. Requiring participants to continue until the study has been completed
Answer: 

d: Requiring participants to continue until the study has been completed

13. What do we call data that are used for a new study but which were collected by an earlier
researcher for a different set of research questions?

e. Secondary data
f. Field notes
g. Qualitative data
h. Primary data

Answer: 

a: Secondary data

14. When each member of a population has an equal chance of being selected, this is called:

e. A snowball sample
f. A stratified sample
g. A random probability sample
h. A non-random sample

Answer: 

c: A random probability sample

15. Which of the following techniques yields a simple random sample of hospitals?

e. Randomly selecting a district and then sampling all hospitals within the district
f. Numbering all the elements of a hospital sampling frame and then using a random number
generator to pick hospitals from the table
g. Listing hospitals by sector and choosing a proportion from within each sector at random
h. Choosing volunteer hospitals to participate

Answer: 

b: Numbering all the elements of a hospital sampling frame and then using a random number
generator to pick hospitals from the table

16. Which of the following statements are true?

e. The larger the sample size, the larger the confidence interval
f. The smaller the sample size, the greater the sampling error
g. The more categories being measured, the smaller the sample size
h. A confidence level of 95 percent is always sufficient

Answer: 

b: The smaller the sample size, the greater the sampling error
17. Which of the following will produce the least sampling error?

e. A large sample based on convenience sampling 

f. A small sample based on random sampling
g. A large snowball sample
h. A large sample based on random sampling

Answer: 

d: A large sample based on random sampling

18. When people are readily available, volunteer, or are easily recruited to the sample, this is
called:

e. Snowball sampling
f. Convenience sampling
g. Stratified sampling
h. Random sampling

Answer: 

b: Convenience sampling

19. In qualitative research, sampling that involves selecting diverse cases is referred to as:

e. Typical-case sampling
f. Critical-case sampling
g. Intensity sampling
h. Maximum variation sampling

Answer: 

d: Maximum variation sampling

20. A test accurately indicates an employee’s scores on a future criterion (e.g., conscientiousness). 
What kind of validity is this?

e. Predictive
f. Face
g. Content
h. Concurrent

Answer: 

a: Predictive

PART C: DATA COLLECTION METHODS 

1. When designing a questionnaire it is important to do each of the following EXCEPT

e. Pilot the questionnaire

f. Avoid jargon
g. Avoid double questions
h. Use leading questions

Answer: 

d: Use leading questions

2. One advantage of using a questionnaire is that:

e. Probe questions can be asked

f. Respondents can be put at ease
g. Interview bias can be avoided
h. Response rates are always high

Answer: 

c: Interview bias can be avoided

3. Which of the following is true of observations?

e. It takes less time than interviews

f. It is often not possible to determine exactly why people behave as they do
g. Covert observation raises fewer ethical concerns than overt
h. All of the above

Answer: 

b: It is often not possible to determine exactly why people behave as they do

4. A researcher secretly becomes an active member of a group in order to observe their behaviour.
This researcher is acting as:

e. An overt participant observer

f. A covert non-participant observer
g. A covert participant observer
h. None of the above

Answer: 

c: A covert participant observer

5. All of the following are advantages of structured observation, EXCEPT:

e. Results can be replicated at a different time

f. The coding schedule might impose a framework on what is being observed
g. Data can be collected that participants may not realize is important
 h. Data do not have to rely on the recall of participants

Answer: 

b: The coding schedule might impose a framework on what is being observed

6. When conducting an interview, asking questions such as: "What else? or ‘Could you expand on
that?’ are all forms of:

e. Structured responses
f. Category questions
g. Protocols
h. Probes

Answer: 

d: Probes

7. Secondary data can include which of the following? 

e. Government statistics
f. Personal diaries
g. Organizational records
h. All of the above

Answer: 

d: All of the above

8. An ordinal scale is:

e. The simplest form of measurement

f. A scale with an absolute zero point
g. A rank-order scale of measurement
h. A scale with equal intervals between ranks

Answer: 

c: A rank-order scale of measurement

9. Which term measures the extent to which scores from a test can be used to infer or predict
performance in some activity? 

e. Face validity
f. Content reliability
g. Criterion-related validity
h. Construct validity

Answer: 
c: Criterion-related validity

10. The ‘reliability’of a measure refers to the researcher asking:

e. Does it give consistent results?

f. Does it measure what it is supposed to measure?
g. Can the results be generalized?
h. Does it have face reliability?

Answer: 

a: Does it give consistent results?

11. Interviewing is the favoured approach EXCEPT when:

e. There is a need for highly personalized data

f. It is important to ask supplementary questions
g. High numbers of respondents are needed
h. Respondents have difficulty with written language

Answer: 

c: High numbers of respondents are needed

12. Validity in interviews is strengthened by the following EXCEPT:

e. Building rapport with interviewees

f. Multiple questions cover the same theme
g. Constructing interview schedules that contain themes drawn from the literature
h. Prompting respondents to expand on initial responses

Answer: 

b: Multiple questions cover the same theme

13. Interview questions should:

e. Lead the respondent

f. Probe sensitive issues
g. Be delivered in a neutral tone
h. Test the respondents’ powers of memory

Answer: 

c: Be delivered in a neutral tone

14. Active listening skills means:

e. Asking as many questions as possible

f. Avoiding silences
 g. Keeping to time
h. Attentive listening

Answer: 

d: Attentive listening

15. All the following are strengths of focus groups EXCEPT:

e. They allow access to a wide range of participants

f. Discussion allows for the validation of ideas and views
g. They can generate a collective perspective
h. They help maintain confidentiality

Answer: 

d: They help maintain confidentiality

16. Which of the following is not always true about focus groups?

e. The ideal size is normally between 6 and 12 participants

f. Moderators should introduce themselves to the group
g. Participants should come from diverse backgrounds
h. The moderator poses preplanned questions

Answer: 

c: Participants should come from diverse backgrounds

17. A disadvantage of using secondary data is that:

e. The data may have been collected with reference to research questions that are not those of
the researcher
f. The researcher may bring more detachment in viewing the data than original researchers
could muster
g. Data have often been collected by teams of experienced researchers
h. Secondary data sets are often available and accessible

Answer: 

a: The data may have been collected with reference to research questions that are not those of the
researcher

18. All of the following are sources of secondary data EXCEPT:

e. Official statistics
f. A television documentary
g. The researcher’s research diary
h. A company’s annual report
Answer: 

c: The researcher’s research diary

19. Which of the following is not true about visual methods?

e. They are not reliant on respondent recall

f. The have low resource requirements
g. They do not rely on words to capture what is happening
h. They can capture what is happening in real time

Answer: 

b: The have low resource requirements

20. Avoiding naïve empiricism in the interpretation of visual data means:

e. Understanding the context in which they were produced

f. Ensuring that visual images such as photographs are accurately taken
g. Only using visual images with other data gathering sources
h. Planning the capture of visual data carefully

Answer: 

a: Understanding the context in which they were produced

PART D: ANALYSIS AND REPORT WRITING 

1. Which of the following is incorrect when naming a variable in SPSS?

e. Must begin with a letter and not a number

f. Must end in a full stop
g. Cannot exceed 64 characters
h. Cannot include symbols such as ?, & and %

Answer: 

b: Must end in a full stop

2. Which of the following is not an SPSS Type variable?

e. Word
f. Numeric
g. String
h. Date

Answer: 
a: Word

3. A graph that uses vertical bars to represent data is called:

e. A bar chart
f. A pie chart
g. A line graph
h. A vertical graph

Answer: 

a: A bar chart

4. The purpose of descriptive statistics is to:

e. Summarize the characteristics of a data set

f. Draw conclusions from the data
g. None of the above
h. All of the above

Answer: 

a: Summarize the characteristics of a data set

5. The measure of the extent to which responses vary from the mean is called:

e. The mode
f. The normal distribution
g. The standard deviation
h. The variance

Answer: 

c: The standard deviation

6. To compare the performance of a group at time T1 and then at T2, we would use:

e. A chi-squared test
f. One-way analysis of variance
g. Analysis of variance
h. A paired t-test

Answer: 

d: A paired t-test

7. A Type 1 error occurs in a situation where:

e. The null hypothesis is accepted when it is in fact true

f. The null hypothesis is rejected when it is in fact false
 g. The null hypothesis is rejected when it is in fact true
h. The null hypothesis is accepted when it is in fact false

Answer: 

c: The null hypothesis is rejected when it is in fact true

8. The significance level

e. Is set after a statistical test is conducted

f. Is always set at 0.05
g. Results in a p-value
h. Measures the probability of rejecting a true null hypothesis

Answer: 

d: Measures the probability of rejecting a true null hypothesis

9. To predict the value of the dependent variable for a new case based on the knowledge of one or
more independent variables, we would use

e. Regression analysis
f. Correlation analysis
g. Kolmogorov-Smirnov test
h. One-way analysis of variance

Answer: 

a: Regression analysis

10. In conducting secondary data analysis, researchers should ask themselves all of the following
EXCEPT:

e. Who produced the document?

f. Is the material genuine?
g. How can respondents be re-interviewed?
h. Why was the document produced?

Answer: 

c: How can respondents be re-interviewed?

11. Which of the following are not true of reflexivity?

e. It recognizes that the researcher is not a neutral observer

f. It has mainly been applied to the analysis of qualitative data
g. It is part of a post-positivist tradition
h. A danger of adopting a reflexive stance is the researcher can become the focus of the study

Answer: 
c: It is part of a post-positivist tradition

12. Validity in qualitative research can be strengthened by all of the following EXCEPT:

e. Member checking for accuracy and interpretation

f. Transcribing interviews to improve accuracy of data
g. Exploring rival explanations
h. Analysing negative cases

Answer: 

b: Transcribing interviews to improve accuracy of data

13. Qualitative data analysis programs are useful for each of the following EXCEPT: 

e. Manipulation of large amounts of data

f. Exploring of the data against new dimensions
g. Querying of data
h. Generating codes

Answer: 

d: Generating codes

14. Which part of a research report contains details of how the research was planned and
conducted?

e. Results
f. Design 
g. Introduction
h. Background

Answer: 

b: Design 

15. Which of the following is a form of research typically conducted by managers and other
professionals to address issues in their organizations and/or professional practice?

e. Action research
f. Basic research
g. Professional research
h. Predictive research

Answer: 

a: Action research

16. Plagiarism can be avoided by:

 e. Copying the work of others accurately
f. Paraphrasing the author’s text in your own words
g. Cut and pasting from the Internet
h. Quoting directly without revealing the source

Answer: 

b: Paraphrasing the author’s text in your own words

17. In preparing for a presentation, you should do all of the following EXCEPT:

e. Practice the presentation

f. Ignore your nerves
g. Get to know more about your audience
h. Take an advanced look, if possible, at the facilities

Answer: 

b: Ignore your nerves

18. You can create interest in your presentation by:

e. Using bullet points

f. Reading from notes
g. Maximizing the use of animation effects
h. Using metaphors

Answer: 

d: Using metaphors

19. In preparing for a viva or similar oral examination, it is best if you have:

e. Avoided citing the examiner in your thesis

f. Made exaggerated claims on the basis of your data
g. Published and referenced your own article(s)
h. Tried to memorize your work

Answer: 

c: Published and referenced your own article(s)

20. Grounded theory coding:

e. Makes use of a priori concepts from the literature

f. Uses open coding, selective coding, then axial coding
g. Adopts a deductive stance
h. Stops when theoretical saturation has been reached

Answer: 
d: Stops when theoretical saturation has been reached

© 2020 SAGE Publications

Terms of Service • Copyright Notice • Privacy Policy

Chapter 12
Multiple Choice Questions
(The answers are provided after the last question.)

1. Which of the following is characteristic of qualitative research?

a. Generalization to the population
b. Random sampling
c. Unique case orientation
d. Standardized tests and measures

2. Phenomenology has its disciplinary origins in:

a. Philosophy
b. Anthropology
c. Sociology
d. Many disciplines

3. The primary data analysis approach in ethnography is:

a. Open, axial, and selective coding
b. Holistic description and search for cultural themes
c. Cross-case analysis
d. Identifying essences of phenomenon

4. The term used to describe suspending preconceptions and learned feelings about a
phenomenon is called:
a. Axial coding
b. Design flexibility
c. Bracketing
d. Ethnography

5. A researcher studies how students who flunk out of high school experienced high
School. She found that it was common for such students to report that they felt like they had
little control of their destiny. Her report that this lack of control was an invariant part of the
students’ experiences suggests that lack ofcontrolis of the “flunking out “experience.
a. Narrative
b. A grounded theory
c. An essence
d. A probabilistic cause

6. The specific cultural conventions or statements that people who share a culture hold to be true
or false recalled .
a. Shared attitudes
b. Shared beliefs
c. Shared values
d. Norms

7. The written and unwritten rules that specify appropriate group behavior recalled .
a. shared attitudes
b. Shared beliefs
c. Shared values
d. Norms

8. Which of the following is not an advantage of studying multiple cases?

a. Multiple cases can be compared for similarities and differences
b. Multiple cases can more effectively test a theory than a single case
c. Generalizations about population are usually better when based on multiple cases.
d. Cost is lower and depth of analysis is easier when you study multiple cases
in a single research study

9. Are the standards of a culture about what is good or bad or desirable or undesirable?
a. Shared attitudes
b. Shared beliefs
c. Shared values
d. Norms

10. Is the study of human consciousness and individuals’ experience of

some phenomenon?
a. Phenomenology
b. Ethnography
c. Grounded theory
d. Case study research

11. Which of the following is a characteristic of qualitative research?

a. Design flexibility
b. Inductive analysis
c. Context sensitivity
d. All of the above

12. Is a general methodology for developing theory that is based on

data systematically gathered and analyzed?
a. Theory confirmation
b. Grounded theory
c. Theory deduction
d. All of the above

13. The final stage in grounded theory data analysisiscalled .

a. Axialcoding
b. Theoretical saturation
c. Constant comparative method
d. Selective coding

14. Which major characteristic of qualitative research refers to studying real world situations as
they unfold naturally?
a. Holistic perspective
b. Naturalistic inquiry
c. Dynamic systems
d. Inductive analysis

15. In which qualitative research approach is the primary goal to gain access to individuals’ inner
worlds of experience?
a. Phenomenology
b. Ethnography
c. Grounded theory
d. Case study

16. The type of qualitative research that describes the culture of a group of peopleiscalled .
a. Phenomenology
b. Grounded theory
c. Ethnography
d. Casestudy

17. The grounded theorist is finished analyzing data when theoretical saturation occurs.
a. True
b. False

18. In which of the following case study designs does the researcher focus her primary interest
on understanding something more general than the particular case?
a. Intrinsic case study
b. Instrumental case study
c. Collective case study
d. It could be b or c

19. Which of the following phrases best describes “ethnocentrism"?

a. Special words or terms used by the people in group
b. An external, social scientific view of reality
c. The study of the cultural past of a group of people
d. Judging people from a different culture according to the standards of your own culture

20. Which of the following is usually not a characteristic of qualitative research?

a. Design flexibility
b. Dynamic systems
c. Naturalistic inquiry
d. Deductive design

21. Which of the following involves the studying of multiple cases in one research study?
a. Intrinsic casestudy
b. Single case study
c. Instrumental casestudy
d. Collective case study
22. Which of the following does not apply to qualitative research?
a. Data are often words and pictures
b. Uses the inductive scientific method
c. Ends with a statistical report
d. Involves direct and personal contact with participants

23. The difference between ethnographic research and other types of qualitative research is that
ethnographers specifically use the concept of “culture” to help understand the results.
a. True
b. False

24. What term refers to the insider’s perspective?

A. Ethnocentrism
B. Emic perspective
C. Etic perspective
D. Holism

25. In data analysis of the grounded theory approach, the step which focuses on the main idea,
developing the story line, and finalizing the theory is called .
a. Open coding
b. Axial coding
c. Selective coding
d. Theoretical saturation

26. Which of the following is not one of the 4 major approaches to qualitative research?
a. Ethnography
b. Phenomenology
c. Case study
d. Grounded theory
e. No experimental

27. In "phenomenology," a well written report will be highly descriptive of the participants’
experiences and will often elicit in the reader a feeling that they feel as though they are
experiencing the phenomenon themselves. This experienceiscalled .
a. A phenomenalexperience
b. A vicariousexperience
c. A significantexperience
d. Adream

28. You want to study a Native American group in New Mexico for a six
month period to learn all you can about them so you can write a book about
that particular tribe. You want the book to be accurate and authentic as well as
informative and inspiring. What type of research will you likely be conducting
when you get to NewMexico?
a. Ethnography
 b. Phenomenology
c. Grounded theory
d. Collective casestudy

29. The emic perspective refers to an external, social scientific view ofreality.
a. True
b. False

30. is used to describe cultural scenes or the cultural characteristics of a group

of people.
a. Phenomenology
b. Ethnography
c. Groundedtheory
d. Instrumental case study

31. Terms such as “geeks,” “book worms,” “preps,” are known as terms.
a. Emic
b. Etic

32. When a researcher identifies so completely with the group being studied that he or she
cannot longer remain objective you have whatiscalled .
a. Cultureshock
b. Going native
c. Regression
d. Cultural relativism

 
 
1. Developing Research Questions and Proposal Preparation

1. A good qualitative problem statement:

a. Defines the independent and dependent variables

c. Specifies a research hypothesis to be tested

d. Specifies the relationship between variables that the researcher expects to find 

2. The “tool” function of theory is to:

a. Summarize existing knowledge

b. Summarize existing hypotheses

c. Suggest new relationships and make new predictions

d. Suggest new theories

3. The statement of purpose in a research study should:

a. Identify the design of the study

b. Identify the intent or objective of the study

c. Specify the type of people to be used in the study

d. Describe the study

4. Why is the statement “What are the effects of extracurricular activities on cognitive
development of school age children” not a good statement of a quantitative research question?

a. Because there is no connection between extracurricular activities and cognitive

Development

b. Because there is not enough school age children engaged in extracurricular activities

To conduct the study

c. Because the study would be too difficult to do given all the different extracurricular

Activities

d. Plough to provide an understanding of the

Variables being investigated

5. A qualitative research question:

a. Asks a question about some process, or phenomenon to be explored

b. Is generally an open-ended question

C. both a and b are correct

d. None of the above

6. According to the text, which of the following orders is the recommended in the flowchart of
the development of a research idea?

a. Research topic, research problem, research purpose, research question, and hypothesis

b. Research topic, research purpose, research problem, research question, and hypothesis

c. Research topic, research problem, research purpose, research question, and hypothesis

d. Research topic, hypothesis, research problem, research question, research purpose

7. It is essential that you evaluate the quality of internet resources because information obtained
via the internet ranges from very poor to very good.

a. True

b. False

8.  One step that is not included in planning a research study is:

a. Identifying a researchable problem 

b. A review of current research

c. Statement of the research question 

d. Conducting a meta-analysis of the research

e. Developing a research plan

9.  Sources of researchable problems can include: 

a. Researchers’ own experiences as educators

b. Practical issues that require solutions

c. Theory and past research 

d. All of the above

10.  A key characteristic of past research that guides researchers in new research questions is
that: 

a. Extensive research conclusively and definitively answers research questions 

b. Studies typically generate more research questions than they answer

11.  Which of the following is a function of theory?

a. Integrating and summarizing current knowledge

b. Making predictions

c. Explaining phenomena

d. All of the above are important functions of theory

12.  A review of the literature prior to formulating research questions allows the researcher to do
which of the following?

a. To become familiar with prior research on the phenomenon of interest

b. To identify potential methodological problems in the research area

c. To develop a list of pertinent problems relative to the phenomenon of interest 

b. False

14.  What kind of ideas can’t be empirically researched? 

a. Effectiveness of different methods of instruction

b. Description of educational practices

c. Issues of values and morality such as the correctness of having prayer in schools

d. Factors helpful in predicting future drug use 

15.  Which of the following is not database containing information to be used during the
literature review?

a. ERIC

b. Psych INFO

c. SocioFILE 

D. all of the above are potentially useful data bases

16.  Computer database searches can be done:

A. With a computer with CD-ROM drive

B. At the library

c. Online

d. All of the above

17.  The feasibility of a research study should be considered in light of:

a. Cost and time required to conduct the study

b. Skills required of the researcher

c. Potential ethical concerns

d. All of the above

18.  A formal statement of the research question or “purpose of research study” generally
______.

a. Is made prior to the literature review 

b. Is made after the literature review

c. Will help guide the research process 

d. All of the above

E. b and c
19.  Is the following qualitative research purpose statement “well stated” or “poorly
stated”? “The focus of the present study was to explore distressing and nurturing encounters of
patients with caregivers and to ascertain the meanings that are engendered by such encounters.
The study was conducted on one of the surgical units and the obstetrical/gynecological unit of a
374-bed community hospital.”

a. It is a well stated

b. It is poorly stated

20.  Which of the following quantitative research questions is superior?

a. “What is the effect of participation in various extracurricular activities on academic

performance?” 

b. “What effect does playing high school football have on students’ overall grade point
average during the football season?”

21.  A statement of the quantitative research question should:

a.   Extend the statement of purpose by specifying exactly the question(s) the researcher will

      Address

b.   Help the research in selecting appropriate participants, research methods, measures, and

      Materials 

c.   Specify the variables of interest 

d. All of the above

22. The research participants are described in detail in which section of the research plan?

a. Introduction

b. Method

c. Data analysis

d. Discussion
23.  Research hypotheses are ______.

a. Formulated prior to a review of the literature 

b. Statements of predicted relationships between variables

c. Stated such that they can be confirmed or refuted

D. b and c

24.  Hypotheses in qualitative research studies usually _____.

A. Are very specific and stated prior to beginning the study

b. Are often generated as the data are collected, interpreted, and analyzed

c. Are never used

d. Are always stated after the research study has been completed

25.  A research plan _____.

a. Should be detailed

b. Should be given to others for review and comments 

c. Sets out the rationale for a research study

d. All of the above

26.  The Method section of the research plan typically specifies

a. The research participants 

b. The results of prior studies that address the phenomena of interest 

c. The apparatus, instruments, and materials for the research study

d. The planned research procedures

E. a, c and d
27.  The Introduction section of the research plan

a. Gives an overview of prior relevant studies

b. Contains a statement of the purpose of the study

c. Concludes with a statement of the research questions and, for quantitative research, it includes

      The research hypothesis 

d. All of the above

28. According to your text, which of the following is not a source of research ideas?

a. Everyday life

b. Practical issues

c. Past research

d. Theory

e. All of the above ARE sources of research ideas

2.Introduction to Educational Research

1. Mrs. Smith is writing her daily observations of a student and writes, without interpretation,
that the student is not completing the class work and is constantly speaking out of turn. Which of
the following objectives does she appear to be using?
A. prediction
B. description

C. explanation

D. exploration

2. Which of the following is a form of research typically conducted by teachers, counselors, and
other professionals to answer questions they have and to specifically help them solve local
problems?
A. action research
B. basic research
C. predictive research
D. orientation research

3. How much confidence should you place in a single research study?

A. you should completely trust a single research study.
B. you should trust research findings after different researchers have found the same
findings
C. neither a nor b
D. both a and b

4. The development of a solid foundation of reliable knowledge typically is built from which

type of research?
A. basic research
B. action research
C. evaluation research
D. orientation research

5. Which form of reasoning is the process of drawing a specific conclusion from a set of
premises?
A. rationalism
B. deductive reasoning
C. inductive reasoning
D. probabilistic

6. The idea that when selecting between two different theories with equal explanatory value, one
should select the theory that is the most simple, concise, and succinct is known as
____________.
A. criterion of falsifiability
B. critical theory
C. guide of simplicity

D. rule of parsimony

7. Research that is done to examine the findings of someone else using the "same variables but
different people" is which of the following?
A. exploration
B. hypothesis
C. replication
D. empiricism

8.  ________________ is the idea that knowledge comes from experience.

A. rationalism
B. deductive reasoning
C. logic
D. empiricism
9. According to your text, what are the five key objectives of science?
A. prediction, summary, conclusion, explanation, description
B. influence, prediction, questions, exploration, answers
C. exploration, description, explanation, prediction, influence
D. questions, answers, prediction, explanation, summary

10. A researcher designs an experiment to test how variables interact to influence how well
children learn spelling words. In this case, the main purpose of the study was:

a. Explanation

b. Description

c. Influence

d. Prediction

11. There is a set of churches in the U.S. where part of the service involves snake handling. The
researcher wants to find out why the people attending these churches do this and how they feel
and think about it. In this case, the primary purpose of the study is:

a. Exploration

b. Description

c. Influence

d. Prediction

12.  Which of the following is not a characteristic of a good theory or explanation?

a. It is parsimonious

b. It is testable

c. It is general enough to apply to more than one place, situation, or person

d. All of the above are characteristics of good theories

13.  Which of the following is not a basic assumption of science?

a. Science cannot provide answers to all questions

b. It is possible to distinguish between more and less plausible claims

c. Researchers should follow certain agreed upon norms and practices

d. Science is best at solving value conflicts, such as whether abortion is immoral

14. What general type of research is focused on collecting information to help a researcher
advance an ideological or political position?

a. Evaluation research  

b. Basic research

c. Action research

d. Orientation research

15. Which “scientific method” follows these steps: 1) observation/data, 2) patterns, 3) theory?

a. Inductive

b. Deductive

c. Inductive

d. Top down

16. Rene Descartes is associated with which of the following approached to knowledge
generation?

a. Empiricism

b. Rationalism

c. Expert opinion

d. None of the above

17. Which scientific method is a top-down or confirmatory approach?

a. Deductive method
b. Inductive method

c. Hypothesis method

d. Pattern method

18. Which scientific method is a bottom-up or generative approach to research?

a. Deductive method

b. Inductive method

c. Hypothesis method

d. Pattern method

19. Which scientific method focuses on testing hypotheses developed from theories?

a. Deductive method

b. Inductive method

c. Hypothesis method

d. Pattern method

20. Which scientific method often focuses on generating new hypotheses and theories?

a. Deductive method

b. Inductive method

c. Hypothesis method

d. Pattern method

21. Which of the following statements is true of a theory?

A. it most simply means “explanation”

B. it answers the “how” and “why” questions

C. it can be a well-developed explanatory system

D. all of the above are correct

3. Quantitative, Qualitative, and Mixed Research

1. Which research paradigm is based on the pragmatic view of reality?

A. quantitative research
B. qualitative research

C. mixed research

D. none of the above

2. Which research paradigm is least concerned about generalizing its findings?

A. quantitative research

B. qualitative research

C. mixed research

D. none of the above

3. Which of the following best describes quantitative research?

A. the collection of no numerical data
B. an attempt to confirm the researcher’s hypotheses
C. research that is exploratory

D. research that attempts to generate a new theory

4. A condition or characteristic that can take on different values or categories is called ___.
A. a constant
B. a variable
C. a cause-and-effect relationship

D. a descriptive relationship

5. A variable that is presumed to cause a change in another variable is called a (n):

A. categorical variable
B. dependent variable
C. independent variable
D. intervening variable

6. All of the following are common characteristics of experimental research except:

A. it relies primarily on the collection of numerical data
B. it can produce important knowledge about cause and effect
C. it uses the deductive scientific method
D. it rarely is conducted in a controlled setting or environment

7. Qualitative research is often exploratory and has all of the following characteristics except:
A. it is typically used when a great deal is already known about the topic of interest
B. it relies on the collection of no numerical data such as words and pictures
C. it is used to generate hypotheses and develop theory about phenomena in the world
D. it uses the inductive scientific method

8. Which type of research provides the strongest evidence about the existence of cause-and-effect
relationships?
A. nonexperimental Research
B. experimental Research

9. What is the key defining characteristic of experimental research?

A. extraneous variables are never present
B. a positive correlation usually exists
C. a negative correlation usually exists
D. Manipulation of the independent variable

10. In _____, random assignment to groups is never possible and the researcher cannot
manipulate the independent variable.
A. basic research
B. quantitative research
C. experimental research
D. causal-comparative and correlational research

11. What is the defining characteristic of experimental research?

A. resistance to manipulation

B. manipulation of the independent variable

C. the use of open-ended questions

D. focuses only on local problems

12... A positive correlation is present when _______.
a. Two variables move in opposite directions.
b. Two variables move in the same direction.
c. One variable goes up and one goes down
D. several variables never change.

13. Research in which the researcher uses the qualitative paradigm for one phase and the
quantitative paradigm for another phase is known as ______.
A. action research
B. basic research
C. quantitative research
D. mixed method research
E. mixed model research

14. Research in which the researcher uses both qualitative and quantitative research within a
stage or across two of the stages in the research process is known as ______.
A. action research
B. basic research
C. quantitative research
D. mixed method research
E. mixed model research

15... Research that is done to understand an event from the past is known as _____?
A. experimental research
B. historical research
C. replication
D. archival research

16. ______ research occurs when the researcher manipulates the independent variable.
A. causal-comparative research
B. experimental research
C. ethnography
D. correlational research

17... Which of the following includes examples of quantitative variables?

A. age, temperature, income, height
B. grade point average, anxiety level, reading performance
C. gender, religion, ethnic group
D. both a and b

18... What is the opposite of a variable?

A. a constant
B. an extraneous variable
C. a dependent variable
D. a data set

19. Which of the following is the type of no experimental research in which the primary
independent variable of interest is categorical?
A. causal-comparative research
B. experimental research
C. qualitative research
D. mixed research

20. Which of the following can best be described as a categorical variable?

A. age
B. annual income
C. grade point average
D. religion

21. In research, something that does not "vary" is called a ___________.

A. variable
B. method
C. constant
D. control group

22. When interpreting a correlation coefficient expressing the relationship between two
variables, it is very important to avoid _______.
A. checking the strength of relationship
B. jumping to the conclusion of causality
C. checking the direction of the relationship

D. expressing a relationship with a correlation coefficient

23. A researcher studies achievement by children in poorly funded elementary schools. She
develops a model that posits parent involvement as an important variable. She believes that
parent involvement has an impact on children by increasing their motivation to do school work.
Thus, in her model, greater parent involvement leads to higher student motivation, which in turn
creates higher student achievement. Student motivation is what kind of variable in this study?

a. Manipulated variable

b. Extraneous variable

c. Confounding variable

d. Mediating or intervening variable

24. The strongest evidence for causality comes from which of the following research methods?
a. Experimental

B. Causal-comparative

c. Correlational

d. Ethnography

25. Which correlation is the strongest?

a.   +.10

b.   -.95

c.   +.90

d. -1.00

26. The correlation between intelligence test scores and grades is:

A. Positive

b. Negative

c. Perfect

d. They are not correlated

4. Ethics in research

1. Ethics is the set of principles and guidelines that help us to uphold the things we value.

a. True

b. False

2. Which of the following is necessary in obtaining informed consent?

a. A description of the statistical analyses that will be carried out

b. A description of the purpose of the research

c. A description of the reliability and validity of test instruments

d. A list of publications that the researcher has had in the last ten years

3. Which of the following need(s) to be obtained when doing research with children?

a.   Informed consent from the parent or guardian

b. Assent from the child if he or she is capable

c. Informed consent from the child

d. Both a and b

4. Which of the following is true about the use of deception in research?

a. It should never be used 

b. It can be used anytime

c. If there is deception in a study, the participants may need to be debriefed

d. The use of deception must be outweighed by other benefits of the study

e. Both c and d are true

5. Which of the following generally cannot be done in qualitative studies conducted in the field?

a. Getting informed consent

b. Keeping participants from physical harm

c. Maintaining consent forms

d. Having full anonymity rather than just confidentiality 

6. What is the primary approach that is used by the IRB to assess the ethical acceptability of a
research study?

a. Utilitarianism

b. Deontology
c. Ethical skepticism

d. Comparatives

7. Which of the following approaches says that ethical issues should be judged on the basis of
some universal code?
a. Deontological
b. Ethical skepticism
c. Utilitarianism

8 Which of the following is not an ethical guideline for conducting research with humans?
a. Getting informed consent of the participant
b. Telling participants they must continue until the study has been completed
c. Keeping participants’ identity anonymous

d. Telling participants they are free to withdraw at any time

9. Which of the three ethics approaches says research ethics should be a matter of the individual's
conscience?
a. Deontological approach
b. Ethical skepticism
c. Utilitarianism

d. Ontological skepticism

10. ________ means that the participant's identity, although known to the researcher, is not
revealed to anyone outside of the researcher and his or her staff.
a. Anonymity
b. Confidentiality

11. Which of the following is not true?

a. Misrepresenting and creating fraudulent data is dishonest
b. Misrepresenting data is very easy to detect
c. Misrepresenting data can be difficult to detect

d. Breaking confidentiality is not a problem

12. Ideally, the research participant's identity is not known to the researcher. This is called:
a. Anonymity
b. Confidentiality
c. Deception
d. Desensitizing

13. Which of the following approaches taken by people to resolve ethical issues is the primary
approach used by the federal government and most professional organizations?
a. Deontological approach
b. Ethical skepticism
c. Utilitarianism
d. None of the above

14. What is it called when the participants are not revealed to anyone but researcher and staff?
a. Confidentiality
b. Anonymity
c. Ethics
d. Discretion

15. Research participants must give what before they can participate in a study?
a. Guidelines
b. A commitment
c. Informed consent
d. Private information

16. There are three basic approaches that people tend to adopt when considering ethical issues in
research. Which one of the following is not one of the approaches?
a. Ethical skepticism
b. Deontology
c. Ontology
d. Utilitarianism

17. Identify the term that refers to a post study interview in which all aspects of the study are
revealed, reasons for the use of deception are given, and the participants’ questions are
answered?
a. Desensitizing
b. Debriefing
c. DE hoaxing
d. Deploying

18. A set of principles to guide and assist researchers in deciding which goals are most important
and in reconciling conflicting values when conducting research is called ____.
a. Research ethics
b. Deontological approach
c. Utilitarianism
d. None of the above

19. IRB is an acronym for which of the following?

a. Internal Review Board
b. Institutional Rating Board
c. Institutional Review Board
d. Internal Request Board
20. When it is necessary to engage in a good amount of deception to conduct a scientifically
valid study, what procedure(s) should a researcher consider following?
a. Debriefing
b. DE hoaxing
c. Desensitizing
d. All of the above should be considered

21. The act of publishing the same data and results in more than one journal or publication refers
to which of the following professional issues:

a. Partial publication

b. Duplicate publication

c. Deception

d. Full publication

22. Concerning "authorship" in educational research, intellectual ownership is predominantly a

function of:

a.       Effort expended

b.      Creative contribution

c.       Professional position

d.      Level of higher education

23. Which term refers to publishing several articles from the data collected in one large study?

a. Duplicate publication
b. Partial publication
c. Triplicate publication
d. None of these

24. Which of the following is a right of each participant according to the AERA?
a. Deception

b. Utilitarianism
C. Freedom to withdraw
d. Participants have no rights